LM3S6950-IRN20-A1T

LU MI NA R Y M I C R O C ON F I D E N T I A L - A D VA N C E P R OD U C T I N F ORMATI ON LM3S6950 Microcontroller D ATA SH E E T D S -LM3 S 6 950 - 0 1 Copyr i ght © 2007 Lum i nar y M i c ro, Inc. Legal Disclaimers and Trademark Information INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH LUMINARY MICRO PRODUCTS. NO LICENSE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, TO ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS IS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN LUMINARY MICRO'S TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE FOR SUCH PRODUCTS, LUMINARY MICRO ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, AND LUMINARY MICRO DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, RELATING TO SALE AND/OR USE OF LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS INCLUDING LIABILITY OR WARRANTIES RELATING TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT. LUMINARY MICRO'S PRODUCTS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING, OR LIFE-SUSTAINING APPLICATIONS. Luminary Micro may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Contact your local Luminary Micro sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications before placing your product order. Designers must not rely on the absence or characteristics of any features or instructions marked "reserved" or "undefined." Luminary Micro reserves these for future definition and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for conflicts or incompatibilities arising from future changes to them. Copyright © 2007 Luminary Micro, Inc. All rights reserved. Stellaris is a registered trademark and Luminary Micro and the Luminary Micro logo are trademarks of Luminary Micro, Inc. or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. ARM and Thumb are registered trademarks and Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited. Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. Luminary Micro, Inc. 108 Wild Basin, Suite 350 Austin, TX 78746 Main: +1-512-279-8800 Fax: +1-512-279-8879 http://www.luminarymicro.com 2 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Table of Contents About This Document .................................................................................................................... 19 Audience .............................................................................................................................................. About This Manual ................................................................................................................................ Related Documents ............................................................................................................................... Documentation Conventions .................................................................................................................. 19 19 19 19 21 26 27 28 29 29 30 32 32 33 33 36 36 36 37 37 37 37 37 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4.1 1.4.2 1.4.3 1.4.4 1.4.5 1.4.6 1.4.7 Overview ............................................................................................................................. 21 Product Features ...................................................................................................................... Target Applications .................................................................................................................... High-Level Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... Functional Overview .................................................................................................................. ARM Cortex™-M3 ..................................................................................................................... Motor Control Peripherals .......................................................................................................... Serial Communications Peripherals ............................................................................................ System Peripherals ................................................................................................................... Memory Peripherals .................................................................................................................. Additional Features ................................................................................................................... Hardware Details ...................................................................................................................... Block Diagram .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description ............................................................................................................... Serial Wire and JTAG Debug ..................................................................................................... Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) ............................................................................................. Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) ................................................................................................. ROM Table ............................................................................................................................... Memory Protection Unit (MPU) ................................................................................................... Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) ................................................................................ 2 2.1 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 2.2.6 Cortex-M3 Core .................................................................................................................. 35 3 4 5 5.1 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.3 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 Memory Map ....................................................................................................................... 41 Interrupts ............................................................................................................................ 43 JTAG .................................................................................................................................... 46 Block Diagram .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description ............................................................................................................... JTAG Interface Pins .................................................................................................................. JTAG TAP Controller ................................................................................................................. Shift Registers .......................................................................................................................... Operational Considerations ........................................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................... Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................ Instruction Register (IR) ............................................................................................................. Data Registers .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description ............................................................................................................... Device Identification .................................................................................................................. Reset Control ............................................................................................................................ Power Control ........................................................................................................................... 47 47 48 49 50 50 53 53 53 55 57 57 57 60 6 6.1 6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3 System Control ................................................................................................................... 57 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 3 Table of Contents 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.2 6.3 6.4 Clock Control ............................................................................................................................ System Control ......................................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................... Register Map ............................................................................................................................ Register Descriptions ................................................................................................................ Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Register Access Timing ........................................................................................................... Clock Source .......................................................................................................................... Battery Management ............................................................................................................... Real-Time Clock ...................................................................................................................... Non-Volatile Memory ............................................................................................................... Power Control ......................................................................................................................... Interrupts and Status ............................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Initialization ............................................................................................................................. RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation) ................................................................................ RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation ..................................................................................... External Wake-Up from Hibernation .......................................................................................... RTC/External Wake-Up from Hibernation .................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 60 62 63 63 64 7 7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 7.2.6 7.2.7 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.3.4 7.3.5 7.4 7.5 Hibernation Module .......................................................................................................... 115 116 116 116 117 117 117 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 120 120 120 8 8.1 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.3 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.4 8.5 8.6 Internal Memory ............................................................................................................... 133 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 133 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 133 SRAM Memory ........................................................................................................................ 133 Flash Memory ......................................................................................................................... 134 Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration ........................................................................... 135 Flash Programming ................................................................................................................. 135 Nonvolatile Register Programming ........................................................................................... 136 Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 136 Flash Control Offset ................................................................................................................. 137 System Control Offset .............................................................................................................. 144 9 9.1 9.1.1 9.1.2 9.1.3 9.1.4 9.1.5 9.1.6 9.2 9.3 9.4 GPIO .................................................................................................................................. 157 Function Description ................................................................................................................ 157 Data Control ........................................................................................................................... 157 Interrupt Control ...................................................................................................................... 158 Mode Control .......................................................................................................................... 159 Commit Control ....................................................................................................................... 159 Pad Control ............................................................................................................................. 159 Identification ........................................................................................................................... 159 Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 159 Register Map .......................................................................................................................... 161 Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 162 10 10.1 Timers ............................................................................................................................... 197 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 198 4 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 10.2 10.2.1 10.2.2 10.2.3 10.3 10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3 10.3.4 10.3.5 10.3.6 10.4 10.5 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. GPTM Reset Conditions .......................................................................................................... 32-Bit Timer Operating Modes .................................................................................................. 16-Bit Timer Operating Modes .................................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ....................................................................................... 32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode ......................................................................................... 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ....................................................................................... 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode ................................................................................................. 16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode ................................................................................................ 16-Bit PWM Mode ................................................................................................................... Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Transmit/Receive Logic ........................................................................................................... Baud-Rate Generation ............................................................................................................. Data Transmission .................................................................................................................. Serial IR (SIR) ......................................................................................................................... FIFO Operation ....................................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................ IrDA SIR block ........................................................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Bit Rate Generation ................................................................................................................. FIFO Operation ....................................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Frame Formats ....................................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 2 198 198 198 200 204 204 205 205 206 206 207 207 208 230 230 231 231 232 254 254 254 255 256 256 257 257 258 258 258 259 260 293 294 294 294 294 295 302 303 304 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 Watchdog Timer ............................................................................................................... 230 12 12.1 12.2 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.2.4 12.2.5 12.2.6 12.2.7 12.2.8 12.3 12.4 12.5 UART ................................................................................................................................. 253 13 13.1 13.2 13.2.1 13.2.2 13.2.3 13.2.4 13.3 13.4 13.5 SSI ..................................................................................................................................... 293 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface ............................................................................ 328 14.1 Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 328 14.2 Functional Description ............................................................................................................. 328 2 14.2.1 I C Bus Functional Overview .................................................................................................... 329 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 5 Table of Contents 14.2.2 14.2.3 14.2.4 14.2.5 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 Available Speed Modes ........................................................................................................... Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Loopback Operation ................................................................................................................ Command Sequence Flow Charts ............................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. 2 I C Register Map ..................................................................................................................... 2 I C Master .............................................................................................................................. 2 I C Slave ................................................................................................................................ Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Internal MII Operation .............................................................................................................. PHY Configuration/Operation ................................................................................................... MAC Configuration/Operation .................................................................................................. Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Ethernet Register Map ............................................................................................................. Ethernet MAC ......................................................................................................................... MII Management ..................................................................................................................... Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Internal Reference Programming .............................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. PWM Timer ............................................................................................................................. PWM Comparators .................................................................................................................. PWM Signal Generator ............................................................................................................ Dead-Band Generator ............................................................................................................. Interrupt Selector ..................................................................................................................... Synchronization Methods ......................................................................................................... Fault Conditions ...................................................................................................................... Output Control Block ............................................................................................................... Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. Block Diagram ........................................................................................................................ Functional Description ............................................................................................................. Initialization and Configuration ................................................................................................. Register Map .......................................................................................................................... Register Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 331 332 332 333 339 340 341 354 364 364 364 365 366 368 369 369 371 388 408 408 410 411 411 412 420 420 420 421 422 423 423 423 424 424 424 425 427 451 452 454 455 455 15 15.1 15.2 15.2.1 15.2.2 15.2.3 15.2.4 15.3 15.4 15.5 15.6 Ethernet ............................................................................................................................. 363 16 16.1 16.2 16.2.1 16.3 16.4 16.5 Analog Comparators ....................................................................................................... 407 17 17.1 17.2 17.2.1 17.2.2 17.2.3 17.2.4 17.2.5 17.2.6 17.2.7 17.2.8 17.3 17.4 17.5 PWM .................................................................................................................................. 420 18 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.4 18.5 QEI ..................................................................................................................................... 451 6 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 19 20 21 22 Pin Diagram ...................................................................................................................... 468 Signal Tables .................................................................................................................... 469 Operating Characteristics ............................................................................................... 484 Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................ 485 22.1 DC Characteristics .................................................................................................................. 485 22.1.1 Maximum Ratings ................................................................................................................... 485 22.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions .................................................................................. 485 22.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics ............................................................ 486 22.1.4 Power Specifications ............................................................................................................... 486 22.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics .................................................................................................. 487 22.2 AC Characteristics ................................................................................................................... 487 22.2.1 Load Conditions ...................................................................................................................... 487 22.2.2 Clocks .................................................................................................................................... 487 22.2.3 Analog Comparator ................................................................................................................. 488 2 22.2.4 I C ......................................................................................................................................... 488 22.2.5 Ethernet Controller .................................................................................................................. 489 22.2.6 Hibernation Module ................................................................................................................. 492 22.2.7 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ........................................................................................... 493 22.2.8 JTAG and Boundary Scan ........................................................................................................ 494 22.2.9 General-Purpose I/O ............................................................................................................... 496 22.2.10 Reset ..................................................................................................................................... 496 23 24 24.1 24.2 24.3 Package Information ........................................................................................................ 499 Ordering Information ....................................................................................................... 501 Ordering Information ................................................................................................................ 501 Company Information .............................................................................................................. 501 Support Information ................................................................................................................. 501 A A.1 A.2 A.2.1 A.2.2 A.3 A.3.1 A.3.2 A.3.3 A.4 A.4.1 A.4.2 A.4.3 A.4.4 A.4.5 A.4.6 Serial Flash Loader .......................................................................................................... 502 Serial Flash Loader ................................................................................................................. Interfaces ............................................................................................................................... UART ..................................................................................................................................... SSI ......................................................................................................................................... Packet Handling ...................................................................................................................... Packet Format ........................................................................................................................ Sending Packets ..................................................................................................................... Receiving Packets ................................................................................................................... Commands ............................................................................................................................. COMMAND_PING (0X20) ........................................................................................................ COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) ........................................................................................... COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21) ............................................................................................. COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) ............................................................................................. COMMAND_RUN (0x22) ......................................................................................................... COMMAND_RESET (0x25) ..................................................................................................... 502 502 502 502 503 503 503 503 504 504 504 504 505 505 505 B Register Quick Reference ............................................................................................... 507 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 7 Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 1-1. Figure 2-1. Figure 2-2. Figure 5-1. Figure 5-2. Figure 5-3. Figure 5-4. Figure 5-5. Figure 6-1. Figure 7-1. Figure 8-1. Figure 9-1. Figure 9-2. Figure 10-1. Figure 10-2. Figure 10-3. Figure 10-4. Figure 11-1. Figure 12-1. Figure 12-2. Figure 12-3. Figure 13-1. Figure 13-2. Figure 13-3. Figure 13-4. Figure 13-5. Figure 13-6. Figure 13-7. Figure 13-8. Figure 13-9. Figure 13-10. Figure 13-11. Figure 13-12. Figure 14-1. Figure 14-2. Figure 14-3. Figure 14-4. Figure 14-5. Figure 14-6. Figure 14-7. Figure 14-8. Figure 14-9. Figure 14-10. Figure 14-11. Figure 14-12. Figure 14-13. Stellaris® Fury-class High-Level Block Diagram ................................................................ 28 CPU Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 36 TPIU Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 37 JTAG Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 47 Test Access Port State Machine ....................................................................................... 50 IDCODE Register Format ................................................................................................. 55 BYPASS Register Format ................................................................................................ 56 Boundary Scan Register Format ....................................................................................... 56 External Circuitry to Extend Reset .................................................................................... 58 Hibernation Module Block Diagram ................................................................................. 116 Flash Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 133 GPIODATA Write Example ............................................................................................. 158 GPIODATA Read Example ............................................................................................. 158 GPTM Module Block Diagram ........................................................................................ 198 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example .......................................................................... 202 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example ........................................................................... 203 16-Bit PWM Mode Example ............................................................................................ 204 WDT Module Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 230 UART Module Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 254 UART Character Frame ................................................................................................. 255 IrDA Data Modulation ..................................................................................................... 257 SSI Module Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 293 TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) .................................................... 296 TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ............................................ 296 Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 ...................................... 297 Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .............................. 297 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 298 Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 ........................... 299 Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 .................... 299 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 ..................................................... 300 MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) .................................................................... 301 MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ......................................................... 302 MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements ........................ 302 2 I C Block Diagram ......................................................................................................... 328 2 I C Bus Configuration .................................................................................................... 329 START and STOP Conditions ......................................................................................... 329 Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address ................................................................... 330 R/S Bit in First Byte ........................................................................................................ 330 2 Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I C Bus ............................................................... 330 Master Single SEND ...................................................................................................... 333 Master Single RECEIVE ................................................................................................. 334 Master Burst SEND ....................................................................................................... 335 Master Burst RECEIVE .................................................................................................. 336 Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND ........................................................................ 337 Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE ........................................................................ 338 Slave Command Sequence ............................................................................................ 339 8 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 15-1. Figure 15-2. Figure 15-3. Figure 16-1. Figure 16-2. Figure 16-3. Figure 17-1. Figure 17-2. Figure 17-3. Figure 17-4. Figure 17-5. Figure 18-1. Figure 18-2. Figure 19-1. Figure 22-1. Figure 22-2. Figure 22-3. Figure 22-4. Figure 22-5. Figure 22-6. Figure 22-7. Figure 22-8. Figure 22-9. Figure 22-10. Figure 22-11. Figure 22-12. Figure 22-13. Figure 22-14. Figure 22-15. Figure 23-1. Ethernet Controller Block Diagram .................................................................................. 364 Ethernet Controller ......................................................................................................... 364 Ethernet Frame ............................................................................................................. 366 Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram ..................................................................... 408 Structure of Comparator Unit .......................................................................................... 409 Comparator Internal Reference Structure ........................................................................ 410 PWM Module Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 420 PWM Count-Down Mode ................................................................................................ 421 PWM Count-Up/Down Mode .......................................................................................... 422 PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode ....................................................... 422 PWM Dead-Band Generator ........................................................................................... 423 QEI Block Diagram ........................................................................................................ 452 Quadrature Encoder and Velocity Predivider Operation .................................................... 453 Pin Connection Diagram ................................................................................................ 468 Load Conditions ............................................................................................................ 487 2 I C Timing ..................................................................................................................... 489 External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics ......................................................................... 492 Hibernation Module Timing ............................................................................................. 493 SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement .............. 493 SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer ............................. 494 SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 ................................................. 494 JTAG Test Clock Input Timing ......................................................................................... 495 JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing .............................................................................. 496 JTAG TRST Timing ........................................................................................................ 496 External Reset Timing (RST) ........................................................................................... 497 Power-On Reset Timing ................................................................................................. 497 Brown-Out Reset Timing ................................................................................................ 497 Software Reset Timing ................................................................................................... 498 Watchdog Reset Timing ................................................................................................. 498 100-Pin LQFP Package .................................................................................................. 499 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 9 Table of Contents List of Tables Table 1. Table 3-1. Table 4-1. Table 4-2. Table 5-1. Table 5-2. Table 6-1. Table 6-2. Table 6-3. Table 7-1. Table 8-1. Table 8-2. Table 8-3. Table 9-1. Table 9-2. Table 9-3. Table 10-1. Table 10-2. Table 11-1. Table 12-1. Table 13-1. Table 14-1. Table 14-2. Table 14-3. Table 15-1. Table 15-2. Table 16-1. Table 16-2. Table 16-3. Table 16-4. Table 16-5. Table 17-1. Table 17-2. Table 18-1. Table 20-1. Table 20-2. Table 20-3. Table 20-4. Table 21-1. Table 21-2. Table 22-1. Table 22-2. Table 22-3. Table 22-4. Table 22-5. Table 22-6. Documentation Conventions ............................................................................................ 19 Memory Map ................................................................................................................... 41 Exception Types .............................................................................................................. 43 Interrupts ........................................................................................................................ 44 JTAG Port Pins Reset State ............................................................................................. 48 JTAG Instruction Register Commands ............................................................................... 53 System Control Register Map ........................................................................................... 63 VADJ to VOUT ................................................................................................................ 68 Default Crystal Field Values and PLL Programming ........................................................... 76 Hibernation Module Register Map ................................................................................... 120 Flash Protection Policy Combinations ............................................................................. 135 Flash Resident Registers ............................................................................................... 136 Internal Memory Register Map ........................................................................................ 136 GPIO Pad Configuration Examples ................................................................................. 160 GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example ............................................................................ 160 GPIO Register Map ....................................................................................................... 161 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations ..................................................................... 201 Timers Register Map ...................................................................................................... 207 Watchdog Timer Register Map ........................................................................................ 231 UART Register Map ....................................................................................................... 259 SSI Register Map .......................................................................................................... 304 2 Examples of I C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode ............................................... 331 2 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface Register Map ......................................................... 340 Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3) ................................................ 345 TX & RX FIFO Organization ........................................................................................... 367 Ethernet Register Map ................................................................................................... 370 Comparator 0 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 409 Comparator 1 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 409 Comparator 2 Operating Modes ...................................................................................... 410 Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ................................................. 410 Analog Comparators Register Map ................................................................................. 412 PWM Register Map ........................................................................................................ 425 PWM Generator Action Encodings .................................................................................. 446 QEI Register Map .......................................................................................................... 455 Signals by Pin Number ................................................................................................... 469 Signals by Signal Name ................................................................................................. 473 Signals by Function, Except for GPIO ............................................................................. 478 GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions ................................................................................. 482 Temperature Characteristics ........................................................................................... 484 Thermal Characteristics ................................................................................................. 484 Maximum Ratings .......................................................................................................... 485 Recommended DC Operating Conditions ........................................................................ 485 LDO Regulator Characteristics ....................................................................................... 486 Flash Memory Characteristics ........................................................................................ 487 Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics ....................................................................... 487 Clock Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 487 10 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Table 22-7. Table 22-8. Table 22-9. Table 22-10. Table 22-11. Table 22-12. Table 22-13. Table 22-14. Table 22-15. Table 22-16. Table 22-17. Table 22-18. Table 22-19. Table 22-20. Table 22-21. Table 22-22. Table 22-23. Table 22-24. Table 24-1. Crystal Characteristics ................................................................................................... Analog Comparator Characteristics ................................................................................. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics .................................................... 2 I C Characteristics ......................................................................................................... 100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics ........................................................................ 100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics (informative) ..................................................... 100BASE-TX Receiver Characteristics ............................................................................ 10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics ............................................................................ 10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics (informative) ......................................................... 10BASE-T Receiver Characteristics ................................................................................ Isolation Transformers ................................................................................................... Ethernet Reference Crystal ............................................................................................ External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics ......................................................................... Hibernation Module Characteristics ................................................................................. SSI Characteristics ........................................................................................................ JTAG Characteristics ..................................................................................................... GPIO Characteristics ..................................................................................................... Reset Characteristics ..................................................................................................... Part Ordering Information ............................................................................................... 488 488 488 488 489 489 490 490 490 490 490 491 492 492 493 494 496 496 501 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 11 Table of Contents List of Registers System Control .............................................................................................................................. 57 Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 1: Register 2: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 ....................................................................... 65 Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 .......................................................... 67 LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034 ................................................................... 68 Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 ........................................................................... 69 Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 ........................................................................ 70 Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 .................................................... 71 Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C .................................................................................. 72 Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 .......................................................... 73 XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 .............................................................. 77 Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070 ...................................................... 78 Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 .......................................... 80 Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 ....................................................................... 81 Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... 83 Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 ......................................................................... 84 Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... 86 Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 ......................................................................... 88 Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C ......................................................................... 90 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 .................................... 91 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 .................................. 92 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 ......................... 94 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 .................................... 96 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 .................................. 99 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 ....................... 102 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 ................................... 105 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 ................................. 107 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 ....................... 109 Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 ............................................................. 111 Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 ............................................................. 112 Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 ............................................................. 114 Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000 ......................................................... Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004 ....................................................... Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008 ....................................................... Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C ........................................................... Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010 ..................................................................... Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014 ............................................................. Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018 .................................................. Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C ............................................ Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020 ............................................................. Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024 ............................................................... Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C ............................................................ 121 122 123 124 125 127 128 129 130 131 132 Hibernation Module ..................................................................................................................... 115 Internal Memory ........................................................................................................................... 133 Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 .................................................................... 138 Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 ......................................................................... 139 12 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 30: Register 31: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C ............................................ Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 ........................................................ Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 ..................... USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140 ............................................................................ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130 and 0x200 ................... Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset 0x134 and 0x400 ............... User Debug (USER_DBG), offset 0x1D0 ......................................................................... User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0 .................................................................. User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4 .................................................................. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204 .................................... Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208 .................................... Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C ................................... Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset 0x404 ............................... Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset 0x408 ............................... Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset 0x40C ............................... 140 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 GPIO .............................................................................................................................................. 157 GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 163 GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 ......................................................................... 164 GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 .................................................................. 165 GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 ........................................................ 166 GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C ................................................................ 167 GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 ................................................................... 168 GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 ........................................................ 169 GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 ................................................... 170 GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C ................................................................ 171 GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 ............................................ 172 GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 ........................................................ 174 GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 ........................................................ 175 GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 ........................................................ 176 GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C ......................................................... 177 GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 ................................................................ 178 GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 ........................................................... 179 GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 ................................................ 180 GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C ................................................................ 181 GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520 ............................................................................ 182 GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524 ............................................................................ 183 GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ....................................... 185 GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ....................................... 186 GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ....................................... 187 GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ...................................... 188 GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ....................................... 189 GPIO Peripheral Identification 1(GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ........................................ 190 GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ....................................... 191 GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ...................................... 192 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .......................................... 193 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .......................................... 194 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .......................................... 195 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 13 Table of Contents Register 32: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ......................................... 196 GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 .............................................................. GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 ............................................................ GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 ............................................................ GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C ........................................................................ GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 .............................................................. GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C ..................................................... GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 ................................................ GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 .............................................................. GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 ................................................. GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C ................................................ GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 ................................................... GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 .................................................. GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 ........................................................ GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C ....................................................... GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 ........................................... GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 ........................................... GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 ........................................................................ GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C ....................................................................... Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 ...................................................................... Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 ................................................................... Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C .......................................................... Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 .................................................. Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 ............................................. Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 ....................................................................... Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 ..................................................................... Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ................................ Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ................................. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ................................. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .................................... Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC .................................. UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 ............................................................................... UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 ........................... UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 ................................................................................ UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR), offset 0x020 ............................................. UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 ............................................ UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 ....................................... 209 210 211 212 214 216 217 218 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 261 263 265 267 268 269 Timers ........................................................................................................................................... 197 Watchdog Timer ........................................................................................................................... 230 UART ............................................................................................................................................. 253 14 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C ............................................................... UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 ......................................................................... UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 ........................................... UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 ................................................................. UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C ...................................................... UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 ................................................. UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 ............................................................... UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ..................................... UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ...................................... UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ..................................... UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ........................................ UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ........................................ SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 .............................................................................. SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 .............................................................................. SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 ...................................................................................... SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C ................................................................................... SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 .................................................................. SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 .............................................................. SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C ........................................................ SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 ....................................................................... SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ............................................ SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ............................................. SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ............................................ SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ............................................... SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ............................................... 2 270 272 274 275 277 278 279 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 305 307 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 342 343 347 348 349 350 SSI ................................................................................................................................................. 293 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface ........................................................................................ 328 I C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 ........................................................... 2 I C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 2 I C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... 2 I C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... 2 I C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 ......................................................... 2 I C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 ................................................. 2 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 15 Table of Contents Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: I C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 ........................................... 2 I C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C ......................................................... 2 I C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 ............................................................ 2 I C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 ............................................................ 2 I C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 2 I C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 ........................................................................... 2 I C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... 2 I C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 ................................................... 2 I C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 .............................................. 2 I C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 ............................................................ Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status (MACRIS), offset 0x000 ............................................ Ethernet MAC Interrupt Acknowledge (MACIACK), offset 0x000 ....................................... Ethernet MAC Interrupt Mask (MACIM), offset 0x004 ....................................................... Ethernet MAC Receive Control (MACRCTL), offset 0x008 ................................................ Ethernet MAC Transmit Control (MACTCTL), offset 0x00C ............................................... Ethernet MAC Data (MACDATA), offset 0x010 ................................................................. Ethernet MAC Individual Address 0 (MACIA0), offset 0x014 ............................................. Ethernet MAC Individual Address 1 (MACIA1), offset 0x018 ............................................. Ethernet MAC Threshold (MACTHR), offset 0x01C .......................................................... Ethernet MAC Management Control (MACMCTL), offset 0x020 ........................................ Ethernet MAC Management Divider (MACMDV), offset 0x024 .......................................... Ethernet MAC Management Address (MACMADD), offset 0x028 ...................................... Ethernet MAC Management Transmit Data (MACMTXD), offset 0x02C ............................. Ethernet MAC Management Receive Data (MACMRXD), offset 0x030 .............................. Ethernet MAC Number of Packets (MACNP), offset 0x034 ............................................... Ethernet MAC Transmission Request (MACTR), offset 0x038 ........................................... Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control (MR0), offset 0x00 ................................. Ethernet PHY Management Register 1 – Status (MR1), offset 0x01 .................................. Ethernet PHY Management Register 2 – PHY Identifier 1 (MR2), offset 0x02 .................... Ethernet PHY Management Register 3 – PHY Identifier 2 (MR3), offset 0x03 .................... Ethernet PHY Management Register 4 – Auto-Negotiation Advertisement (MR4), offset 0x04 ............................................................................................................................. Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability (MR5), offset 0x05 ......................................................................................................... Ethernet PHY Management Register 6 – Auto-Negotiation Expansion (MR6), offset 0x06 ............................................................................................................................. Ethernet PHY Management Register 16 – Vendor-Specific (MR16), offset 0x10 ................. Ethernet PHY Management Register 17 – Interrupt Control/Status (MR17), offset 0x11 ...... Ethernet PHY Management Register 18 – Diagnostic (MR18), offset 0x12 ........................ Ethernet PHY Management Register 19 – Transceiver Control (MR19), offset 0x13 ........... Ethernet PHY Management Register 23 – LED Configuration (MR23), offset 0x17 ............. Ethernet PHY Management Register 24 –MDI/MDIX Control (MR24), offset 0x18 .............. Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00 .................................... Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04 ......................................... Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08 ........................................... Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x10 ......................... 2 351 352 353 355 356 358 359 360 361 362 372 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 391 393 394 395 397 398 399 401 403 404 405 406 413 414 415 416 Ethernet ........................................................................................................................................ 363 Analog Comparators ................................................................................................................... 407 16 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: Register 12: Register 13: Register 14: Register 15: Register 16: Register 17: Register 18: Register 19: Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20 ....................................................... Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40 ....................................................... Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x60 ....................................................... Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24 ....................................................... Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44 ....................................................... Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x64 ...................................................... 417 417 417 418 418 418 PWM .............................................................................................................................................. 420 PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000 ................................................................ 428 PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 429 PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008 .......................................................... 430 PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C ....................................................... 431 PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010 ................................................................ 432 PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014 ........................................................... 433 PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018 ........................................................ 434 PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C ................................................ 435 PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020 ...................................................................... 436 PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040 ....................................................................... 437 PWM1 Control (PWM1CTL), offset 0x080 ....................................................................... 437 PWM2 Control (PWM2CTL), offset 0x0C0 ...................................................................... 437 PWM0 Interrupt Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044 ...................................................... 438 PWM1 Interrupt Enable (PWM1INTEN), offset 0x084 ...................................................... 438 PWM2 InterruptEnable (PWM2INTEN), offset 0x0C4 ...................................................... 438 PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048 .................................................... 439 PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM1RIS), offset 0x088 .................................................... 439 PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM2RIS), offset 0x0C8 ................................................... 439 PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), of fset 0x04C PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), of fset 0x08C PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC ........................................... 440 PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050 ....................................................................... 441 PWM1 Load (PWM1LOAD), offset 0x090 ....................................................................... 441 PWM2 Load (PWM2LOAD), offset 0x0D0 ....................................................................... 441 PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054 ................................................................ 442 PWM1 Counter (PWM1COUNT), offset 0x094 ................................................................ 442 PWM2 Counter (PWM2COUNT), offset 0x0D4 ............................................................... 442 PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058 ............................................................. 443 PWM1 Compare A (PWM1CMPA), offset 0x098 ............................................................. 443 PWM2 Compare A (PWM2CMPA), offset 0x0D8 ............................................................. 443 PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C ............................................................. 444 PWM1 Compare B (PWM1CMPB), offset 0x09C ............................................................. 444 PWM2 Compare B (PWM2CMPB), offset 0x0DC ............................................................ 444 PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060 ................................................ 445 PWM1 Generator A Control (PWM1GENA), offset 0x0A0 ................................................ 445 PWM2 Generator A Control (PWM2GENA), offset 0x0E0 ................................................ 445 PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064 ................................................ 447 PWM1 Generator B Control (PWM1GENB), offset 0x0A4 ................................................ 447 PWM2 Generator B Control (PWM2GENB), offset 0x0E4 ................................................ 447 PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068 ................................................ 448 PWM1 Dead-Band Control (PWM1DBCTL), offset 0x0A8 ................................................. 448 Register 20: Register 21: Register 22: Register 23: Register 24: Register 25: Register 26: Register 27: Register 28: Register 29: Register 30: Register 31: Register 32: Register 33: Register 34: Register 35: Register 36: Register 37: Register 38: Register 39: June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 17 Table of Contents Register 40: Register 41: Register 42: Register 43: Register 44: Register 45: Register 46: Register 1: Register 2: Register 3: Register 4: Register 5: Register 6: Register 7: Register 8: Register 9: Register 10: Register 11: PWM2 Dead-Band Control (PWM2DBCTL), offset 0x0E8 ................................................ PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C ............................. PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM1DBRISE), offset 0x0AC ............................. PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM2DBRISE), offset 0x0EC ............................. PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070 ............................. PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM1DBFALL), offset 0x0B0 ............................. PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM2DBFALL), offset 0x0F0 ............................. QEI Control (QEICTL), offset 0x000 ................................................................................ QEI Status (QEISTAT), offset 0x004 ................................................................................ QEI Position (QEIPOS), offset 0x008 .............................................................................. QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS), offset 0x00C ....................................................... QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD), offset 0x010 ....................................................................... QEI Timer (QEITIME), offset 0x014 ................................................................................. QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT), offset 0x018 ............................................................. QEI Velocity (QEISPEED), offset 0x01C .......................................................................... QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN), offset 0x020 ............................................................... QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS), offset 0x024 ............................................................. QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC), offset 0x028 ..................................................... 448 449 449 449 450 450 450 456 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 QEI ................................................................................................................................................. 451 18 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller About This Document This data sheet provides reference information for the LM3S6950 microcontroller, describing the functional blocks of the system-on-chip (SoC) device designed around the ARM® Cortex™-M3 core. Audience This manual is intended for system software developers, hardware designers, and application developers. About This Manual This document is organized into sections that correspond to each major feature. Related Documents The following documents are referenced by the data sheet, and available on the documentation CD or from the Luminary Micro web site at www.luminarymicro.com: ■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual ■ ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual ■ ARM® v7-M Architecture Application Level Reference Manual The following related documents are also referenced: ■ IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture This documentation list was current as of publication date. Please check the Luminary Micro web site for additional documentation, including application notes and white papers. Documentation Conventions This document uses the conventions shown in Table 1 on page 19. Table 1. Documentation Conventions Notation Meaning General Register Notation REGISTER APB registers are indicated in uppercase bold. For example, PBORCTL is the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control register. If a register name contains a lowercase n, it represents more than one register. For example, SRCRn represents any (or all) of the three Software Reset Control registers: SRCR0, SRCR1 , and SRCR2. A single bit in a register. Two or more consecutive and related bits. A hexadecimal increment to a register's address, relative to that module's base address as specified in “Memory Map” on page 41. Registers are numbered consecutively throughout the document to aid in referencing them. The register number has no meaning to software. bit bit field offset 0xnnn Register N June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 19 About This Document Notation reserved Meaning Register bits marked reserved are reserved for future use. In most cases, reserved bits are set to 0; however, user software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide software compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The range of register bits inclusive from xx to yy. For example, 31:15 means bits 15 through 31 in that register. This value in the register bit diagram indicates whether software running on the controller can change the value of the bit field. Software can read this field. The bit or field is cleared by hardware after reading the bit/field. Software can read this field. Always write the chip reset value. Software can read or write this field. Software can read or write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. This register type is primarily used for clearing interrupt status bits where the read operation provides the interrupt status and the write of the read value clears only the interrupts being reported at the time the register was read. yy:xx Register Bit/Field Types RC RO R/W R/W1C W1C Software can write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. A read of the register returns no meaningful data. This register is typically used to clear the corresponding bit in an interrupt register. WO Register Bit/Field Reset Value 0 1 Pin/Signal Notation [] pin signal assert a signal Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no meaningful data. This value in the register bit diagram shows the bit/field value after any reset, unless noted. Bit cleared to 0 on chip reset. Bit set to 1 on chip reset. Nondeterministic. Pin alternate function; a pin defaults to the signal without the brackets. Refers to the physical connection on the package. Refers to the electrical signal encoding of a pin. Change the value of the signal from the logically False state to the logically True state. For active High signals, the asserted signal value is 1 (High); for active Low signals, the asserted signal value is 0 (Low). The active polarity (High or Low) is defined by the signal name (see SIGNAL and SIGNAL below). Change the value of the signal from the logically True state to the logically False state. Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An overbar on a signal name indicates that it is active Low. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it Low; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it High. Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An active High signal has no overbar. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it High; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it Low. deassert a signal SIGNAL SIGNAL Numbers X An uppercase X indicates any of several values is allowed, where X can be any legal pattern. For example, a binary value of 0X00 can be either 0100 or 0000, a hex value of 0xX is 0x0 or 0x1, and so on. Hexadecimal numbers have a prefix of 0x. For example, 0x00FF is the hexadecimal number FF. Binary numbers are indicated with a b suffix, for example, 1011b. Decimal numbers are written without a prefix or suffix. 0x 20 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 1 Architectural Overview The Luminary Micro Stellaris family of microcontrollers—the first ARM® Cortex™-M3 based controllers—brings high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications. These pioneering parts deliver customers 32-bit performance at a cost equivalent to legacy 8- and 16-bit devices, all in a package with a small footprint. The Stellaris family offers efficient performance and extensive integration, favorably positioning the device into cost-conscious applications requiring significant control-processing and connectivity ® capabilities. The Stellaris LM3S2000 series, designed for Controller Area Network (CAN) applications, extends the Stellaris family with Bosch CAN networking technology, the golden standard ® in short-haul industrial networks. The Stellaris LM3S2000 series also marks the first integration of ® CAN capabilities with the revolutionary Cortex-M3 core. The Stellaris LM3S6000 series combines both a 10/100 Ethernet Media Access Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY) layer, marking the first time that integrated connectivity is available with an ARM Cortex-M3 MCU and the only integrated 10/100 Ethernet MAC and PHY available in an ARM architecture MCU. The LM3S6950 microcontroller is targeted for industrial applications, including remote monitoring, electronic point-of-sale machines, test and measurement equipment, network appliances and switches, factory automation, HVAC and building control, gaming equipment, motion control, medical instrumentation, and fire and security. For applications requiring extreme conservation of power, the LM3S6950 microcontroller features a Battery-backed Hibernation module to efficiently power down the LM3S6950 to a low-power state during extended periods of inactivity. With a power-up/power-down sequencer, a continuous time counter (RTC), a pair of match registers, an APB interface to the system bus, and dedicated non-volatile memory, the Hibernation module positions the LM3S6950 microcontroller perfectly for battery applications. In addition, the LM3S6950 microcontroller offers the advantages of ARM's widely available development tools, System-on-Chip (SoC) infrastructure IP applications, and a large user community. Additionally, the microcontroller uses ARM's Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2 instruction set to reduce memory requirements and, thereby, cost. Finally, the LM3S6950 microcontroller is code-compatible ® to all members of the extensive Stellaris family; providing flexibility to fit our customers' precise needs. Luminary Micro offers a complete solution to get to market quickly, with evaluation and development boards, white papers and application notes, an easy-to-use peripheral driver library, and a strong support, sales, and distributor network. ® ® 1.1 Product Features The LM3S6950 microcontroller includes the following product features: ■ 32-Bit RISC Performance – 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded applications – System timer (SysTick), providing a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism – Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2-only instruction set processor core for high code density – 50-MHz operation June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 21 Architectural Overview – Hardware-division and single-cycle-multiplication – Integrated Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) providing deterministic interrupt handling – 34 interrupts with eight priority levels – Memory protection unit (MPU), providing a privileged mode for protected operating system functionality – Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory – Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding), delivering maximum memory utilization and streamlined peripheral control ■ Internal Memory – 256 KB single-cycle flash • • • User-managed flash block protection on a 2-KB block basis User-managed flash data programming User-defined and managed flash-protection block – 64 KB single-cycle SRAM ■ General-Purpose Timers – Four General-Purpose Timer Modules (GPTM), each of which provides two 16-bit timer/counters. Each GPTM can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters (eight total) as a single 32-bit timer (four total), as one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) to event capture, or for Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – 32-bit Timer modes • • • • Programmable one-shot timer Programmable periodic timer Real-Time Clock when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input User-enabled stalling in periodic and one-shot mode when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug – 16-bit Timer modes • • • • General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler Programmable one-shot timer Programmable periodic timer User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug – 16-bit Input Capture modes 22 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller • • Input edge count capture Input edge time capture – 16-bit PWM mode • Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal ■ ARM FiRM-compliant Watchdog Timer – 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register – Separate watchdog clock with an enable – Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking – Lock register protection from runaway software – Reset generation logic with an enable/disable – User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug ■ 10/100 Ethernet Controller – Conforms to the IEEE 802.3-2002 Specification – Full- and half-duplex for both 100 Mbps and 10 Mbps operation – Integrated 10/100 Mbps Transceiver (PHY) – Automatic MDI/MDI-X cross-over correction – Programmable MAC address – Power-saving and power-down modes ■ Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) – Two SSI modules, each with the following features: – Master or slave operation – Programmable clock bit rate and prescale – Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep – Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces – Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits – Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing ■ UART – Three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs with IrDA support June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 23 Architectural Overview – Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt service loading – Programmable baud-rate generator with fractional divider – Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional double-buffered interface – FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, ¼, ½, ¾, and 7/8 – Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity – False-start-bit detection – Line-break generation and detection ■ Analog Comparators – Three independent integrated analog comparators – Configurable for output to: drive an output pin or generate an interrupt – Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage reference ■ IC – Master and slave receive and transmit operation with transmission speed up to 100 Kbps in Standard mode and 400 Kbps in Fast mode – Interrupt generation – Master with arbitration and clock synchronization, multimaster support, and 7-bit addressing mode ■ PWM – Three PWM generator blocks, each with one 16-bit counter, two comparators, a PWM generator, and a dead-band generator – One 16-bit counter • • • • Runs in Down or Up/Down mode Output frequency controlled by a 16-bit load value Load value updates can be synchronized Produces output signals at zero and load value 2 – Two PWM comparators • • Comparator value updates can be synchronized Produces output signals on match – PWM generator 24 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller • • Output PWM signal is constructed based on actions taken as a result of the counter and PWM comparator output signals Produces two independent PWM signals – Dead-band generator • • Produces two PWM signals with programmable dead-band delays suitable for driving a half-H bridge Can be bypassed, leaving input PWM signals unmodified – Flexible output control block with PWM output enable of each PWM signal • • • • • • ■ QEI – Hardware position integrator tracks the encoder position – Velocity capture using built-in timer – Interrupt generation on index pulse, velocity-timer expiration, direction change, and quadrature error detection ■ GPIOs – 1-46 GPIOs, depending on configuration – 5-V-tolerant input/outputs – Programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive – Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines – Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration: • • • • • Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive Open drain enables Digital input enables PWM output enable of each PWM signal Optional output inversion of each PWM signal (polarity control) Optional fault handling for each PWM signal Synchronization of timers in the PWM generator blocks Synchronization of timer/comparator updates across the PWM generator blocks Interrupt status summary of the PWM generator blocks June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 25 Architectural Overview ■ Power – On-chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) voltage regulator, with programmable output user-adjustable from 2.25 V to 2.75 V – Hibernation module handles the power-up/down 3.3 V sequencing and control for the core digital logic and analog circuits – Low-power options on controller: Sleep and Deep-sleep modes – Low-power options for peripherals: software controls shutdown of individual peripherals – User-enabled LDO unregulated voltage detection and automatic reset – 3.3-V supply brown-out detection and reporting via interrupt or reset ■ Flexible Reset Sources – Power-on reset (POR) – Reset pin assertion – Brown-out (BOR) detector alerts to system power drops – Software reset – Watchdog timer reset – Internal low drop-out (LDO) regulator output goes unregulated ■ Additional Features – Six reset sources – Programmable clock source control – Clock gating to individual peripherals for power savings – IEEE 1149.1-1990 compliant Test Access Port (TAP) controller – Debug access via JTAG and Serial Wire interfaces – Full JTAG boundary scan ■ Industrial-range 100-pin RoHS-compliant LQFP package 1.2 Target Applications ■ Remote monitoring ■ Electronic point-of-sale (POS) machines ■ Test and measurement equipment ■ Network appliances and switches 26 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ Factory automation ■ HVAC and building control ■ Gaming equipment ■ Motion control ■ Medical instrumentation ■ Fire and security ■ Power and energy ■ Transportation 1.3 High-Level Block Diagram Figure 1-1 on page 28 shows the features on the Stellaris® Fury-class family of devices. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 27 Architectural Overview Figure 1-1. Stellaris® Fury-class High-Level Block Diagram 32 JTAG 256 KB Flash NVIC ARM® Cortex™-M3 32 SWD 50 MHz 64 KB SRAM Clocks, Reset System Control SERIAL INTERFACES 3 UARTs Systick Timer 2 SSI/SPI 10/100 Ethernet MAC + PHY 2 CAN GPIOs 2IC R T C 2 SYSTEM 4 Timer/PWM/CCP Each 32-bit or 2x16-bit Watchdog Timer Battery-Backed Hibernate MOTION CONTROL 2 Quadrature Encoder Inputs 6 PWM Outputs Timer LDO Voltage Regulator 3 Analog Comparators 10-bit ADC 8 channel 1 Msps Temp Sensor ANALOG Comparators PWM Generator PWM Interrupt Dead-Band Generator 1.4 Functional Overview The following sections provide an overview of the features of the LM3S6950 microcontroller. The page number in parenthesis indicates where that feature is discussed in detail. Ordering and support information can be found in “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 501. 28 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 1.4.1 1.4.1.1 ARM Cortex™-M3 Processor Core (see page 35) All members of the Stellaris product family, including the LM3S6950 microcontroller, are designed around an ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core. The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system response to interrupts. “ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core” on page 35 provides an overview of the ARM core; the core is detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. ® 1.4.1.2 System Timer (SysTick) Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter can be used in several different ways, for example: ■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a SysTick routine. ■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock. ■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock used and the dynamic range of the counter. ■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used. ■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop. 1.4.1.3 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) The LM3S6950 controller includes the ARM Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) on the ARM Cortex-M3 core. The NVIC and Cortex-M3 prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration. Software can set eight priority levels on 7 exceptions (system handlers) and 34 interrupts. “Interrupts” on page 43 provides an overview of the NVIC controller and the interrupt map. Exceptions and interrupts are detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 1.4.2 Motor Control Peripherals To enhance motor control, the LM3S6950 controller features Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) outputs and the Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI). 1.4.2.1 PWM (see page 203) Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels. High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 29 Architectural Overview wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies and motor control. On the LM3S6950, PWM motion control functionality can be achieved through dedicated, flexible motion control hardware (the PWM pins) or through the motion control features of the general-purpose timers (using the CCP pins). PWM Pins (see page 420) The LM3S6950 PWM module consists of three PWM generator blocks and a control block. Each PWM generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two comparators, a PWM signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt. The control block determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins. Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals or a single pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM generation blocks are managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins. CCP Pins (see page 203) The General-Purpose Timer Module's CCP (Capture Compare PWM) pins are software programmable to support a simple PWM mode with a software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal. 1.4.2.2 QEI (see page 451) A quadrature encoder, also known as a 2-channel incremental encoder, converts linear displacement into a pulse signal. By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals, you can track the position, direction of rotation, and speed. In addition, a third channel, or index signal, can be used to reset the position counter. The Stellaris quadrature encoder with index (QEI) module interprets the code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over time and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity of the encoder wheel. 1.4.3 Serial Communications Peripherals The LM3S6950 controller supports both asynchronous and synchronous serial communications with: ■ Three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs ■ Two SSI modules ■ One I C module 2 1.4.3.1 UART (see page 253) A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is an integrated circuit used for RS-232C serial communications, containing a transmitter (parallel-to-serial converter) and a receiver (serial-to-parallel converter), each clocked separately. The LM3S6950 controller includes three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs that support data transfer speeds up to 460.8 Kbps. In addition, each UART is capable of supporting IrDA. (Although similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, it is not register-compatible.) Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and 16x12 receive (RX) FIFOs reduce CPU interrupt service loading. The UART can generate individually masked interrupts from the RX, TX, modem status, and error 30 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller conditions. The module provides a single combined interrupt when any of the interrupts are asserted and are unmasked. 1.4.3.2 SSI (see page 293) Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a four-wire bi-directional communications interface. The LM3S6950 controller includes two SSI modules that provide the functionality for synchronous serial communications with peripheral devices, and can be configured to use the Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE , or TI synchronous serial interface frame formats. The size of the data frame is also configurable, and can be set between 4 and 16 bits, inclusive. Each SSI module performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data transmitted to a peripheral device. The TX and RX paths are buffered with internal FIFOs, allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently. Each SSI module can be configured as either a master or slave device. As a slave device, the SSI module can also be configured to disable its output, which allows a master device to be coupled with multiple slave devices. Each SSI module also includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the output serial clock derived from the SSI module's input clock. Bit rates are generated based on the input clock and the maximum bit rate is determined by the connected peripheral. 1.4.3.3 I C(see page 328) The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design (a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL). The I C bus interfaces to external I C devices such as serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking 2 devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I C bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development and manufacture. The LM3S6950 controller includes one I C module that provides the ability to communicate to other 2 2 IC devices over an I C bus. The I C bus supports devices that can both transmit and receive (write and read) data. Devices on the I C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. The I C module supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave, and also supports the simultaneous 2 operation as both a master and a slave. The four I C modes are: Master Transmit, Master Receive, Slave Transmit, and Slave Receive. A Stellaris I C module can operate at two speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps). Both the I C master and slave can generate interrupts. The I C master generates interrupts when 2 a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error). The I C slave generates interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master. 2 2 ®2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.4.3.4 Ethernet MAC (see page 363) Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). Ethernet has been standardized as IEEE 802.3. It defines a number of wiring and signaling standards for the physical layer, two means of network access at the Media Access Control (MAC)/Data Link Layer, and a common addressing format. The Stellaris® Ethernet Controller consists of a fully integrated media access controller (MAC) and network physical (PHY) interface device. The Ethernet Controller conforms to IEEE 802.3 specifications and fully supports 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX standards. In addition, the Ethernet Controller supports automatic MDI/MDI-X cross-over correction. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 31 Architectural Overview 1.4.4 1.4.4.1 System Peripherals Programmable GPIOs (see page 157) General-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins offer flexibility for a variety of connections. The Stellaris GPIO module is composed of seven physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual GPIO port. The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant (compliant to the ARM Foundation IP for Real-Time Microcontrollers specification) and supports 1-46 programmable input/output pins. The number of GPIOs available depends on the peripherals being used (see “Signal Tables” on page 469 for the signals available to each GPIO pin). The GPIO module features programmable interrupt generation as either edge-triggered or level-sensitive on all pins, programmable control for GPIO pad configuration, and bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines. ® 1.4.4.2 Four Programmable Timers (see page 197) Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins. The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks. Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timer/counters that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). When configured in 32-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer, periodic timer, or Real-Time Clock (RTC). When in 16-bit mode, a timer can run as a one-shot timer or periodic timer, and can extend its precision by using an 8-bit prescaler. A 16-bit timer can also be configured for event capture or Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) generation. ® 1.4.4.3 Watchdog Timer (see page 230) A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software error or to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load register, interrupt generation logic, and a locking register. The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered. ® 1.4.5 1.4.5.1 Memory Peripherals The LM3S6950 controller offers both SRAM and Flash memory. SRAM (see page 133) The LM3S6950 static random access memory (SRAM) controller supports 64 KB SRAM. The internal ® SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at offset 0x0000.0000 of the device memory map. To reduce the number of time-consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has introduced bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation. 1.4.5.2 Flash (see page 134) The LM3S6950 Flash controller supports 256 KB of flash memory. The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the 32 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller block to be reset to all 1s. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The blocks can be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger. 1.4.6 1.4.6.1 Additional Features Memory Map (see page 41) A memory map lists the location of instructions and data in memory. The memory map for the LM3S6950 controller can be found in “Memory Map” on page 41. Register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module's base address as shown in the memory map. The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual provides further information on the memory map. 1.4.6.2 JTAG TAP Controller (see page 46) The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the Test Access Port (TAP) and associated test logic. The TAP, JTAG instruction register, and JTAG data registers can be used to test the interconnects of assembled printed circuit boards, obtain manufacturing information on the components, and observe and/or control the inputs and outputs of the controller during normal operation. The JTAG port provides a high degree of testability and chip-level access at a low cost. The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture. The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for the ARM, Luminary Micro, and unimplemented JTAG instructions. 1.4.6.3 System Control and Clocks (see page 57) System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the device, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection and reporting. 1.4.6.4 Hibernation Module (see page 115) The Hibernation module provides logic to switch power off to the main processor and peripherals, and to wake on external or time-based events. The Hibernation module includes power-sequencing logic, a real-time clock with a pair of match registers, low-battery detection circuitry, and interrupt signalling to the processor. It also includes 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory that can be used for saving state during hibernation. 1.4.7 Hardware Details Details on the pins and package can be found in the following sections: June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 33 Architectural Overview ■ “Pin Diagram” on page 468 ■ “Signal Tables” on page 469 ■ “Operating Characteristics” on page 484 ■ “Electrical Characteristics” on page 485 ■ “Package Information” on page 499 34 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 2 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system response to interrupts. Features include: ■ Compact core. ■ Thumb-2 instruction set, delivering the high-performance expected of an ARM core in the memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in the range of a few kilobytes of memory for microcontroller class applications. ■ Speedy application execution through Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for instruction and data. ■ Exceptional interrupt handling, by implementing the register manipulations required for handling an interrupt in hardware. ■ Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode of operation for complex applications. ■ Migration from the ARM7(TM) processor family for better performance and power efficiency. ■ Full-featured debug solution with a: – Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) – Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints – Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources, and system profiling – Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging – Trace Port Interface Unit ( TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer The Stellaris family of microcontrollers builds on this core to bring high-performance 32-bit computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications, such as factory automation and control, industrial control power devices, building and home automation, and stepper motors. For more information on the ARM Cortex-M3 processor core, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. For information on SWJ-DP, see the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual. ® June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 35 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core 2.1 Block Diagram Figure 2-1. CPU Block Diagram Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller Interrupts Sleep Debug Instructions Memory Protection Unit Data Trace Port Interface Unit CM3 Core ARM Cortex-M3 Serial Wire Output Trace Port (SWO) Flash Patch and Breakpoint Instrumentation Data Watchpoint Trace Macrocell and Trace Private Peripheral Bus (external) ROM Table Private Peripheral Bus (internal) Bus Matrix Adv. Peripheral Bus I-code bus D-code bus System bus Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port Adv. HighPerf. Bus Access Port 2.2 Functional Description Important: The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes all the features of an ARM Cortex-M3 in detail. However, these features differ based on the implementation. ® This section describes the Stellaris implementation. Luminary Micro has implemented the ARM Cortex-M3 core as shown in Figure 2-1 on page 36. As noted in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, several Cortex-M3 components are flexible in their implementation: SW/JTAG-DP, ETM, TPIU, the ROM table, the MPU, and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). Each of these is addressed in the sections that follow. 2.2.1 Serial Wire and JTAG Debug Luminary Micro has replaced the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM CoreSight™-compliant Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. This means Chapter 12, “Debug Port,” of the ® ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual does not apply to Stellaris devices. The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and JTAG debug ports into one module. See the CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual for details on SWJ-DP. 36 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 2.2.2 Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) ETM was not implemented in the Stellaris devices. This means Chapters 15 and 16 of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual can be ignored. ® 2.2.3 Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) The TPIU acts as a bridge between the Cortex-M3 trace data from the ITM, and an off-chip Trace ® Port Analyzer. The Stellaris devices have implemented TPIU as shown in Figure 2-2 on page 37. This is similar to the non-ETM version described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, however, SWJ-DP only provides SWV output for the TPIU. Figure 2-2. TPIU Block Diagram Debug ATB Slave Port ATB Interface Asynchronous FIFO Trace Out (serializer) Serial Wire Trace Port (SWO) APB Slave Port APB Interface 2.2.4 ROM Table The default ROM table was implemented as described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 2.2.5 Memory Protection Unit (MPU) The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) is included on the LM3S6950 controller and supports the standard ARMv7 Protected Memory System Architecture (PMSA) model. The MPU provides full support for protection regions, overlapping protection regions, access permissions, and exporting memory attributes to the system. 2.2.6 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC): ■ Facilitates low-latency exception and interrupt handling June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 37 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core ■ Controls power management ■ Implements system control registers The NVIC supports up to 240 dynamically reprioritizable interrupts each with up to 256 levels of priority. The NVIC and the processor core interface are closely coupled, which enables low latency interrupt processing and efficient processing of late arriving interrupts. The NVIC maintains knowledge of the stacked (nested) interrupts to enable tail-chaining of interrupts. You can only fully access the NVIC from privileged mode, but you can pend interrupts in user-mode if you enable the Configuration Control Register (see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual). Any other user-mode access causes a bus fault. All NVIC registers are accessible using byte, halfword, and word unless otherwise stated. All NVIC registers and system debug registers are little endian regardless of the endianness state of the processor. 2.2.6.1 Interrupts The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes the maximum number of interrupts and interrupt priorities. The LM3S6950 microcontroller supports 34 interrupts with eight priority levels. 2.2.6.2 System Timer (SysTick) Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter can be used in several different ways, for example: ■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example 100 Hz) and invokes a SysTick routine. ■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock. ■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock used and the dynamic range of the counter. ■ A simple counter. Software can use this to measure time to completion and time used. ■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop. Functional Description The timer consists of three registers: ■ A control and status counter to configure its clock, enable the counter, enable the SysTick interrupt, and determine counter status. ■ The reload value for the counter, used to provide the counter's wrap value. ■ The current value of the counter. A fourth register, the SysTick Calibration Value Register, is not implemented in the Stellaris devices. 38 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller When enabled, the timer counts down from the reload value to zero, reloads (wraps) to the value in the SysTick Reload Value register on the next clock edge, then decrements on subsequent clocks. Writing a value of zero to the Reload Value register disables the counter on the next wrap. When the counter reaches zero, the COUNTFLAG status bit is set. The COUNTFLAG bit clears on reads. Writing to the Current Value register clears the register and the COUNTFLAG status bit. The write does not trigger the SysTick exception logic. On a read, the current value is the value of the register at the time the register is accessed. If the core is in debug state (halted), the counter will not decrement. The timer is clocked with respect to a reference clock. The reference clock can be the core clock or an external clock source. SysTick Control and Status Register Use the SysTick Control and Status Register to enable the SysTick features. The reset is 0x0000.0000. Bit/Field 31:17 Name reserved Type Reset Description RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Returns 1 if timer counted to 0 since last time this was read. Clears on read by application. If read by the debugger using the DAP, this bit is cleared on read-only if the MasterType bit in the AHB-AP Control Register is set to 0. Otherwise, the COUNTFLAG bit is not changed by the debugger read. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 = external reference clock. (Not implemented for Stellaris microcontrollers.) 1 = core clock. If no reference clock is provided, it is held at 1 and so gives the same time as the core clock. The core clock must be at least 2.5 times faster than the reference clock. If it is not, the count values are Unpredictable. 1 TICKINT R/W 0 1 = counting down to 0 pends the SysTick handler. 0 = counting down to 0 does not pend the SysTick handler. Software can use the COUNTFLAG to determine if ever counted to 0. 0 ENABLE R/W 0 1 = counter operates in a multi-shot way. That is, counter loads with the Reload value and then begins counting down. On reaching 0, it sets the COUNTFLAG to 1 and optionally pends the SysTick handler, based on TICKINT. It then loads the Reload value again, and begins counting. 0 = counter disabled. 16 COUNTFLAG R/W 0 15:3 reserved R/W 0 2 CLKSOURCE R/W 0 SysTick Reload Value Register Use the SysTick Reload Value Register to specify the start value to load into the current value register when the counter reaches 0. It can be any value between 1 and 0x00FFFFFF. A start value of 0 is possible, but has no effect because the SysTick interrupt and COUNTFLAG are activated when counting from 1 to 0. Therefore, as a multi-shot timer, repeated over and over, it fires every N+1 clock pulse, where N is any value from 1 to 0x00FFFFFF. So, if the tick interrupt is required every 100 clock pulses, 99 must be written into the RELOAD. If a new value is written on each tick interrupt, so treated as single shot, then the actual count down must be written. For example, if a tick is next required after 400 clock pulses, 400 must be written into the RELOAD. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 39 ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core Bit/Field 31:24 Name reserved Type Reset Description RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Value to load into the SysTick Current Value Register when the counter reaches 0. 23:0 RELOAD W1C - SysTick Current Value Register Use the SysTick Current Value Register to find the current value in the register. Bit/Field 31:24 Name reserved Type Reset Description RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Current value at the time the register is accessed. No read-modify-write protection is provided, so change with care. This register is write-clear. Writing to it with any value clears the register to 0. Clearing this register also clears the COUNTFLAG bit of the SysTick Control and Status Register. 23:0 CURRENT W1C - SysTick Calibration Value Register The SysTick Calibration Value register is not implemented. 40 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 3 Memory Map The memory map for the LM3S6950 controller is provided in Table 3-1 on page 41. In this manual, register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module’s base address as shown in the memory map. See also Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. Note: In Table 3-1 on page 41 addresses not listed are reserved. a Table 3-1. Memory Map Start End Description For details on registers, see page ... b c Memory 0x0000.0000 0x2000.0000 0x2010.0000 0x2200.0000 0x2400.0000 FiRM Peripherals 0x4000.0000 0x4000.1000 0x4000.4000 0x4000.5000 0x4000.6000 0x4000.7000 0x4000.8000 0x4000.9000 0x4000.A000 0x4000.C000 0x4000.D000 0x4000.E000 0x4000.F000 0x4001.0000 Peripherals 0x4002.0000 0x4002.0800 0x4002.2000 0x4002.4000 0x4002.5000 0x4002.6000 0x4002.8000 0x4002.9000 0x4002.C000 0x4002.07FF 0x4002.0FFF 0x4002.3FFF 0x4002.4FFF 0x4002.5FFF 0x4002.6FFF 0x4002.8FFF 0x4002.BFFF 0x4002.CFFF I2C Master 0 I2C Slave 0 Reserved GPIO Port E GPIO Port F GPIO Port G PWM Reserved QEI0 341 354 162 162 162 427 455 0x4000.0FFF 0x4000.3FFF 0x4000.4FFF 0x4000.5FFF 0x4000.6FFF 0x4000.7FFF 0x4000.8FFF 0x4000.9FFF 0x4000.BFFF 0x4000.CFFF 0x4000.DFFF 0x4000.EFFF 0x4000.FFFF 0x4001.FFFF Watchdog timer Reserved GPIO Port A GPIO Port B GPIO Port C GPIO Port D SSI0 SSI1 Reserved UART0 UART1 UART2 Reserved Reserved for future FiRM peripherals 232 162 162 162 162 304 304 260 260 260 0x1FFF.FFFF 0x200F.FFFF 0x21FF.FFFF 0x23FF.FFFF 0x3FFF.FFFF On-chip flash 137 137 - Bit-banded on-chip SRAM Reserved non-bit-banded SRAM space Bit-band alias of 0x2000.0000 through 0x200F.FFFF 133 Reserved non-bit-banded SRAM space - June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 41 Memory Map Start End Description For details on registers, see page ... 208 208 208 208 407 371 120 137 64 - 0x4002.E000 0x4003.0000 0x4003.1000 0x4003.2000 0x4003.3000 0x4003.4000 0x4003.9000 0x4003.C000 0x4003.D000 0x4004.3000 0x4004.8000 0x4004.9000 0x4004.C000 0x400F.C000 0x400F.D000 0x400F.E000 0x400F.F000 0x4011.1000 0x4012.0000 0x4200.0000 0x4400.0000 0x5E34.0000 0x6000.0000 Private Peripheral Bus 0xE000.0000 0xE000.1000 0xE000.2000 0xE000.3000 0xE000.E000 0xE000.F000 0xE004.0000 0xE004.1000 0xE004.2000 0xE010.0000 0x4002.FFFF 0x4003.0FFF 0x4003.1FFF 0x4003.2FFF 0x4003.3FFF 0x4003.7FFF 0x4003.BFFF 0x4003.CFFF 0x4003.FFFF 0x4004.7FFF 0x4004.8FFF 0x4004.BFFF 0x400F.BFFF 0x400F.CFFF 0x400F.DFFF 0x400F.EFFF 0x400F.FFFF 0x4011.1FFF 0x41FF.FFFF 0x43FF.FFFF 0x5E32.FFFF 0x5FFF.FFFF 0xDFFF.FFFF Reserved Timer0 Timer1 Timer2 Timer3 Reserved Reserved Analog Comparators Reserved Reserved Ethernet Controller Reserved Reserved Hibernation Module Flash control System control Reserved Reserved Reserved for non bit-banded peripheral space Bit-banded alias of 0x4000.0000 through 0x400F.FFFF Reserved for non bit-banded peripheral space Reserved Reserved for external devices - 0xE000.0FFF 0xE000.1FFF 0xE000.2FFF 0xE000.DFFF 0xE000.EFFF 0xE003.FFFF 0xE004.0FFF 0xE004.1FFF 0xE00F.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT) Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) Reserved Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Reserved Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) Reserved Reserved Reserved for vendor peripherals ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual - a. All reserved space returns a bus fault when read or written. b. The unavailable flash will bus fault throughout this range. c. The unavailable SRAM will bus fault throughout this range. 42 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 4 Interrupts The ARM Cortex-M3 processor and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) prioritize and handle all exceptions. All exceptions are handled in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on an exception, and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, which enables efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration. Table 4-1 on page 43 lists all the exceptions. Software can set eight priority levels on seven of these exceptions (system handlers) as well as on 34 interrupts (listed in Table 4-2 on page 44). Priorities on the system handlers are set with the NVIC System Handler Priority registers. Interrupts are enabled through the NVIC Interrupt Set Enable register and prioritized with the NVIC Interrupt Priority registers. You can also group priorities by splitting priority levels into pre-emption priorities and subpriorities. All the interrupt registers are described in Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. Internally, the highest user-settable priority (0) is treated as fourth priority, after a Reset, NMI, and a Hard Fault. Note that 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities. If you assign the same priority level to two or more interrupts, their hardware priority (the lower the position number) determines the order in which the processor activates them. For example, if both GPIO Port A and GPIO Port B are priority level 1, then GPIO Port A has higher priority. See Chapter 5, “Exceptions” and Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on exceptions and interrupts. Note: In Table 4-2 on page 44 interrupts not listed are reserved. Table 4-1. Exception Types Exception Type Reset Position 0 1 Priority a Description Stack top is loaded from first entry of vector table on reset. -3 (highest) Invoked on power up and warm reset. On first instruction, drops to lowest priority (and then is called the base level of activation). This is asynchronous. -2 Cannot be stopped or preempted by any exception but reset. This is asynchronous. An NMI is only producible by software, using the NVIC Interrupt Control State register. Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) 2 Hard Fault Memory Management 3 4 -1 settable All classes of Fault, when the fault cannot activate due to priority or the configurable fault handler has been disabled. This is synchronous. MPU mismatch, including access violation and no match. This is synchronous. The priority of this exception can be changed. Bus Fault 5 settable Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault, and other address/memory related faults. This is synchronous when precise and asynchronous when imprecise. You can enable or disable this fault. Usage Fault SVCall 6 7-10 11 settable settable Usage fault, such as undefined instruction executed or illegal state transition attempt. This is synchronous. Reserved. System service call with SVC instruction. This is synchronous. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 43 Interrupts Exception Type Debug Monitor Position 12 Priority a Description Debug monitor (when not halting). This is synchronous, but only active when enabled. It does not activate if lower priority than the current activation. Reserved. Pendable request for system service. This is asynchronous and only pended by software. System tick timer has fired. This is asynchronous. Asserted from outside the ARM Cortex-M3 core and fed through the NVIC (prioritized). These are all asynchronous. Table 4-2 on page 44 lists the interrupts on the LM3S6950 controller. settable PendSV SysTick Interrupts 13 14 15 16 and above settable settable settable a. 0 is the default priority for all the settable priorities. Table 4-2. Interrupts Interrupt (Bit in Interrupt Registers) Description 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 34 GPIO Port A GPIO Port B GPIO Port C GPIO Port D GPIO Port E UART0 UART1 SSI0 I2C0 PWM Fault PWM Generator 0 PWM Generator 1 PWM Generator 2 QEI0 Watchdog timer Timer0 A Timer0 B Timer1 A Timer1 B Timer2 A Timer2 B Analog Comparator 0 Analog Comparator 1 Analog Comparator 2 System Control Flash Control GPIO Port F GPIO Port G UART2 SSI1 44 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Interrupt (Bit in Interrupt Registers) Description 35 36 42 43 44-47 Timer3 A Timer3 B Ethernet Controller Hibernation Module Reserved June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 45 JTAG Interface 5 JTAG Interface The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR) can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging. The JTAG port is comprised of the standard five pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is transmitted serially into the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of this data is dependent on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the operation of the JTAG port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture. The Luminary Micro JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core. This is implemented by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions select the ARM TDO output while Luminary Micro JTAG instructions select the Luminary Micro TDO outputs. The multiplexer is controlled by the Luminary Micro JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for the ARM, LMI, and unimplemented JTAG instructions. The JTAG module has the following features: ■ IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller ■ Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions ■ IEEE standard instructions: – BYPASS instruction – IDCODE instruction – SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction – EXTEST instruction – INTEST instruction ■ ARM additional instructions: – APACC instruction – DPACC instruction – ABORT instruction ■ Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on the ARM JTAG controller. 46 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 5.1 Block Diagram Figure 5-1. JTAG Module Block Diagram TRST TCK TMS TDI TAP Controller Instruction Register (IR) BYPASS Data Register Boundar y Scan Data Register IDCODE Data Register ABORT Data Register DPACC Data Register APACC Data Register TDO Cor tex-M3 Debug Por t 5.2 Functional Description A high-level conceptual drawing of the JTAG module is shown in Figure 5-1 on page 47. The JTAG module is composed of the Test Access Port (TAP) controller and serial shift chains with parallel update registers. The TAP controller is a simple state machine controlled by the TRST, TCK and TMS inputs. The current state of the TAP controller depends on the current value of TRST and the sequence of values captured on TMS at the rising edge of TCK. The TAP controller determines when the serial shift chains capture new data, shift data from TDI towards TDO, and update the parallel load registers. The current state of the TAP controller also determines whether the Instruction Register (IR) chain or one of the Data Register (DR) chains is being accessed. The serial shift chains with parallel load registers are comprised of a single Instruction Register (IR) chain and multiple Data Register (DR) chains. The current instruction loaded in the parallel load register determines which DR chain is captured, shifted, or updated during the sequencing of the TAP controller. Some instructions, like EXTEST and INTEST, operate on data currently in a DR chain and do not capture, shift, or update any of the chains. Instructions that are not implemented decode to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDI and TDO is always connected (see Table 5-2 on page 53 for a list of implemented instructions). See “JTAG and Boundary Scan” on page 494 for JTAG timing diagrams. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 47 JTAG Interface 5.2.1 JTAG Interface Pins The JTAG interface consists of five standard pins: TRST, TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These pins and their associated reset state are given in Table 5-1 on page 48. Detailed information on each pin follows. Table 5-1. JTAG Port Pins Reset State Pin Name Data Direction Internal Pull-Up Internal Pull-Down Drive Strength Drive Value TRST TCK TMS TDI TDO Input Input Input Input Output Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled N/A N/A N/A N/A 2-mA driver N/A N/A N/A N/A High-Z 5.2.1.1 Test Reset Input (TRST) The TRST pin is an asynchronous active Low input signal for initializing and resetting the JTAG TAP controller and associated JTAG circuitry. When TRST is asserted, the TAP controller resets to the Test-Logic-Reset state and remains there while TRST is asserted. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TRST pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port B should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PB7/TRST; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. 5.2.1.2 Test Clock Input (TCK) The TCK pin is the clock for the JTAG module. This clock is provided so the test logic can operate independently of any other system clocks. In addition, it ensures that multiple JTAG TAP controllers that are daisy-chained together can synchronously communicate serial test data between components. During normal operation, TCK is driven by a free-running clock with a nominal 50% duty cycle. When necessary, TCK can be stopped at 0 or 1 for extended periods of time. While TCK is stopped at 0 or 1, the state of the TAP controller does not change and data in the JTAG Instruction and Data Registers is not lost. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TCK pin is enabled after reset. This assures that no clocking occurs if the pin is not driven from an external source. The internal pull-up and pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power as long as the TCK pin is constantly being driven by an external source. 5.2.1.3 Test Mode Select (TMS) The TMS pin selects the next state of the JTAG TAP controller. TMS is sampled on the rising edge of TCK. Depending on the current TAP state and the sampled value of TMS, the next state is entered. Because the TMS pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TMS to change on the falling edge of TCK. Holding TMS high for five consecutive TCK cycles drives the TAP controller state machine to the Test-Logic-Reset state. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG Instruction Register (IR) resets to the default instruction, IDCODE. Therefore, this sequence can be used as a reset mechanism, similar to asserting TRST. The JTAG Test Access Port state machine can be seen in its entirety in Figure 5-2 on page 50. 48 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TMS pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PC1/TMS; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. 5.2.1.4 Test Data Input (TDI) The TDI pin provides a stream of serial information to the IR chain and the DR chains. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of TCK and, depending on the current TAP state and the current instruction, presents this data to the proper shift register chain. Because the TDI pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDI to change on the falling edge of TCK. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDI pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled on PC2/TDI; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost. 5.2.1.5 Test Data Output (TDO) The TDO pin provides an output stream of serial information from the IR chain or the DR chains. The value of TDO depends on the current TAP state, the current instruction, and the data in the chain being accessed. In order to save power when the JTAG port is not being used, the TDO pin is placed in an inactive drive state when not actively shifting out data. Because TDO can be connected to the TDI of another controller in a daisy-chain configuration, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDO to change on the falling edge of TCK. By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDO pin is enabled after reset. This assures that the pin remains at a constant logic level when the JTAG port is not being used. The internal pull-up and pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power if a High-Z output value is acceptable during certain TAP controller states. 5.2.2 JTAG TAP Controller The JTAG TAP controller state machine is shown in Figure 5-2 on page 50. The TAP controller state machine is reset to the Test-Logic-Reset state on the assertion of a Power-On-Reset (POR) or the assertion of TRST. Asserting the correct sequence on the TMS pin allows the JTAG module to shift in new instructions, shift in data, or idle during extended testing sequences. For detailed information on the function of the TAP controller and the operations that occur in each state, please refer to IEEE Standard 1149.1. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 49 JTAG Interface Figure 5-2. Test Access Port State Machine Test Logic Reset 1 0 Run Test Idle 1 Select DR Scan 0 1 Capture DR 0 Shift DR 1 Exit 1 DR 0 Pause DR 1 0 Exit 2 DR 1 Update DR 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 Select IR Scan 0 Capture IR 0 Shift IR 1 Exit 1 IR 0 Pause IR 1 Exit 2 IR 1 Update IR 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 5.2.3 Shift Registers The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register. The serial shift register chain samples specific information during the TAP controller ’s CAPTURE states and allows this information to be shifted out of TDO during the TAP controller ’s SHIFT states. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the chain on TDO, new data is being shifted into the serial shift register on TDI. This new data is stored in the parallel load register during the TAP controller ’s UPDATE states. Each of the shift registers is discussed in detail in “Register Descriptions” on page 53. 5.2.4 Operational Considerations There are certain operational considerations when using the JTAG module. Because the JTAG pins can be programmed to be GPIOs, board configuration and reset conditions on these pins must be considered. In addition, because the JTAG module has integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug, the method for switching between these two operational modes is described below. 50 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 5.2.4.1 GPIO Functionality When the controller is reset with either a POR or RST, the JTAG/SWD port pins default to their JTAG/SWD configurations. The default configuration includes enabling digital functionality (setting GPIODEN to 1), enabling the pull-up resistors (setting GPIOPUR to 1), and enabling the alternate hardware function (setting GPIOAFSEL to 1) for the PB7 and PC[3:0] JTAG/SWD pins. It is possible for software to configure these pins as GPIOs after reset by writing 0s to PB7 and PC[3:0] in the GPIOAFSEL register. If the user does not require the JTAG/SWD port for debugging or board-level testing, this provides five more GPIOs for use in the design. Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part. In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software trigger. The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 172) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 182) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 183) have been set to 1. Recovering a "Locked" Device If software configures any of the JTAG/SWD pins as GPIO and loses the ability to communicate with the debugger, there is a debug sequence that can be used to recover the device. Performing a total of ten JTAG-to-SWD and SWD-to-JTAG switch sequences while holding the device in reset mass erases the flash memory. The sequence to recover the device is: 1. Assert and hold the RST signal. 2. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence. 3. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence. 4. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence. 5. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence. 6. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence. 7. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence. 8. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence. 9. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence. 10. Perform the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence. 11. Perform the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 51 JTAG Interface 12. Release the RST signal. The JTAG-to-SWD and SWD-to-JTAG switch sequences are described in “ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)” on page 52. When performing switch sequences for the purpose of recovering the debug capabilities of the device, only steps 1 and 2 of the switch sequence need to be performed. 5.2.4.2 ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) In order to seamlessly integrate the ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) functionality, a serial-wire debugger must be able to connect to the Cortex-M3 core without having to perform, or have any knowledge of, JTAG cycles. This is accomplished with a SWD preamble that is issued before the SWD session begins. The preamble used to enable the SWD interface of the SWJ-DP module starts with the TAP controller in the Test-Logic-Reset state. From here, the preamble sequences the TAP controller through the following states: Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic Reset, Run Test Idle, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic Reset, Run Test Idle, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, and Test Logic Reset states. Stepping through this sequences of the TAP state machine enables the SWD interface and disables the JTAG interface. For more information on this operation and the SWD interface, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual and the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual. Because this sequence is a valid series of JTAG operations that could be issued, the ARM JTAG TAP controller is not fully compliant to the IEEE Standard 1149.1. This is the only instance where the ARM JTAG TAP controller does not meet full compliance with the specification. Due to the low probability of this sequence occurring during normal operation of the TAP controller, it should not affect normal performance of the JTAG interface. JTAG-to-SWD Switching To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from JTAG to SWD mode, the external debug hardware must send a switch sequence to the device. The 16-bit switch sequence for switching to SWD mode is defined as b1110011110011110, transmitted LSB first. This can also be represented as 16'hE79E when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch sequence should consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals: 1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that both JTAG and SWD are in their reset/idle states. 2. Send the 16-bit JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence, 16'hE79E. 3. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that if SWJ-DP was already in SWD mode, before sending the switch sequence, the SWD goes into the line reset state. SWD-to-JTAG Switching To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from SWD to JTAG mode, the external debug hardware must send a switch sequence to the device. The 16-bit switch sequence for switching to JTAG mode is defined as b1110011110011110, transmitted LSB first. This can also be represented as 16'hE73C when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch sequence should consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals: 1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that both JTAG and SWD are in their reset/idle states. 52 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 2. Send the 16-bit SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence, 16'hE73C. 3. Send at least 5 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO set to 1. This ensures that if SWJ-DP was already in JTAG mode, before sending the switch sequence, the JTAG goes into the Test Logic Reset state. 5.3 Initialization and Configuration After a Power-On-Reset or an external reset (RST), the JTAG pins are automatically configured for JTAG communication. No user-defined initialization or configuration is needed. However, if the user application changes these pins to their GPIO function, they must be configured back to their JTAG functionality before JTAG communication can be restored. This is done by enabling the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]) for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. 5.4 Register Descriptions There are no APB-accessible registers in the JTAG TAP Controller or Shift Register chains. The registers within the JTAG controller are all accessed serially through the TAP Controller. The registers can be broken down into two main categories: Instruction Registers and Data Registers. 5.4.1 Instruction Register (IR) The JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) is a four-bit serial scan chain with a parallel load register connected between the JTAG TDI and TDO pins. When the TAP Controller is placed in the correct states, bits can be shifted into the Instruction Register. Once these bits have been shifted into the chain and updated, they are interpreted as the current instruction. The decode of the Instruction Register bits is shown in Table 5-2 on page 53. A detailed explanation of each instruction, along with its associated Data Register, follows. Table 5-2. JTAG Instruction Register Commands IR[3:0] 0000 0001 0010 1000 1010 1011 1110 1111 All Others Instruction EXTEST INTEST Description Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction onto the pads. Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction into the controller. SAMPLE / PRELOAD Captures the current I/O values and shifts the sampled values out of the Boundary Scan Chain while new preload data is shifted in. ABORT DPACC APACC IDCODE BYPASS Reserved Shifts data into the ARM Debug Port Abort Register. Shifts data into and out of the ARM DP Access Register. Shifts data into and out of the ARM AC Access Register. Loads manufacturing information defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 into the IDCODE chain and shifts it out. Connects TDI to TDO through a single Shift Register chain. Defaults to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that TDI is always connected to TDO. 5.4.1.1 EXTEST Instruction The EXTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The EXTEST instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the outputs and output enables are used to drive the GPIO pads rather than the signals coming from the core. This allows June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 53 JTAG Interface tests to be developed that drive known values out of the controller, which can be used to verify connectivity. 5.4.1.2 INTEST Instruction The INTEST instruction does not have an associated Data Register chain. The INTEST instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the inputs are used to drive the signals going into the core rather than the signals coming from the GPIO pads. This allows tests to be developed that drive known values into the controller, which can be used for testing. It is important to note that although the RST input pin is on the Boundary Scan Data Register chain, it is only observable. 5.4.1.3 SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction connects the Boundary Scan Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction samples the current state of the pad pins for observation and preloads new test data. Each GPIO pad has an associated input, output, and output enable signal. When the TAP controller enters the Capture DR state during this instruction, the input, output, and output-enable signals to each of the GPIO pads are captured. These samples are serially shifted out of TDO while the TAP controller is in the Shift DR state and can be used for observation or comparison in various tests. While these samples of the inputs, outputs, and output enables are being shifted out of the Boundary Scan Data Register, new data is being shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register from TDI. Once the new data has been shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register, the data is saved in the parallel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state. This update of the parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is associated with each input, output, and output enable. This preloaded data can be used with the EXTEST and INTEST instructions to drive data into or out of the controller. Please see “Boundary Scan Data Register” on page 56 for more information. 5.4.1.4 ABORT Instruction The ABORT instruction connects the associated ABORT Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the ABORT Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this Data Register clears various error bits or initiates a DAP abort of a previous request. Please see the “ABORT Data Register” on page 56 for more information. 5.4.1.5 DPACC Instruction The DPACC instruction connects the associated DPACC Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the DPACC Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this register allows read and write access to the ARM debug and status registers. Please see “DPACC Data Register” on page 56 for more information. 5.4.1.6 APACC Instruction The APACC instruction connects the associated APACC Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the APACC Register of the ARM Debug Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this register allows read and write access to internal components and buses through the Debug Port. Please see “APACC Data Register” on page 56 for more information. 54 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 5.4.1.7 IDCODE Instruction The IDCODE instruction connects the associated IDCODE Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction provides information on the manufacturer, part number, and version of the ARM core. This information can be used by testing equipment and debuggers to automatically configure their input and output data streams. IDCODE is the default instruction that is loaded into the JTAG Instruction Register when a power-on-reset (POR) is asserted, TRST is asserted, or the Test-Logic-Reset state is entered. Please see “IDCODE Data Register” on page 55 for more information. 5.4.1.8 BYPASS Instruction The BYPASS instruction connects the associated BYPASS Data Register chain between TDI and TDO. This instruction is used to create a minimum length serial path between the TDI and TDO ports. The BYPASS Data Register is a single-bit shift register. This instruction improves test efficiency by allowing components that are not needed for a specific test to be bypassed in the JTAG scan chain by loading them with the BYPASS instruction. Please see “BYPASS Data Register” on page 55 for more information. 5.4.2 Data Registers The JTAG module contains six Data Registers. These include: IDCODE, BYPASS, Boundary Scan, APACC, DPACC, and ABORT serial Data Register chains. Each of these Data Registers is discussed in the following sections. 5.4.2.1 IDCODE Data Register The format for the 32-bit IDCODE Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in Figure 5-3 on page 55. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the IDCODE instruction or the BYPASS instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the IDCODE Data Register is defined to be a 1 to distinguish it from the BYPASS instruction, which has an LSB of 0. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction. The major uses of the JTAG port are for manufacturer testing of component assembly, and program development and debug. To facilitate the use of auto-configuration debug tools, the IDCODE instruction outputs a value of 0x3BA00477. This value indicates an ARM Cortex-M3, Version 1 processor. This allows the debuggers to automatically configure themselves to work correctly with the Cortex-M3 during debug. Figure 5-3. IDCODE Register Format 5.4.2.2 BYPASS Data Register The format for the 1-bit BYPASS Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in Figure 5-4 on page 56. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant device implement either the BYPASS instruction or the IDCODE instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the BYPASS Data Register is defined to be a 0 to distinguish it from the IDCODE instruction, which has an LSB of 1. This allows auto configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default instruction. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 55 JTAG Interface Figure 5-4. BYPASS Register Format 5.4.2.3 Boundary Scan Data Register The format of the Boundary Scan Data Register is shown in Figure 5-5 on page 56. Each GPIO pin, in a counter-clockwise direction from the JTAG port pins, is included in the Boundary Scan Data Register. Each GPIO pin has three associated digital signals that are included in the chain. These signals are input, output, and output enable, and are arranged in that order as can be seen in the figure. In addition to the GPIO pins, the controller reset pin, RST, is included in the chain. Because the reset pin is always an input, only the input signal is included in the Data Register chain. When the Boundary Scan Data Register is accessed with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction, the input, output, and output enable from each digital pad are sampled and then shifted out of the chain to be verified. The sampling of these values occurs on the rising edge of TCK in the Capture DR state of the TAP controller. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the Boundary Scan chain in the Shift DR state of the TAP controller, new data can be preloaded into the chain for use with the EXTEST and INTEST instructions. These instructions either force data out of the controller, with the EXTEST instruction, or into the controller, with the INTEST instruction. Figure 5-5. Boundary Scan Register Format TDI I N O U T G PIO PB6 O E ... I N O U T GP IO m O E I N RST I N O U T GPIO m+ 1 O E ... I N O U T G PIO n O TDO E For detailed information on the order of the input, output, and output enable bits for each of the ® GPIO ports, please refer to the Stellaris Family Boundary Scan Description Language (BSDL) files, downloadable from www.luminarymicro.com. 5.4.2.4 APACC Data Register The format for the 35-bit APACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 5.4.2.5 DPACC Data Register The format for the 35-bit DPACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 5.4.2.6 ABORT Data Register The format for the 35-bit ABORT Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 56 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 6 System Control System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the device, controls the clocking to the core and individual peripherals, and handles reset detection and reporting. 6.1 Functional Description The System Control module provides the following capabilities: ■ Device identification, see “Device Identification” on page 57 ■ Local control, such as reset (see “Reset Control” on page 57), power (see “Power Control” on page 60) and clock control (see “Clock Control” on page 60) ■ System control (Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep modes), see “System Control” on page 62 6.1.1 Device Identification Seven read-only registers provide software with information on the microcontroller, such as version, part number, SRAM size, flash size, and other features. See the DID0, DID1, and DC0-DC4 registers. 6.1.2 Reset Control This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software requirements following the reset sequence. 6.1.2.1 CMOD0 and CMOD1 Test-Mode Control Pins Two pins, CMOD0 and CMOD1, are defined for use by Luminary Micro for testing the devices during manufacture. They have no end-user function and should not be used. The CMOD pins should be connected to ground. 6.1.2.2 Reset Sources The controller has five sources of reset: 1. External reset input pin (RST) assertion, see “RST Pin Assertion” on page 57. 2. Power-on reset (POR), see “Power-On Reset (POR)” on page 58. 3. Internal brown-out (BOR) detector, see “Brown-Out Reset (BOR)” on page 58. 4. Software-initiated reset (with the software reset registers), see “Software Reset” on page 59. 5. A watchdog timer reset condition violation, see “Watchdog Timer Reset” on page 59. After a reset, the Reset Cause (RESC) register is set with the reset cause. The bits in this register are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an internal POR is the cause, and then all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared except for the POR indicator. 6.1.2.3 RST Pin Assertion The external reset pin (RST) resets the controller. This resets the core and all the peripherals except the JTAG TAP controller (see “JTAG Interface” on page 46). The external reset sequence is as follows: June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 57 System Control 1. The external reset pin (RST) is asserted and then de-asserted. 2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. A few clocks cycles from RST de-assertion to the start of the reset sequence is necessary for synchronization. The external reset timing is shown in Figure 22-11 on page 497. 6.1.2.4 Power-On Reset (POR) The Power-On Reset (POR) circuit monitors the power supply voltage (VDD). The POR circuit generates a reset signal to the internal logic when the power supply ramp reaches a threshold value (VTH). If the application only uses the POR circuit, the RST input needs to be connected to the power supply (VDD) through a pull-up resistor (1K to 10K Ω). The device must be operating within the specified operating parameters at the point when the on-chip power-on reset pulse is complete. The 3.3-V power supply to the device must reach 3.0 V within 10 msec of it crossing 2.0 V to guarantee proper operation. For applications that require the use of an external reset to hold the device in reset longer than the internal POR, the RST input may be used with the circuit as shown in Figure 6-1 on page 58. Figure 6-1. External Circuitry to Extend Reset Stellaris D1 R1 RST C1 R2 The R1 and C1 components define the power-on delay. The R2 resistor mitigates any leakage from the RST input. The diode (D1) discharges C1 rapidly when the power supply is turned off. The Power-On Reset sequence is as follows: 1. The controller waits for the later of external reset (RST) or internal POR to go inactive. 2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. The internal POR is only active on the initial power-up of the controller. The Power-On Reset timing is shown in Figure 22-12 on page 497. Note: The power-on reset also resets the JTAG controller. An external reset does not. 6.1.2.5 Brown-Out Reset (BOR) A drop in the input voltage resulting in the assertion of the internal brown-out detector can be used to reset the controller. This is initially disabled and may be enabled by software. The system provides a brown-out detection circuit that triggers if the power supply (VDD) drops below a brown-out threshold voltage (VBTH). If a brown-out condition is detected, the system may generate a controller interrupt or a system reset. 58 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Brown-out resets are controlled with the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL) register. The BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register must be set for a brown-out condition to trigger a reset. The brown-out reset is equivelent to an assertion of the external RST input and the reset is held active until the proper VDD level is restored. The RESC register can be examined in the reset interrupt handler to determine if a Brown-Out condition was the cause of the reset, thus allowing software to determine what actions are required to recover. The internal Brown-Out Reset timing is shown in Figure 22-13 on page 497. 6.1.2.6 Software Reset Software can generate a reset to the entire system or may reset a specific peripheral. Peripherals can be individually reset by software via three registers that control reset signals to each peripheral (see the SRCRn registers). If the bit position corresponding to a peripheral is set, the peripheral is reset. The encoding of the reset registers is consistent with the encoding of the clock gating control for peripherals and on-chip functions (see “System Control” on page 62). Writing a bit lane with a value of 1 initiates a reset of the corresponding unit. Note that all reset signals for all clocks of the specified unit are asserted as a result of a software-initiated reset. The entire system can be reset by software by setting the SYSRESETREQ bit in the Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register resets the entire system including the core. The software-initiated system reset sequence is as follows: 1. A software system reset is initiated by writing the SYSRESETREQ bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register. 2. An internal reset is asserted. 3. The internal reset is deasserted and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then begins execution. The software-initiated system reset timing is shown in Figure 22-14 on page 498. 6.1.2.7 Watchdog Timer Reset The watchdog timer module's function is to prevent system hangs. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is reloaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal has been enabled, the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. The watchdog timer reset sequence is as follows: 1. The watchdog timer times out for the second time without being serviced. 2. An internal reset is asserted. 3. The internal reset is released and the controller loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins execution. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 59 System Control The watchdog reset timing is shown in Figure 22-15 on page 498. 6.1.3 Power Control The Stellaris microcontroller provides an integrated LDO regulator that may be used to provide power to the majority of the controller's internal logic. The LDO regulator provides software a mechanism to adjust the regulated value, in small increments (VSTEP), over the range of 2.25 V to 2.75 V (inclusive)—or 2.5 V ± 10%. The adjustment is made by changing the value of the VADJ field in the LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) register. Note: The use of the LDO is optional. The internal logic may be supplied by the on-chip LDO or by an external regulator. If the LDO is used, the LDO output pin is connected to the VDD25 pins on the printed circuit board. The LDO requires decoupling capacitors on the printed circuit board. If an external regulator is used, it is strongly recommended that the external regulator supply the controller only and not be shared with other devices on the printed circuit board. ® 6.1.4 6.1.4.1 Clock Control System control determines the control of clocks in this part. Fundamental Clock Sources There are four clock sources for use in the device: ■ Internal Oscillator (IOSC): The internal oscillator is an on-chip clock source. It does not require the use of any external components. The frequency of the internal oscillator is 12 MHz ± 30%. Applications that do not depend on accurate clock sources may use this clock source to reduce system cost. The internal oscillator is the clock source the device uses during and following POR. If the main oscillator is required, software must enable the main oscillator following reset and allow the main oscillator to stabilize before changing the clock reference. ■ Main Oscillator: The main oscillator provides a frequency-accurate clock source by one of two means: an external single-ended clock source is connected to the OSC0 input pin, or an external crystal is connected across the OSC0 input and OSC1 output pins. The crystal value allowed depends on whether the main oscillator is used as the clock reference source to the PLL. If so, the crystal must be one of the supported frequencies between 3.579545 MHz through 8.192 MHz (inclusive). If the PLL is not being used, the crystal may be any one of the supported frequencies between 1 MHz and 8.192 MHz. The single-ended clock source range is from DC through the specified speed of the device. The supported crystals are listed in Table 6-3 on page 76. ■ Internal 30-kHz oscillator: The internal 30-kHz oscillator is similar to the internal oscillator, except that it provides an operational frequency of 30 kHz ± 30%. It is intended for use during Deep-Sleep power-saving modes. This power-savings mode benefits from reduced internal switching and also allows the main oscillator to be powered down. ■ External real-time oscillator: The external real-time oscillator provides a low-frequency, accurate clock reference. It is intended to provide the system with a real-time clock source. The real-time oscillator is part of the Hibernation Module (“Hibernation Module” on page 115) and may also provide an accurate source of Deep-Sleep or Hibernate mode power savings. The internal system clock (sysclk), is derived from any of the four sources plus two others: the output of the internal PLL, and the internal oscillator divided by four (3 MHz ± 30%). The frequency of the PLL clock reference must be in the range of 3.579545 MHz to 8.192 MHz (inclusive). 60 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller The Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) and Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2) registers provide control for the system clock. The RCC2 register is provided to extend fields that offer additional encodings over the RCC register. When used, the RCC2 register field values are used by the logic over the corresponding field in the RCC register. In particular, RCC2 provides for a larger assortment of clock configuration options. 6.1.4.2 Crystal Configuration for the Main Oscillator (MOSC) The main oscillator supports the use of a select number of crystals in the range of 1 MHz through 8.192 MHz. This method allows Luminary Micro to provide the best possible PLL settings. Table 6-3 on page 76 describes the available crystal choices and default programming values. Software configures the RCC register XTAL field with the crystal number. If the PLL is used in the design, the XTAL field value is internally translated to the PLL settings. 6.1.4.3 PLL Frequency Configuration The PLL is disabled by default during power-on reset and is enabled later by software if required. Software configures the PLL input reference clock source, specifies the output divisor to set the system clock frequency, and enables the PLL to drive the output. If the main oscillator provides the clock reference to the PLL, the translation provided by hardware and used to program the PLL is available for software in the XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG) register (see page 77). The internal translation provides a translation within ± 1% of the targetted PLL VCO frequency. Table 6-3 on page 76 describes the available crystal choices and default programming of the PLLCFG register. The crystal number is written into the XTAL field of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. Any time the XTAL field changes, the new settings are translated and the internal PLL settings are updated. 6.1.4.4 PLL Modes The PLL has two modes of operation: Normal and Power-Down ■ Normal: The PLL multiplies the input clock reference and drives the output. ■ Power-Down: Most of the PLL internal circuitry is disabled and the PLL does not drive the output. The modes are programmed using the RCC/RCC2 register fields (see page 73 and page 78). 6.1.4.5 PLL Operation If the PLL configuration is changed, the PLL output frequency is unstable until it reconverges (relocks) to the new setting. The time between the configuration change and relock is TREADY (see Table 22-5 on page 487). During this time, the PLL is not usable as a clock reference. The PLL is changed by one of the following: ■ Change to the XTAL value in the RCC register—writes of the same value do not cause a relock. ■ Change in the PLL from Power-Down to Normal mode. A counter is defined to measure the TREADY requirement. The counter is clocked by the main oscillator. The range of the main oscillator has been taken into account and the down counter is set to 0x1200 (that is, ~600 μs at a 8.192 MHz external oscillator clock). Hardware is provided to keep the PLL from being used as a system clock until the TREADY condition is met after one of the two June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 61 System Control changes above. It is the user's responsibility to have a stable clock source (like the main oscillator) before the RCC/RCC2 register is switched to use the PLL. 6.1.5 System Control For power-savings purposes, the RCGCn , SCGCn , and DCGCn registers control the clock gating logic for each peripheral or block in the system while the controller is in Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep mode, respectively. In Run mode, the processor executes code. In Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals is unchanged, but the processor is not clocked and therefore no longer executes code. In Deep-Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals may change (depending on the Run mode clock configuration) in addition to the processor clock being stopped. An interrupt returns the device to Run mode from one of the sleep modes; the sleep modes are entered on request from the code. Each mode is described in more detail below. There are four levels of operation for the device defined as: ■ Run Mode. Run Mode provides normal operation of the processor and all of the peripherals that are currently enabled by the RCGCn registers. The system clock can be any of the available clock sources including the PLL. ■ Sleep Mode. Sleep mode is entered by the Cortex-M3 core executing a WFI (Wait for Interrupt) instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the processor back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more details. In Sleep Mode, the Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the SCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when the auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock has the same source and frequency as that during Run mode. ■ Deep-Sleep Mode. Deep-Sleep mode is entered by first writing the Deep Sleep Enable bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC system control register and then executing a WFI instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system will bring the processor back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more details. The Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the DCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock source is the main oscillator by default or the internal oscillator specified in the DSLPCLKCFG register if one is enabled. When the DSLPCLKCFG register is used, the internal oscillator is powered up, if necessary, and the main oscillator is powered down. If the PLL is running at the time of the WFI instruction, hardware will power the PLL down and override the SYSDIV field of the active RCC/RCC2 register to be /16 or /64, respectively. When the Deep-Sleep exit event occurs, hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset of Deep-Sleep mode before enabling the clocks that had been stopped during the Deep-Sleep duration. ■ Hibernate Mode. In this mode, the power supplies are turned off to the main part of the device and only the Hibernation module's circuitry is active. An external wake event or RTC event is required to bring the device back to Run mode. The Cortex-M3 processor and peripherals outside of the Hibernation module see a normal "power on" sequence and the processor starts running 62 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller code. It can determine that it has been restarted from Hibernate mode by inspecting the Hibernation module registers. 6.2 Initialization and Configuration The PLL is configured using direct register writes to the RCC/RCC2 register. If the RCC2 register is being used, the USERCC2 bit must be set and the appropriate RCC2 bit/field is used. The steps required to successfully change the PLL-based system clock are: 1. Bypass the PLL and system clock divider by setting the BYPASS bit and clearing the USESYS bit in the RCC register. This configures the system to run off a “raw” clock source (using the main oscillator or internal oscillator) and allows for the new PLL configuration to be validated before switching the system clock to the PLL. 2. Select the crystal value (XTAL) and oscillator source (OSCSRC), and clear the PWRDN bit in RCC/RCC2. Setting the XTAL field automatically pulls valid PLL configuration data for the appropriate crystal, and clearing the PWRDN bit powers and enables the PLL and its output. 3. Select the desired system divider (SYSDIV) in RCC/RCC2 and set the USESYS bit in RCC. The SYSDIV field determines the system frequency for the microcontroller. 4. Wait for the PLL to lock by polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register. 5. Enable use of the PLL by clearing the BYPASS bit in RCC/RCC2. 6.3 Register Map Table 6-1 on page 63 lists the System Control registers, grouped by function. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. Note: Spaces in the System Control register space that are not used are reserved for future or internal use by Luminary Micro, Inc. Software should not modify any reserved memory address. A BV in the Reset column indicates the reset value is a Build Value and part-specific. See the page number referenced for the reset value description. Note: Table 6-1. System Control Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x030 Name DID0 DID1 DC0 DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 PBORCTL Type RO RO RO RO RO RO RO R/W Reset 0x00FF.007F 0x0010.30DF 0x070F.1137 0x3F00.FFFF 0x5100.007F 0x0000.7FFD Description Device Identification 0 Device Identification 1 Device Capabilities 0 Device Capabilities 1 Device Capabilities 2 Device Capabilities 3 Device Capabilities 4 Brown-Out Reset Control See page 65 81 83 84 86 88 90 67 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 63 System Control Offset 0x034 0x040 0x044 0x048 0x050 0x054 0x058 0x05C 0x060 0x064 0x070 0x100 0x104 0x108 0x110 0x114 0x118 0x120 0x124 0x128 0x144 Name LDOPCTL SRCR0 SRCR1 SRCR2 RIS IMC MISC RESC RCC PLLCFG RCC2 RCGC0 RCGC1 RCGC2 SCGC0 SCGC1 SCGC2 DCGC0 DCGC1 DCGC2 DSLPCLKCFG Type R/W R/W R/W R/W RO R/W R/W1C R/W R/W RO R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x07AE.3AD1 0x0780.2800 0x00000040 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000040 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000040 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x0780.0000 Description LDO Power Control Software Reset Control 0 Software Reset Control 1 Software Reset Control 2 Raw Interrupt Status Interrupt Mask Control Masked Interrupt Status and Clear Reset Cause Run-Mode Clock Configuration XTAL to PLL Translation Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 Deep Sleep Clock Configuration See page 68 111 112 114 69 70 71 72 73 77 78 91 96 105 92 99 107 94 102 109 80 6.4 Register Descriptions All addresses given are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. 64 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 This register identifies the version of the device. Device Identification 0 (DID0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x000 Type RO, reset 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 30 29 VER RO 0 13 RO 1 12 MAJOR Type Reset RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 0 11 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 CLASS RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 MINOR RO RO RO RO RO RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 1 0 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 10 RO 0 9 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field defines the DID0 register format version. The version number is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows: Value Description 1 First revision of the DID0 register format, for Stellaris® Fury-class devices. 30:28 VER RO 1 27:24 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The CLASS field value identifies the internal design from which all mask sets are generated for all devices in a particular product line. The CLASS field value is changed for new product lines, for changes in fab process (for example, a remap or shrink), or any case where the MAJOR or MINOR fields require differentiation from prior devices. The value of the CLASS field is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0 1 Stellaris® Sandstorm-class devices. Stellaris® Fury-class devices. 23:16 CLASS RO 1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 65 System Control Bit/Field 15:8 Name MAJOR Type RO Reset - Description This field specifies the major revision number of the device. The major revision reflects changes to base layers of the design. The major revision number is indicated in the part number as a letter (A for first revision, B for second, and so on). This field is encoded as follows: Value Description 0 1 2 Revision A (initial device) Revision B (first base layer revision) Revision C (second base layer revision) and so on. 7:0 MINOR RO This field specifies the minor revision number of the device. The minor revision reflects changes to the metal layers of the design. The MINOR field value is reset when the MAJOR field is changed. This field is numeric and is encoded as follows: Value Description 0 1 2 Initial device, or a major revision update. First metal layer change. Second metal layer change. and so on. 66 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 This register is responsible for controlling reset conditions after initial power-on reset. Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFD 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 BORIOR reserved R/W 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. BOR Interrupt or Reset This bit controls how a BOR event is signaled to the controller. If set, a reset is signaled. Otherwise, an interrupt is signaled. 1 BORIOR R/W 0 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 67 System Control Register 3: LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL), offset 0x034 The VADJ field in this register adjusts the on-chip output voltage (VOUT). LDO Power Control (LDOPCTL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 VADJ RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field sets the on-chip output voltage. The programming values for the VADJ field are provided in Table 6-2 on page 68. 5:0 VADJ R/W 0x0 Table 6-2. VADJ to VOUT VADJ Value VOUT (V) VADJ Value VOUT (V) VADJ Value VOUT (V) 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 2.75 2.70 2.65 2.60 0x1F 0x00 0x01 0x02 2.55 2.50 2.45 2.40 0x03 0x04 0x05 2.35 2.30 2.25 0x06-0x3F Reserved 68 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 4: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 Central location for system control raw interrupts. These are set and cleared by hardware. Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x050 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 PLLLRIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 BORRIS reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status This bit is set when the PLL TREADY Timer asserts. 6 PLLLRIS RO 0 5:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Brown-Out Reset Raw Interrupt Status This bit is the raw interrupt status for any brown-out conditions. If set, a brown-out condition is currently active. This is an unregistered signal from the brown-out detection circuit. An interrupt is reported if the BORIM bit in the IMC register is set and the BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register is cleared. 1 BORRIS RO 0 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 69 System Control Register 5: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 Central location for system control interrupt masks. Interrupt Mask Control (IMC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x054 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 PLLLIM R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 BORIM R/W 0 RO 0 0 reserved RO 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL Lock Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a current limit detection is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if PLLLRIS in RIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 6 PLLLIM R/W 0 5:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Brown-Out Reset Interrupt Mask This bit specifies whether a brown-out condition is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, an interrupt is generated if BORRIS is set; otherwise, an interrupt is not generated. 1 BORIM R/W 0 0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 70 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 6: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 Central location for system control result of RIS AND IMC to generate an interrupt to the controller. All of the bits are R/W1C and this action also clears the corresponding raw interrupt bit in the RIS register (see page 69). Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x058 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 PLLLMIS R/W1C 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 BORMIS reserved R/W1C 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status This bit is set when the PLL TREADY timer asserts. The interrupt is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit. 6 PLLLMIS R/W1C 0 5:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The BORMIS is simply the BORRIS ANDed with the mask value, BORIM. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 0 BORMIS reserved R/W1C RO 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 71 System Control Register 7: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C This register is set with the reset cause after reset. The bits in this register are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an external reset is the cause, and then all the other bits in the RESC register are cleared. Reset Cause (RESC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x05C Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 LDO RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W RO 0 4 SW R/W RO 0 3 WDT R/W RO 0 2 BOR R/W RO 0 1 POR R/W RO 0 0 EXT R/W - reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates the LDO circuit has lost regulation and has generated a reset event. When set, indicates a software reset is the cause of the reset event. When set, indicates a watchdog reset is the cause of the reset event. When set, indicates a brown-out reset is the cause of the reset event. When set, indicates a power-on reset is the cause of the reset event. When set, indicates an external reset (RST assertion) is the cause of the reset event. 5 LDO R/W - 4 3 2 1 0 SW WDT BOR POR EXT R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W - 72 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 8: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 This register is defined to provide source control and frequency speed. Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x060 Type R/W, reset 0x07AE.3AD1 31 30 29 28 27 ACG RO 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 1 10 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 PWMDIV R/W 1 3 reserved RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 17 16 reserved RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 SYSDIV R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 XTAL R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 USESYSDIV reserved USEPWMDIV R/W 0 6 RO 1 5 R/W 0 4 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 PWRDN reserved BYPASS reserved R/W 1 RO 1 R/W 1 RO 0 OSCSRC R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 1 IOSCDIS MOSCDIS R/W 0 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:28 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Auto Clock Gating This bit specifies whether the system uses the Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control (SCGCn) registers and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock Gating Control (DCGCn) registers if the controller enters a Sleep or Deep-Sleep mode (respectively). If set, the SCGCn or DCGCn registers are used to control the clocks distributed to the peripherals when the controller is in a sleep mode. Otherwise, the Run-Mode Clock Gating Control (RCGCn) registers are used when the controller enters a sleep mode. The RCGCn registers are always used to control the clocks in Run mode. This allows peripherals to consume less power when the controller is in a sleep mode and the peripheral is unused. 27 ACG R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 73 System Control Bit/Field 26:23 Name SYSDIV Type R/W Reset 0xF Description System Clock Divisor Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from the PLL output. The PLL VCO frequency is 400 MHz. Binary Value Divisor (BYPASS=1) Frequency (BYPASS=0) 0000-0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 reserved /8 /10 /12 /14 /16 /18 /20 /22 /24 /26 /28 /30 /32 reserved 50 MHz 40 MHz 33.33 MHz 28.57 MHz 25 MHz 22.22 MHz 20 MHz 18.18 MHz 16.67 MHz 15.38 MHz 14.29 MHz 13.33 MHz 12.5 MHz (default) When reading the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 73), the SYSDIV value is MINSYSDIV if a lower divider was requested and the PLL is being used. This lower value is allowed to divide a non-PLL source. 22 USESYSDIV R/W 0 Use the system clock divider as the source for the system clock. The system clock divider is forced to be used when the PLL is selected as the source. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Use the PWM clock divider as the source for the PWM clock. 21 reserved RO 1 20 USEPWMDIV R/W 0 74 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 19:17 Name PWMDIV Type R/W Reset 0x7 Description PWM Unit Clock Divisor This field specifies the binary divisor used to predivide the system clock down for use as the timing reference for the PWM module. This clock is only power 2 divide and rising edge is synchronous without phase shift from the system clock. Binary Value Divisor 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 /2 /4 /8 /16 /32 /64 /64 /64 (default) 16:14 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL Power Down This bit connects to the PLL PWRDN input. The reset value of 1 powers down the PLL. 13 PWRDN R/W 1 12 reserved RO 1 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PLL Bypass Chooses whether the system clock is derived from the PLL output or the OSC source. If set, the clock that drives the system is the OSC source. Otherwise, the clock that drives the system is the PLL output clock divided by the system divider. 11 BYPASS R/W 1 10 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field specifies the crystal value attached to the main oscillator. The encoding for this field is provided in Table 6-3 on page 76. Picks among the four input sources for the OSC. The values are: Value Input Source 00 01 10 11 Main oscillator (default) Internal oscillator (default) Internal oscillator / 4 (this is necessary if used as input to PLL) reserved 9:6 XTAL R/W 0xB 5:4 OSCSRC R/W 0x1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 75 System Control Bit/Field 3:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Internal Oscillator (IOSC) Disable 0: Internal oscillator is enabled. 1: Internal oscillator is disabled. 1 IOSCDIS R/W 0 0 MOSCDIS R/W 1 Main Oscillator Disable 0: Main oscillator is enabled. 1: Main oscillator is disabled (default). Table 6-3. Default Crystal Field Values and PLL Programming Crystal Number (XTAL Binary Value) Crystal Frequency (MHz) Not Using the PLL 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 1.000 1.8432 2.000 2.4576 Crystal Frequency (MHz) Using the PLL reserved reserved reserved reserved 3.579545 MHz 3.6864 MHz 4 MHz 4.096 MHz 4.9152 MHz 5 MHz 5.12 MHz 6 MHz (reset value) 6.144 MHz 7.3728 MHz 8 MHz 8.192 MHz 76 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 This register provides a means of translating external crystal frequencies into the appropriate PLL settings. This register is initialized during the reset sequence and updated anytime that the XTAL field changes in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 73). The PLL frequency is calculated using the PLLCFG field values, as follows: PLLFreq = OSCFreq * F / (R + 1) XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x064 Type RO, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 OD Type Reset RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 F RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 R RO RO RO RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s OD input. This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s F input. This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s R input. 15:14 13:5 4:0 OD F R RO RO RO - June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 77 System Control Register 10: Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070 This register overrides the RCC equivalent register fields when the USERCC2 bit is set. This allows RCC2 to be used to extend the capabilities, while also providing a means to be backward-compatible to previous parts. The fields within the RCC2 register occupy the same bit positions as they do within the RCC register as LSB-justified. The SYSDIV2 field is wider so that additional larger divisors are possible. This allows a lower system clock frequency for improved Deep Sleep power consumption. Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x070 Type R/W, reset 0x0780.2800 31 USERCC2 Type Reset R/W 0 15 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 reserved R/W 1 8 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 OSCSRC2 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 14 RO 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 SYSDIV2 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 PWRDN2 reserved BYPASS2 R/W 1 RO 0 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31 30:29 Name USERCC2 reserved Type R/W RO Reset 0 0 Description When set, overrides the RCC register fields. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. System Clock Divisor (6-bit) Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from the PLL output. The PLL VCO frequency is 400 MHz. This field is wider than the RCC register SYSDIV field in order to provide additional divisor values. This permits the system clock to be run at much lower frequencies during Deep Sleep mode. For example, where the RCC register SYSDIV encoding of 111 provides /16, the RCC2 register SYSDIV2 encoding of 111111 provides /64. 28:23 SYSDIV2 R/W 0x0F 22:14 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, powers down the PLL. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, bypasses the PLL for the clock source. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 13 12 PWRDN2 reserved R/W RO 1 0 11 10:7 BYPASS2 reserved R/W RO 1 0 78 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 6:4 Name OSCSRC2 Type R/W Reset 0 Description System Clock Source Name Value Description Main oscillator Internal oscillator Internal oscillator / 4 30 kHz internal oscillator 32 kHz external oscillator MOSC 0 IOSC 1 IOSC/4 2 30kHz 3 32kHz 7 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 79 System Control Register 11: Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 This register provides configuration information for the hardware control of Deep Sleep Mode. Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x144 Type R/W, reset 0x0780.0000 31 30 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 reserved R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 DSOSCSRC R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 18 17 16 DSDIVORIDE R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 Bit/Field 31:29 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 6-bit system divider field to override when Deep-Sleep occurs with PLL running. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, forces IOSC to be clock source during Deep Sleep mode. Name Value Description No override to the oscillator clock source is done Use internal 12 MHz oscillator as source Use 30 kHz internal oscillator Use 32 kHz external oscillator 28:23 DSDIVORIDE R/W 0x0F 22:7 reserved RO 0 6:4 DSOSCSRC R/W 0 NOORIDE 0 IOSC 30kHz 32kHz 1 3 7 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 80 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 12: Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 This register identifies the device family, part number, temperature range, pin count, and package type. Device Identification 1 (DID1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 31 30 VER Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 PINCOUNT Type Reset RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 1 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 29 28 27 26 FAM RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 1 6 TEMP RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 5 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PARTNO RO 1 4 PKG RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 ROHS RO 1 RO RO 1 1 QUAL RO RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:28 Name VER Type RO Reset 0x1 Description This field defines the DID1 register format version. The version number is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x1 First revision of the DID1 register format, indicating a Stellaris LM3Snnnn device. 27:24 FAM RO 0x0 Family This field provides the family identification of the device within the Luminary Micro product portfolio. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x0 Stellaris family of microcontollers, that is, all devices with external part numbers starting with LM3S. 23:16 PARTNO RO 0x72 Part Number This field provides the part number of the device within the family. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x72 LM3S6950 15:13 PINCOUNT RO 0x2 Package Pin Count This field specifies the number of pins on the device package. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x2 100-pin package June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 81 System Control Bit/Field 12:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Temperature Range This field specifies the temperature rating of the device. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x1 Industrial temperature range (-40C to 85C) 7:5 TEMP RO 0x1 4:3 PKG RO 0x1 Package Type This field specifies the package type. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x1 LQFP package 2 ROHS RO 1 RoHS-Compliance This bit specifies whether the device is RoHS-compliant. A 1 indicates the part is RoHS-compliant. 1:0 QUAL RO - Qualification Status This field specifies the qualification status of the device. The value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved): Value Description 0x0 0x1 0x2 Engineering Sample (unqualified) Pilot Production (unqualified) Fully Qualified 82 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. Device Capabilities 0 (DC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x008 Type RO, reset 0x00FF.007F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 SRAMSZ Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 1 7 RO 1 6 RO 1 5 RO 1 4 RO 1 3 RO 1 2 RO 1 1 RO 1 0 FLASHSZ Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:16 Name SRAMSZ Type RO Reset 0x00FF Description SRAM Size Indicates the size of the on-chip SRAM memory. Value Description 0x00FF 64 KB of SRAM 15:0 FLASHSZ RO 0x007F Flash Size Indicates the size of the on-chip flash memory. Value Description 0x007F 256 KB of Flash June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 83 System Control Register 14: Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. The PWM, SARADC0, MAXADCSPD, WDT, SWO, SWD, and JTAG bits mask the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0 registers. Other bits are passed as 0. MAXADCSPD is clipped to the maximum value specified in DC1. Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0010.30DF 31 30 29 28 27 26 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 MPU RO 1 RO 0 6 HIB RO 1 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 PWM RO 1 4 PLL RO 1 RO 0 3 WDT RO 1 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 2 SWO RO 1 RO 0 1 SWD RO 1 RO 0 0 JTAG RO 1 SYSDIV Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:21 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that the PWM module is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Minimum 4-bit divider value for system clock. The reset value is hardware-dependent. See the RCC register for how to change the system clock divisor using the SYSDIV bit. Value Description 0x3 Specifies a 50-MHz CPU clock with a PLL divider of 4. 20 19:16 PWM reserved RO RO 1 0 15:12 SYSDIV RO 0x3 11:8 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that the Cortex-M3 Memory Protection Unit (MPU) module is present. See the ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual for details on the MPU. When set, indicates that the Hibernation module is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that the on-chip Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is present. When set, indicates that a watchdog timer is present. 7 MPU RO 1 6 5 HIB reserved RO RO 1 0 4 PLL RO 1 3 WDT RO 1 84 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 2 Name SWO Type RO Reset 1 Description When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Output (SWO) trace port is present. When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Debugger (SWD) is present. When set, indicates that the JTAG debugger interface is present. 1 0 SWD JTAG RO RO 1 1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 85 System Control Register 15: Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x070F.1137 31 30 29 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 I2C0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 11 28 27 26 COMP2 RO 1 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 COMP1 RO 1 9 24 COMP0 RO 1 8 QEI0 RO 1 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 TIMER3 RO 0 4 SSI0 RO 1 RO 1 3 reserved RO 0 18 TIMER2 RO 1 2 UART2 RO 1 17 TIMER1 RO 1 1 UART1 RO 1 16 TIMER0 RO 1 0 UART0 RO 1 reserved RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SSI1 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:27 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that analog comparator 2 is present. When set, indicates that analog comparator 1 is present. When set, indicates that analog comparator 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 3 is present. When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 2 is present. When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 1 is present. When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that I2C module 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that QEI module 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that SSI module 1 is present. When set, indicates that SSI module 0 is present. 26 25 24 23:20 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 reserved RO RO RO RO 1 1 1 0 19 18 17 16 15:13 TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 reserved RO RO RO RO RO 1 1 1 1 0 12 11:9 I2C0 reserved RO RO 1 0 8 7:6 QEI0 reserved RO RO 1 0 5 4 SSI1 SSI0 RO RO 1 1 86 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that UART module 2 is present. When set, indicates that UART module 1 is present. When set, indicates that UART module 0 is present. 2 1 0 UART2 UART1 UART0 RO RO RO 1 1 1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 87 System Control Register 16: Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. Device Capabilities 3 (DC3) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x3F00.FFFF 31 30 29 CCP5 RO 1 13 28 CCP4 RO 1 12 27 CCP3 RO 1 11 C1O RO 1 26 CCP2 RO 1 10 25 CCP1 RO 1 9 24 CCP0 RO 1 8 C0O RO 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 PWM5 RO 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 PWMFAUL T Type Reset RO 1 RO 0 14 C2O RO 1 reserved RO 0 4 PWM4 RO 1 RO 0 3 PWM3 RO 1 RO 0 2 PWM2 RO 1 RO 0 1 PWM1 RO 1 RO 0 0 PWM0 RO 1 C2PLUS C2MINUS RO 1 RO 1 C1PLUS C1MINUS RO 1 RO 1 C0PLUS C0MINUS RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:30 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 5 is present. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 4 is present. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 3 is present. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 2 is present. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 1 is present. When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that the PWM Fault pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 output pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (+) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 2 (-) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 output pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (+) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (-) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 output pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (+) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (-) input pin is present. When set, indicates that the PWM pin 5 is present. 29 28 27 26 25 24 23:16 CCP5 CCP4 CCP3 CCP2 CCP1 CCP0 reserved RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 PWMFAULT C2O C2PLUS C2MINUS C1O C1PLUS C1MINUS C0O C0PLUS C0MINUS PWM5 RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 88 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 4 3 2 1 0 Name PWM4 PWM3 PWM2 PWM1 PWM0 Type RO RO RO RO RO Reset 1 1 1 1 1 Description When set, indicates that the PWM pin 4 is present. When set, indicates that the PWM pin 3 is present. When set, indicates that the PWM pin 2 is present. When set, indicates that the PWM pin 1 is present. When set, indicates that the PWM pin 0 is present. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 89 System Control Register 17: Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x5100.007F 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 30 EPHY0 RO 1 14 29 reserved RO 0 13 28 EMAC0 RO 1 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 27 26 reserved RO 0 10 RO 0 9 25 24 E1588 RO 1 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 GPIOG RO 1 RO 0 5 GPIOF RO 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 4 GPIOE RO 1 RO 0 3 GPIOD RO 1 RO 0 2 GPIOC RO 1 RO 0 1 GPIOB RO 1 RO 0 0 GPIOA RO 1 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that Ethernet PHY module 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that Ethernet MAC module 0 is present. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that that EMAC0 is 1588-capable. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that GPIO Port G is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port F is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port E is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port D is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port C is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port B is present. When set, indicates that GPIO Port A is present. 30 29 EPHY0 reserved RO RO 1 0 28 27:25 EMAC0 reserved RO RO 1 0 24 23:7 E1588 reserved RO RO 1 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOG GPIOF GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA RO RO RO RO RO RO RO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 90 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 18: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x100 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 PWM R/W 0 4 RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 RO 0 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 2 RO 0 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:21 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 20 PWM R/W 0 19:7 reserved RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 5:4 reserved RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 2:0 reserved RO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 91 System Control Register 19: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. bit was changed to Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x110 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 PWM R/W 0 4 RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 RO 0 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 2 RO 0 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:21 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. 20 PWM R/W 0 19:7 reserved RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 5:4 reserved RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 92 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 2:0 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 93 System Control Register 20: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. bit was changed to Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x120 Type R/W, reset 0x00000040 31 30 29 28 27 26 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 PWM R/W 0 4 RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 RO 0 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 2 RO 0 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:21 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for the WDT module. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, a read or write to the unit generates a bus fault. 20 PWM R/W 0 19:7 reserved RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 5:4 reserved RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 94 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 2:0 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 95 System Control Register 21: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x104 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 28 27 26 COMP2 R/W 0 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 9 24 COMP0 R/W 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 TIMER3 RO 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 0 UART0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:27 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 24 COMP0 R/W 0 23:20 reserved RO 0 19 TIMER3 R/W 0 96 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 18 Name TIMER2 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 15:13 reserved RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 11:9 reserved RO 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 7:6 reserved RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 97 System Control Bit/Field 0 Name UART0 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 98 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 22: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x114 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 28 27 26 COMP2 R/W 0 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 9 24 COMP0 R/W 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 TIMER3 RO 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 0 UART0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:27 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 24 COMP0 R/W 0 23:20 reserved RO 0 19 TIMER3 R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 99 System Control Bit/Field 18 Name TIMER2 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 15:13 reserved RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 11:9 reserved RO 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 7:6 reserved RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 100 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 0 Name UART0 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 101 System Control Register 23: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x124 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 28 27 26 COMP2 R/W 0 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 9 24 COMP0 R/W 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 TIMER3 RO 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 0 UART0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:27 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 26 COMP2 R/W 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 24 COMP0 R/W 0 23:20 reserved RO 0 19 TIMER3 R/W 0 102 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 18 Name TIMER2 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 15:13 reserved RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 11:9 reserved RO 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 7:6 reserved RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 103 System Control Bit/Field 0 Name UART0 Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 104 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 24: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x108 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 14 29 reserved RO 0 13 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 RO 0 5 GPIOF R/W 0 RO 0 4 GPIOE R/W 0 RO 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 RO 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 RO 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 RO 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 29 reserved RO 0 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 27:7 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 5 GPIOF R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 105 System Control Bit/Field 4 Name GPIOE Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 3 GPIOD R/W 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 106 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 25: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x118 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 14 29 reserved RO 0 13 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 RO 0 5 GPIOF R/W 0 RO 0 4 GPIOE R/W 0 RO 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 RO 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 RO 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 RO 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 29 reserved RO 0 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 27:7 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 107 System Control Bit/Field 5 Name GPIOF Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 108 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 26: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 This register controls the clock gating logic. Each bit controls a clock enable for a given interface, function, or unit. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise noted, so that all functional units are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are interfaces, functions, or units to control. This is to assure reasonable code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep modes. Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x128 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 14 29 reserved RO 0 13 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 RO 0 5 GPIOF R/W 0 RO 0 4 GPIOE R/W 0 RO 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 RO 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 RO 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 RO 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC unit 0. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 29 reserved RO 0 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 27:7 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 109 System Control Bit/Field 5 Name GPIOF Type R/W Reset 0 Description This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port E. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port D. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the unit receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the unit is unclocked and disabled. If the unit is unclocked, reads or writes to the unit will generate a bus fault. 4 GPIOE R/W 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 110 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 27: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) register. Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x040 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 28 27 26 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 HIB R/W 0 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 24 23 22 21 20 PWM R/W 0 4 RO 0 3 WDT R/W 0 RO 0 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 2 RO 0 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:21 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for PWM module. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for the Hibernation module. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for Watchdog unit. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 20 19:7 PWM reserved R/W RO 0 0 6 5:4 HIB reserved R/W RO 0 0 3 2:0 WDT reserved R/W RO 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 111 System Control Register 28: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) register. Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x044 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 30 29 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 I2C0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 28 27 26 COMP2 R/W 0 10 reserved RO 0 RO 0 25 COMP1 R/W 0 9 24 COMP0 R/W 0 8 QEI0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 23 22 21 20 19 TIMER3 RO 0 4 SSI0 R/W 0 R/W 0 3 reserved RO 0 18 TIMER2 R/W 0 2 UART2 R/W 0 17 TIMER1 R/W 0 1 UART1 R/W 0 16 TIMER0 R/W 0 0 UART0 R/W 0 reserved RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SSI1 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:27 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for analog comparator 2. Reset control for analog comparator 1. Reset control for analog comparator 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 3. Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 2. Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 1. Reset control for General-Purpose Timer module 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for I2C unit 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for QEI unit 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for SSI unit 1. Reset control for SSI unit 0. 26 25 24 23:20 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 reserved R/W R/W R/W RO 0 0 0 0 19 18 17 16 15:13 TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 reserved R/W R/W R/W R/W RO 0 0 0 0 0 12 11:9 I2C0 reserved R/W RO 0 0 8 7:6 QEI0 reserved R/W RO 0 0 5 4 SSI1 SSI0 R/W R/W 0 0 112 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for UART unit 2. Reset control for UART unit 1. Reset control for UART unit 0. 2 1 0 UART2 UART1 UART0 R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 113 System Control Register 29: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 Writes to this register are masked by the bits in the Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) register. Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x048 Type R/W, reset 0x00000000 31 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 30 EPHY0 R/W 0 14 29 reserved RO 0 13 28 EMAC0 R/W 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved RO 0 6 GPIOG R/W 0 RO 0 5 GPIOF R/W 0 RO 0 4 GPIOE R/W 0 RO 0 3 GPIOD R/W 0 RO 0 2 GPIOC R/W 0 RO 0 1 GPIOB R/W 0 RO 0 0 GPIOA R/W 0 Bit/Field 31 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for Ethernet PHY unit 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for Ethernet MAC unit 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset control for GPIO Port G. Reset control for GPIO Port F. Reset control for GPIO Port E. Reset control for GPIO Port D. Reset control for GPIO Port C. Reset control for GPIO Port B. Reset control for GPIO Port A. 30 29 EPHY0 reserved R/W RO 0 0 28 27:7 EMAC0 reserved R/W RO 0 0 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOG GPIOF GPIOE GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 7 Hibernation Module HIB The Hibernation Module manages removal and restoration of power to the rest of the microcontroller to provide a means for reducing power consumption. When the processor and peripherals are idle, power can be completely removed with only the Hibernation Module remaining powered. Power can be restored based on an external signal, or at a certain time using the built-in real-time clock (RTC). The Hibernation module can be independently supplied from a battery or an auxillary power supply. The Hibernation module has the following features: ■ Power-switching logic to discrete external regulator ■ Dedicated pin for waking from an external signal ■ Low-battery detection, signalling, and interrupt generation ■ 32-bit real-time counter (RTC) ■ Two 32-bit RTC match registers for timed wake-up and interrupt generation ■ Clock source from a 32.768-kHz external oscillator or a 4.194304-MHz crystal ■ RTC trim predivider for making fine adjustments to the clock rate ■ 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory ■ Programmable interrupts for RTC match, external wake, and low battery events June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 115 Hibernation Module 7.1 Block Diagram Figure 7-1. Hibernation Module Block Diagram HIBCTL.CLK32EN XOSC0 XOSC1 /128 HIBCTL.CLKSEL RTC HIBRTCC HIBRTCLD HIBRTCM0 HIBRTCM1 Pre-Divider HIBRTCT Interrupts HIBIM HIBRIS HIBMIS HIBIC MATCH0/1 Interrupts to CPU Non-Volatile Memory HIBDATA WAKE LOWBAT VDD VBAT Low Battery Detect HIBCTL.LOWBATEN HIBCTL.PWRCUT HIBCTL.RTCWEN HIBCTL.EXTWEN HIBCTL.VABORT Power Sequence Logic HIB 7.2 Functional Description The Hibernation module controls the power to the processor with an enable signal (HIB) that signals an external voltage regulator to turn off. The Hibernation module itself is powered from a separate supply such as a battery or auxillary supply. It also has a separate clock source to maintain a real-time clock (RTC). Once in hibernation, the module signals an external voltage regulator to turn back on the power when an external pin (WAKE) is asserted, or when the internal RTC reaches a certain value. The Hibernation module can also detect when the battery voltage is low, and optionally prevent hibernation when this occurs. Power-up from a power cut to code execution is defined as the regulator turn-on time (specifed at 250 μs maximum) plus the normal chip POR (see Figure 22-12 on page 497). 7.2.1 Register Access Timing Because the Hibernation module has an independent clocking domain, certain registers must be written only with a timing gap between accesses. The delay time is tHIB_REG_WRITE, therefore software must guarantee that a delay of tHIB_REG_WRITE is inserted between back-to-back writes to certain Hibernation registers, or between a write followed by a read to those same registers. There is no restriction on timing for back-to-back reads from the Hibernation module. Refer to “Register Descriptions” on page 120 for details about which registers are subject to this timing restriction. 116 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 7.2.2 Clock Source The Hibernation module must be clocked by an external source, even if the RTC feature will not be used. An external oscillator or crystal can be used for this purpose. To use a crystal, a 4.194304-MHz crystal is connected to the XOSC0 and XOSC1 pins. This clock signal will be divided by 128 internally to produce the 32.768-kHz clock reference. To use a more precise clock source, a 32.768-kHz oscillator can be connected to the XOSC0 pin. The clock source is enabled by setting the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register. The type of clock source is selected by setting the CLKSEL bit to 0 for a 4.194304-MHz clock source, and to 1 for a 32.768-kHz clock source. If the bit is set to 0, the input clock is divided by 128, resulting in a 32.768-kHz clock source. If a crystal is used for the clock source, the software must leave a delay of tXOSC_SETTLE after setting the CLK32EN bit and before any other accesses to the Hibernation module registers. The delay allows the crystal to power up and stabilize. If an oscillator is used for the clock source, no delay is needed. 7.2.3 Battery Management The Hibernation module can be independently powered by a battery or an auxiliary power source. The module can monitor the voltage level of the battery and detect when the voltage becomes too low. When this happens, an interrupt can be generated. The module can also be configured so that it will not go into Hibernate mode if the battery voltage is too low. Note that the Hibernation module draws power from whichever source (VBAT or VDD) has the higher voltage. Therefore, it is important to design the circuit to ensure that VDD is higher that VBAT under nominal conditions or else the Hibernation module draws power from the battery even when VDD is available. The Hibernation module can be configured to detect a low battery condition by setting the LOWBATEN bit of the HIBCTL register. In this configuration, the LOWBAT bit of the HIBRIS register will be set when the battery level is low. If the VABORT bit is also set, then the module is prevented from entering Hibernation mode when a low battery is detected. The module can also be configured to generate an interrupt for the low-battery condition (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 118). 7.2.4 Real-Time Clock The Hibernation module includes a 32-bit counter that increments once per second with a proper clock source and configuration (see “Clock Source” on page 117). The 32.768-kHz clock signal is fed into a trim predivider which counts down from a nominal value of 0x7FFF to achieve a once per second clock rate for the RTC. The trim predivider register can be adjusted up or down to compensate for inaccuracies in the clock source. The trim predivider should be adjusted up from 0x7FFF in order to slow down the RTC rate, and down from 0x7FFF in order to speed up the RTC rate. The Hibernation module includes two 32-bit match registers that are compared to the value of the RTC counter. The match registers can be used to wake the processor from hibernation mode, or to generate an interrupt to the processor if it is not in hibernation. The RTC must be enabled with the RTCEN bit of the HIBCTL register. The value of the RTC can be set at any time by writing to the HIBRTCLD register. The trim predivider can be adjusted by reading and writing the HIBRTCT register. The predivider is updated once every 64 seconds from this register. The two match registers can be set by writing to the HIBRTCM0 and HIBRTCM1 registers. The RTC can be configured to generate interrupts by using the interrupt registers (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 118). June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 117 Hibernation Module 7.2.5 Non-Volatile Memory The Hibernation module contains 64 32-bit words of memory which are retained during hibernation. This memory is powered from the battery or auxillary power supply during hibernation. The processor software can save state information in this memory prior to hibernation, and can then recover the state upon waking. The non-volatile memory can be accessed through the HIBDATA registers. 7.2.6 Power Control The Hibernation module controls power to the processor through the use of the HIB pin, which is intended to be connected to the enable signal of the external regulator(s) providing 3.3 V and/or 2.5 V to the microcontroller. When the HIB signal is asserted by the Hibernation module, the external regulator is turned off and no longer powers the microcontroller. The Hibernation module remains powered from the VBAT supply, which could be a battery or an auxillary power source. Hibernation mode is initiated by the microcontroller setting the HIBREQ bit of the HIBCTL register. Prior to doing this, a wake-up condition must be configured, either from the external WAKE pin, or by using an RTC match. The Hibernation module is configured to wake from the external WAKE pin by setting the PINWEN bit of the HIBCTL register. It is configured to wake from RTC match by setting the RTCWEN bit. Either one or both of these bits can be set prior to going into hibernation. When the Hibernation module wakes, the microcontroller will see a normal power-on reset. It can detect that the power-on was due to a wake from hibernation by examining the raw interrupt status register (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 118) and by looking for state data in the non-volatile memory (see “Non-Volatile Memory” on page 118). 7.2.7 Interrupts and Status The Hibernation module can generate interrupts when the following conditions occur: ■ Assertion of WAKE pin ■ RTC match ■ Low battery detected All of the interrupts are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the Hibernate module can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. The software interrupt handler can service multiple interrupt events by reading the HIBMIS register. Software can also read the status of the Hibernation module at any time by reading the HIBRIS register which shows all of the pending events. This register can be used at power-on to see if a wake condition is pending, which indicates to the software that a hibernation wake occurred. The events that can trigger an interrupt are configured by setting the appropriate bits in the HIBIM register. Pending interrupts can be cleared by writing the corresponding bit in the HIBIC register. 7.3 Initialization and Configuration The Hibernation module can be configured in several different combinations. The following sections show the recommended programming sequence for various scenarios. The examples below assume that a 32.768-kHz oscillator is used, and thus always show bit 2 (CLKSEL) of the HIBCTL register set to 1. If a 4.194304-MHz crystal is used instead, then the CLKSEL bit remains cleared. Because the Hibernation module runs at 32 kHz and is asynchronous to the rest of the system, software must allow a delay of tHIB_REG_WRITE after writes to certain registers (see “Register Access 118 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Timing” on page 116). The registers that require a delay are denoted with a footnote in Table 7-1 on page 120. 7.3.1 Initialization The clock source must be enabled first, even if the RTC will not be used. If a 4.194304-MHz crystal is used, perform the following steps: 1. Write 0x40 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the crystal and select the divide-by-128 input path. 2. Wait for a time of tXOSC_SETTLE for the crystal to power up and stabilize before performing any other operations with the Hibernation module. If a 32.678-kHz oscillator is used, then perform the following steps: 1. Write 0x44 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the oscillator input. 2. No delay is necessary. The above is only necessary when the entire system is initialized for the first time. If the processor is powered due to a wake from hibernation, then the Hibernation module has already been powered up and the above steps are not necessary. The software can detect that the Hibernation module and clock are already powered by examining the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register. 7.3.2 RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation) The following steps are needed to use the RTC match functionality of the Hibernation module: 1. Write the required RTC match value to one of the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008. 2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C. 3. Set the required RTC match interrupt mask in the RTCALT0 and RTCALT1 bits (bits 1:0) in the HIBIM register at offset 0x014. 4. Write 0x0000.0041 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010 to enable the RTC to begin counting. 7.3.3 RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation The following steps are needed to use the RTC match and wake-up functionality of the Hibernation module: 1. Write the required RTC match value to the RTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008. 2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C. 3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x130. 4. Set the RTC Match Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.004F to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010. 7.3.4 External Wake-Up from Hibernation The following steps are needed to use the Hibernation module with the external WAKE pin as the wake-up source for the microcontroller: June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 119 Hibernation Module 1. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x130. 2. Enable the external wake and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.0056 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010. 7.3.5 RTC/External Wake-Up from Hibernation 1. Write the required RTC match value to the RTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008. 2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C. 3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x130. 4. Set the RTC Match/External Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.005F to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010. 7.4 Register Map Note: HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are internal BAPI module registers on the VBAPI voltage domain and the 32-kHz clock domain. Table 7-1. Hibernation Module Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0x024 0x0300x12C Name HIBRTCC HIBRTCM0 HIBRTCM1 HIBRTCLD HIBCTL HIBIM HIBRIS HIBMIS HIBIC HIBRTCT HIBDATA Type RO R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO RO W1C R/W R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description Hibernation RTC Counter Hibernation RTC Match 0 Hibernation RTC Match 1 Hibernation RTC Load Hibernation Control Hibernation Interrupt Mask Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status Hibernation Interrupt Clear Hibernation RTC Trim Hibernation Data See page 121 122 123 124 125 127 128 129 130 131 132 7.5 Register Descriptions All addresses given are relative to the Hibernation module Base Address at 0x400F.C000. 120 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000 This register is the current 32-bit value of the RTC counter. Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC) Offset 0x000 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RTCC Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RTCC Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RTCC Type RO Reset Description 0x0000.0000 RTC Counter A read returns the 32-bit counter value. This register is read-only. To change the value, use the HIBRTCLD register. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 121 Hibernation Module Register 2: Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004 This register is the 32-bit match 0 register for the RTC counter. Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0) Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RTCM0 Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 RTCM0 Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RTCM0 Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 0 A write loads the value into the RTC match register. A read returns the current match value. 122 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008 This register is the 32-bit match 1 register for the RTC counter. Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1) Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RTCM1 Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 RTCM1 Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RTCM1 Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 1 A write loads the value into the RTC match register. A read returns the current match value. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 123 Hibernation Module Register 4: Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C This register is the 32-bit value loaded into the RTC counter. Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD) Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RTCLD Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 RTCLD Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RTCLD Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Load A writes load the current value into the RTC counter (RTCC). A read returns the 32-bit load value. 124 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010 This register is the control register for the Hibernation module. Hibernation Control (HIBCTL) Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 RTCEN R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 VABORT CLK32EN LOWBA TEN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL HIBREQ R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x00 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Power Cut Abort Enable 0: Power Cut occurs during a low-battery alert 1: Power Cut is aborted 7 VABORT R/W 0 6 CLK32EN R/W 0 32-kHz Oscillator Enable 0: Disabled 1: Enabled This bit must be enabled to use the Hibernation module. If a crystal is used, then software should wait 20 ms after setting this bit to allow the crystal to power up and stabilize. 5 LOWBATEN R/W 0 LOW BAT Monitoring Enable 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When set, low battery voltage detection is enabled. 4 PINWEN R/W 0 External WAKE Pin Enable 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When set, an external event on the WAKE pin will re-power the device. 3 RTCWEN R/W 0 RTC Wake-up Enable 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When set, an RTC match event (RTC0 or RTC1) will re-power the device based on the RTC counter value matching the corresponding match register 0 or 1. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 125 Hibernation Module Bit/Field 2 Name CLKSEL Type R/W Reset 0 Description Hibernation Module Clock Select 0: Use Divide by 128 output. Use this value for a 4-MHz crystal. 1: Use raw output. Use this value for a 32-kHz oscillator. 1 HIBREQ R/W 0 Hibernation Request 0: Disabled 1: Hibernation initiated After a wake-up event, this bit is cleared by hardware. 0 RTCEN R/W 0 RTC Timer Enable 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 126 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 6: Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014 This register is the interrupt mask register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM) Offset 0x014 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 EXTW R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x000.0000 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. External Wake-Up Interrupt Mask 0: Masked 1: Unmasked 3 EXTW R/W 0 2 LOWBAT R/W 0 Low Battery Voltage Interrupt Mask 0: Masked 1: Unmasked 1 RTCALT1 R/W 0 RTC Alert1 Interrupt Mask 0: Masked 1: Unmasked 0 RTCALT0 R/W 0 RTC Alert0 Interrupt Mask 0: Masked 1: Unmasked June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 127 Hibernation Module Register 7: Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018 This register is the raw interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS) Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 EXTW RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x000.0000 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. External Wake-Up Raw Interrupt Status Low Battery Voltage Raw Interrupt Status RTC Alert1 Raw Interrupt Status RTC Alert0 Raw Interrupt Status 3 2 1 0 EXTW LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 RO RO RO RO 0 0 0 0 128 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 8: Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C This register is the masked interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS) Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 EXTW RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x000.0000 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Status Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Status RTC Alert1 Masked Interrupt Status RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Status 3 2 1 0 EXTW LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 RO RO RO RO 0 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 129 Hibernation Module Register 9: Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020 This register is the interrupt write-one-to-clear register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC) Offset 0x020 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 EXTW R/W1C 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x000.0000 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Clear Reads return an indeterminate value. 3 EXTW R/W1C 0 2 LOWBAT R/W1C 0 Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Clear Reads return an indeterminate value. 1 RTCALT1 R/W1C 0 RTC Alert1 Masked Interrupt Clear Reads return an indeterminate value. 0 RTCALT0 R/W1C 0 RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Clear Reads, return an indeterminate value. 130 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 10: Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024 This register contains the value that is used to trim the RTC clock predivider. It represents the computed underflow value that is used during the trim cycle. It is represented as 0x7FFF ± N clock cycles. Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT) Offset 0x024 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 TRIM Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0000 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. RTC Trim Value This value is loaded into the RTC predivider every 64 seconds. It is used to adjust the RTC rate to account for drift and inaccuracy in the clock source. The compensation is made by software by adjusting the default value of 0x7FFF up or down. 15:0 TRIM R/W 0x7FFF June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 131 Hibernation Module Register 11: Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C This address space is implemented as a 64x32-bit memory (256 bytes). It can be loaded by the system processor in order to store any non-volatile state data and will not lose power during a power cut operation. Hibernation Data (HIBDATA) Offset 0x030-0x12C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RTD Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 RTD Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RTD Type R/W Reset Description 0x0000.0000 Hibernation Module NV Registers[63:0] 132 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 8 Internal Memory FLASH The LM3S6950 microcontroller comes with 64 KB of bit-banded SRAM and 256 KB of flash memory. The flash controller provides a user-friendly interface, making flash programming a simple task. Flash protection can be applied to the flash memory on a 2-KB block basis. 8.1 Block Diagram Figure 8-1. Flash Block Diagram Flash Timing USECRL Flash Control ICode Cortex-M3 DCode FMA FMD FMC System Bus FCRIS FCIM FCMISC Bridge APB Flash Array Flash Protection FMPREn SRAM Array FMPPEn User Registers USER_DBG USER_REG0 USER_REG1 8.2 8.2.1 Functional Description This section describes the functionality of both the flash and SRAM memories. SRAM Memory The internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x2000.0000 of the device memory map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has introduced bit-banding technology in the Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access individual bits in a single, atomic operation. ® June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 133 Internal Memory The bit-band alias is calculated by using the formula: bit-band alias = bit-band base + (byte offset * 32) + (bit number * 4) For example, if bit 3 at address 0x2000.1000 is to be modified, the bit-band alias is calculated as: 0x2200.0000 + (0x1000 * 32) + (3 * 4) = 0x2202.000C With the alias address calculated, an instruction performing a read/write to address 0x2202.000C allows direct access to only bit 3 of the byte at address 0x2000.1000. For details about bit-banding, please refer to Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual. 8.2.2 Flash Memory The flash is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. An individual 32-bit word can be programmed to change bits that are currently 1 to a 0. These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The protection allows blocks to be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger. 8.2.2.1 Flash Memory Timing The timing for the flash is automatically handled by the flash controller. However, in order to do so, it must know the clock rate of the system in order to time its internal signals properly. The number of clock cycles per microsecond must be provided to the flash controller for it to accomplish this timing. It is software's responsibility to keep the flash controller updated with this information via the USec Reload (USECRL) register. On reset, the USECRL register is loaded with a value that configures the flash timing so that it works with the maximum clock rate of the part. If software changes the system operating frequency, the new operating frequency minus 1 (in MHz) must be loaded into USECRL before any flash modifications are attempted. For example, if the device is operating at a speed of 20 MHz, a value of 0x13 (20-1) must be written to the USECRL register. 8.2.2.2 Flash Memory Protection The user is provided two forms of flash protection per 2-KB flash blocks infour pairs of 32-bit wide registers. The protection policy for each form is controlled by individual bits (per policy per block) in the FMPPEn and FMPREn registers. ■ Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn): If set, the block may be programmed (written) or erased. If cleared, the block may not be changed. ■ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn): If set, the block may be executed or read by software or debuggers. If cleared, the block may only be executed. The contents of the memory block are prohibited from being accessed as data and traversing the DCode bus. The policies may be combined as shown in Table 8-1 on page 135. 134 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Table 8-1. Flash Protection Policy Combinations FMPPEn FMPREn Protection 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 Execute-only protection. The block may only be executed and may not be written or erased. This mode is used to protect code. The block may be written, erased or executed, but not read. This combination is unlikely to be used. Read-only protection. The block may be read or executed but may not be written or erased. This mode is used to lock the block from further modification while allowing any read or execute access. No protection. The block may be written, erased, executed or read. An access that attempts to program or erase a PE-protected block is prohibited. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated (by setting the AMASK bit in the FIM register) to alert software developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases. An access that attempts to read an RE-protected block is prohibited. Such accesses return data filled with all 0s. A controller interrupt may be optionally generated to alert software developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This implements a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. Details on programming these bits are discussed in “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page 136. 8.3 8.3.1 Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration Flash Programming The Stellaris devices provide a user-friendly interface for flash programming. All erase/program operations are handled via three registers: FMA, FMD, and FMC. ® 8.3.1.1 To program a 32-bit word: 1. Write source data to the FMD register. 2. Write the target address to the FMA register. 3. Write the flash write key and the WRITE bit (a value of 0xA442.0001) to the FMC register. 4. Poll the FMC register until the WRITE bit is cleared. 8.3.1.2 To perform an erase of a 1-KB page: 1. Write the page address to the FMA register. 2. Write the flash write key and the ERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0002) to the FMC register. 3. Poll the FMC register until the ERASE bit is cleared. 8.3.1.3 To perform a mass erase of the flash: 1. Write the flash write key and the MERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0004) to the FMC register. 2. Poll the FMC register until the MERASE bit is cleared. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 135 Internal Memory 8.3.2 Nonvolatile Register Programming This section discusses how to update registers that are resident within the flash memory itself. These registers exist in a separate space from the main flash array and are not affected by an ERASE or MASS ERASE operation. These nonvolatile registers are updated by using the COMT bit in the FMC register to activate a write operation. For the USER_DBG register, the data to be written must be loaded into the FMD register before it is "committed". All other registers are R/W and can have their operation tried before committing them to nonvolatile memory. Important: These register can only have bits changed from 1 to 0 by the user and there is no mechanism for the user to erase them back to a 1 value. In addition, the USER_REG0, USER_REG1, and USER_DBG use bit 31 (NOTWRITTEN) of their respective registers to indicate that they are available for user write. These three registers can only be written once whereas the flash protection registers may be written multiple times. Table 8-2 on page 136 provides the FMA address required for commitment of each of the registers and the source of the data to be written when the COMT bit of the FMC register is written with a value of 0xA442.0008. After writing the COMT bit, the user may poll the FMC register to wait for the commit operation to complete. Table 8-2. Flash Resident Registers Register to be Committed FMA Value FMPRE0 FMPRE1 FMPRE2 FMPRE3 FMPPE0 FMPPE1 FMPPE2 FMPPE3 USER_REG0 USER_REG1 USER_DBG a Data Source 0x0000.0000 FMPRE0 0x0000.0002 FMPRE1 0x0000.0004 FMPRE2 0x0000.0008 FMPRE3 0x0000.0001 FMPPE0 0x0000.0003 FMPPE1 0x0000.0005 FMPPE2 0x0000.0007 FMPPE3 0x8000.0000 USER_REG0 0x8000.0001 USER_REG1 0x7510.0000 FMD ® a. Which FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are available depend on the flash size of your particular Stellaris device. 8.4 Register Map Table 8-3 on page 136 lists the Flash memory and control registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register's address. The FMA, FMD, FMC, FCRIS, FCIM, and FCMISC registers are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000. The FMPREn, FMPPEn, USECRL, USER_DBG, and USER_REGn registers are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000. Note: A BV in the Reset column indicates the reset is a Build Value and part-specific. See the page number referenced for the reset value description. Table 8-3. Internal Memory Register Map Offset Name Type Reset Description See page Flash Control Offset 136 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 Name FMA FMD FMC FCRIS FCIM FCMISC Type R/W R/W R/W RO R/W R/W1C Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description Flash Memory Address Flash Memory Data Flash Memory Control Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status Flash Controller Interrupt Mask Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear See page 138 139 140 142 143 144 System Control Offset 0x130 0x200 0x134 0x400 0x140 0x1D0 0x1E0 0x1E4 0x204 0x208 0x20C 0x404 0x408 0x40C FMPRE0 FMPRE0 FMPPE0 FMPPE0 USECRL USER_DBG USER_REG0 USER_REG1 FMPRE1 FMPRE2 FMPRE3 FMPPE1 FMPPE2 FMPPE3 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W BV BV BV BV 0x31 0xFFFF.FFFE 0x8FFF.FFFF 0x8FFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 USec Reload User Debug User Register 0 User Register 1 Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 146 146 147 147 145 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 8.5 Flash Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset) The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by address offset. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 137 Internal Memory Register 1: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 During a write operation, this register contains a 4-byte-aligned address and specifies where the data is written. During erase operations, this register contains a 1 KB-aligned address and specifies which page is erased. Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or the results of the operation are unpredictable. Flash Memory Address (FMA) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 OFFSET Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 OFFSET Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 Bit/Field 31:0 Name OFFSET Type R/W Reset 0x0 Description Address offset in flash where operation is performed, except for nonvolatile registers (see “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page 136 for details on values for this field). 138 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 This register contains the data to be written during the programming cycle or read during the read cycle. Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute-only block. This register is not used during the erase cycles. Flash Memory Data (FMD) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 DATA Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 DATA Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name DATA Type R/W Reset 0x0 Description Data value for write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 139 Internal Memory Register 3: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 When this register is written, the flash controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for the location specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 138). If the access is a write access, the data contained in the Flash Memory Data (FMD) register (see page 139) is written. This is the final register written and initiates the memory operation. There are four control bits in the lower byte of this register that, when set, initiate the memory operation. The most used of these register bits are the ERASE and WRITE bits. It is a programming error to write multiple control bits and the results of such an operation are unpredictable. Flash Memory Control (FMC) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WRKEY Type Reset WO 0 15 WO 0 14 WO 0 13 WO 0 12 WO 0 11 WO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 WO 0 9 WO 0 8 WO 0 7 WO 0 6 WO 0 5 WO 0 4 WO 0 3 COMT R/W 0 WO 0 2 WO 0 1 WO 0 0 WRITE R/W 0 MERASE ERASE R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name WRKEY Type WO Reset 0x0 Description This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the incidence of accidental flash writes. The value 0xA442 must be written into this field for a write to occur. Writes to the FMC register without this WRKEY value are ignored. A read of this field returns the value 0. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Commit (write) of register value to nonvolatile storage. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous commit access is provided. If the previous commit access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the commit access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 50 μs. 15:4 reserved RO 0 3 COMT R/W 0 2 MERASE R/W 0 Mass erase flash memory. If this bit is set, the flash main memory of the device is all erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous mass erase access is provided. If the previous mass erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous mass erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 250 ms. 140 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 1 Name ERASE Type R/W Reset 0 Description Erase a page of flash memory. If this bit is set, the page of flash main memory as specified by the contents of FMA is erased. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous erase access is provided. If the previous erase access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the previous erase access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 25 ms. 0 WRITE R/W 0 Write a word into flash memory. If this bit is set, the data stored in FMD is written into the location as specified by the contents of FMA. A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit. If read, the state of the previous write update is provided. If the previous write access is complete, a 0 is returned; otherwise, if the write access is not complete, a 1 is returned. This can take up to 50 µs. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 141 Internal Memory Register 4: Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C This register indicates that the flash controller has an interrupt condition. An interrupt is only signaled if the corresponding FCIM register bit is set. Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x00C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 PRIS RO 0 RO 0 0 ARIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Raw Interrupt Status This bit indicates the current state of the programming cycle. If set, the programming cycle completed; if cleared, the programming cycle has not completed. Programming cycles are either write or erase actions generated through the Flash Memory Control (FMC) register bits (see page 140). 1 PRIS RO 0 0 ARIS RO 0 Access Raw Interrupt Status This bit indicates if the flash was improperly accessed. If set, the program tried to access the flash counter to the policy as set in the Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn) and Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn) registers. Otherwise, no access has tried to improperly access the flash. 142 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 This register controls whether the flash controller generates interrupts to the controller. Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 PMASK R/W 0 RO 0 0 AMASK R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Interrupt Mask This bit controls the reporting of the programming raw interrupt status to the controller. If set, a programming-generated interrupt is promoted to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from the controller. 1 PMASK R/W 0 0 AMASK R/W 0 Access Interrupt Mask This bit controls the reporting of the access raw interrupt status to the controller. If set, an access-generated interrupt is promoted to the controller. Otherwise, interrupts are recorded but suppressed from the controller. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 143 Internal Memory Register 6: Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 This register provides two functions. First, it reports the cause of an interrupt by indicating which interrupt source or sources are signalling the interrupt. Second, it serves as the method to clear the interrupt reporting. Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 PMISC R/W1C 0 RO 0 0 AMISC R/W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Programming Masked Interrupt Status and Clear This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because a programming cycle completed and was not masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The PRIS bit in the FCRIS register (see page 142) is also cleared when the PMISC bit is cleared. 1 PMISC R/W1C 0 0 AMISC R/W1C 0 Access Masked Interrupt Status and Clear This bit indicates whether an interrupt was signaled because an improper access was attempted and was not masked. This bit is cleared by writing a 1. The ARIS bit in the FCRIS register is also cleared when the AMISC bit is cleared. 8.6 Flash Register Descriptions (System Control Offset) The remainder of this section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by address offset. 144 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: USec Reload (USECRL), offset 0x140 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400F.E000 This register is provided as a means of creating a 1-μs tick divider reload value for the flash controller. The internal flash has specific minimum and maximum requirements on the length of time the high voltage write pulse can be applied. It is required that this register contain the operating frequency (in MHz -1) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. The user is required to change this value if the clocking conditions are changed for a flash erase/program operation. USec Reload (USECRL) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x140 Type R/W, reset 0x31 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 USEC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. MHz -1 of the controller clock when the flash is being erased or programmed. USEC should be set to 0x31 (50 MHz) whenever the flash is being erased or programmed. 7:0 USEC R/W 0x31 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 145 Internal Memory Register 8: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130 and 0x200 Note: Note: This register is aliased for backwards compatability. Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x130 and 0x200 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name READ_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. 146 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset 0x134 and 0x400 Note: Note: This register is aliased for backwards compatability. Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0) Base 0x400F.D000 Offset 0x134 and 0x400 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name PROG_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be written or erased. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 147 Internal Memory Register 10: User Debug (USER_DBG), offset 0x1D0 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register provides a write-once mechanism to disable external debugger access to the device in addition to 27 additional bits of user-defined data. The DBG0 bit (bit 0) is set to 0 from the factory and the DBG1 bit (bit 1) is set to 1, which enables external debuggers. Changing the DBG1 bit to 0 disables any external debugger access to the device permanently, starting with the next power-up cycle of the device. The NOTWRITTEN bit (bit 31) indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to ensure that the register is only written once. User Debug (USER_DBG) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x1D0 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFE 31 N T RT E OW IT N Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 DATA Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 8 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 DATA R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 INIT1 R/W 1 R/W 1 1 DBG1 R/W 1 R/W 1 0 DBG0 R/W 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31 30:3 Name NOTWRITTEN DATA Type R/W R/W Reset 1 Description Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written. 0xFFFFFFF Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can only be written once. 1 1 0 User data initialized to 1. The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available. The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available. 2 1 0 INIT1 DBG1 DBG0 R/W R/W R/W 148 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once. Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device. User Register 0 (USER_REG0) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x1E0 Type R/W, reset 0x8FFF.FFFF 31 N T RT E OW IT N Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 DATA Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 DATA R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31 30:0 Name NOTWRITTEN DATA Type R/W R/W Reset 1 Description Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written. 0xFFFFFFF Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can only be written once. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 149 Internal Memory Register 12: User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once. Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device. User Register 1 (USER_REG1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x1E4 Type R/W, reset 0x8FFF.FFFF 31 N T RT E OW IT N Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 DATA Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 DATA R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31 30:0 Name NOTWRITTEN DATA Type R/W R/W Reset 1 Description Specifies that this 32-bit dword has not been written. 0xFFFFFFF Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can only be written once. 150 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x204 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name READ_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 151 Internal Memory Register 14: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x208 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name READ_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. 152 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 15: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x20C Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 READ_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name READ_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be executed or read. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 153 Internal Memory Register 16: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset 0x404 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x404 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name PROG_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be written or erased. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. 154 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 17: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset 0x408 Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x408 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name PROG_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be written or erased. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 155 Internal Memory Register 18: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset 0x40C Note: Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000. This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the execute-only bits). This register is loaded during the power-on reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section. Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3) Base 0x400F.E000 Offset 0x40C Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 PROG_ENABLE Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name PROG_ENABLE Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 2-KB flash blocks to be written or erased. The policies may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”. Value Description 0xFFFFFFFF Enables 256 KB of flash. 156 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 9 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) GPIO The GPIO module is composed of seven physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual GPIO port (Port A, Port B, Port C, Port D, Port E, Port F, and Port G, ). The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant and supports 1-46 programmable input/output pins, depending on the peripherals being used. The GPIO module has the following features: ■ Programmable control for GPIO interrupts – Interrupt generation masking – Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both – Level-sensitive on High or Low values ■ 5-V-tolerant input/outputs ■ Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines ■ Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration – Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors – 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive – Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive – Open drain enables – Digital input enables 9.1 Function Description Important: All GPIO pins are tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, and GPIOPUR=0), with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). The JTAG/SWD pins default to their JTAG/SWD functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1, GPIODEN=1 and GPIOPUR=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts both groups of pins back to their default state. Each GPIO port is a separate hardware instantiation of the same physical block. The LM3S6950 microcontroller contains seven ports and thus seven of these physical GPIO blocks. 9.1.1 Data Control The data control registers allow software to configure the operational modes of the GPIOs. The data direction register configures the GPIO as an input or an output while the data register either captures incoming data or drives it out to the pads. 9.1.1.1 Data Direction Operation The GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 164) is used to configure each individual pin as an input or output. When the data direction bit is set to 0, the GPIO is configured as an input and June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 157 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) the corresponding data register bit will capture and store the value on the GPIO port. When the data direction bit is set to 1, the GPIO is configured as an output and the corresponding data register bit will be driven out on the GPIO port. 9.1.1.2 Data Register Operation To aid in the efficiency of software, the GPIO ports allow for the modification of individual bits in the GPIO Data (GPIODATA) register (see page 163) by using bits [9:2] of the address bus as a mask. This allows software drivers to modify individual GPIO pins in a single instruction, without affecting the state of the other pins. This is in contrast to the "typical" method of doing a read-modify-write operation to set or clear an individual GPIO pin. To accommodate this feature, the GPIODATA register covers 256 locations in the memory map. During a write, if the address bit associated with that data bit is set to 1, the value of the GPIODATA register is altered. If it is cleared to 0, it is left unchanged. For example, writing a value of 0xEB to the address GPIODATA + 0x098 would yield as shown in Figure 9-1 on page 158, where u is data unchanged by the write. Figure 9-1. GPIODATA Write Example ADDR[9:2] 0x098 0xEB GPIODATA 9 0 8 0 7 1 6 0 5 0 4 1 3 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 u 7 u 6 1 5 u 4 u 3 0 2 1 1 u 0 During a read, if the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 1, the value is read. If the address bit associated with the data bit is set to 0, it is read as a zero, regardless of its actual value. For example, reading address GPIODATA + 0x0C4 yields as shown in Figure 9-2 on page 158. Figure 9-2. GPIODATA Read Example ADDR[9:2] 0x0C4 GPIODATA Returned Value 9 0 8 0 7 1 6 1 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 7 0 6 1 5 1 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 9.1.2 Interrupt Control The interrupt capabilities of each GPIO port are controlled by a set of seven registers. With these registers, it is possible to select the source of the interrupt, its polarity, and the edge properties. When one or more GPIO inputs cause an interrupt, a single interrupt output is sent to the interrupt controller for the entire GPIO port. For edge-triggered interrupts, software must clear the interrupt to enable any further interrupts. For a level-sensitive interrupt, it is assumed that the external source holds the level constant for the interrupt to be recognized by the controller. Three registers are required to define the edge or sense that causes interrupts: 158 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 165) ■ GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) register (see page 166) ■ GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 167) Interrupts are enabled/disabled via the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 168). When an interrupt condition occurs, the state of the interrupt signal can be viewed in two locations: the GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) and GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) registers (see page 169 and page 170). As the name implies, the GPIOMIS register only shows interrupt conditions that are allowed to be passed to the controller. The GPIORIS register indicates that a GPIO pin meets the conditions for an interrupt, but has not necessarily been sent to the controller. Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) register (see page 171). When programming the following interrupt control registers, the interrupts should be masked (GPIOIM set to 0). Writing any value to an interrupt control register (GPIOIS, GPIOIBE, or GPIOIEV) can generate a spurious interrupt if the corresponding bits are enabled. 9.1.3 Mode Control The GPIO pins can be controlled by either hardware or software. When hardware control is enabled via the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 172), the pin state is controlled by its alternate function (that is, the peripheral). Software control corresponds to GPIO mode, where the GPIODATA register is used to read/write the corresponding pins. 9.1.4 Commit Control The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 172) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 182) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 183) have been set to 1. 9.1.5 Pad Control The pad control registers allow for GPIO pad configuration by software based on the application requirements. The pad control registers include the GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, GPIOODR, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, GPIOSLR, and GPIODEN registers. 9.1.6 Identification The identification registers configured at reset allow software to detect and identify the module as a GPIO block. The identification registers include the GPIOPeriphID0-GPIOPeriphID7 registers as well as the GPIOPCellID0-GPIOPCellID3 registers. 9.2 Initialization and Configuration To use the GPIO, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the appropriate GPIO Port bit field (GPIOn) in the RCGC2 register. On reset, all GPIO pins (except for the five JTAG pins) are configured out of reset to be undriven (tristate): GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, and GPIOPUR=0. Table 9-1 on page 160 shows all possible configurations of the GPIO pads and the control register settings required to achieve them. Table 9-2 on page 160 shows how a rising edge interrupt would be configured for pin 2 of a GPIO port. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 159 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Table 9-1. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples Configuration GPIO Register Bit Value AFSEL Digital Input (GPIO) Digital Output (GPIO) Open Drain Input (GPIO) Open Drain Output (GPIO) Open Drain 2 Input/Output (I C) Digital Input (Timer CCP) Digital Input (QEI) Digital Output (PWM) Digital Output (Timer PWM) Digital Input/Output (SSI) Digital Input/Output (UART) Analog Input (Comparator) Digital Output (Comparator) 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 DIR 0 1 0 1 X X X X X X X 0 X a ODR 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DEN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 PUR ? ? X X X ? ? ? ? ? ? 0 ? PDR ? ? X X X ? ? ? ? ? ? 0 ? DR2R X ? X ? ? X X ? ? ? ? X ? DR4R X ? X ? ? X X ? ? ? ? X ? DR8R X ? X ? ? X X ? ? ? ? X ? SLR X ? X ? ? X X ? ? ? ? X ? a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit) ?=Can be either 0 or 1, depending on the configuration Table 9-2. GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example Register Desired Interrupt Event Trigger 0=edge 1=level GPIOIBE 0=single edge 1=both edges GPIOIEV 0=Low level, or negative edge 1=High level, or positive edge GPIOIM 0=masked 1=not masked a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 X X X X X 1 X X X X X X X 0 X X Pin 2 Bit Value 7 6 a 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOIS X X X X X 0 X X 160 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 9.3 Register Map Table 9-3 on page 161 lists the GPIO registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to that GPIO port’s base address: ■ GPIO Port A: 0x4000.4000 ■ GPIO Port B: 0x4000.5000 ■ GPIO Port C: 0x4000.6000 ■ GPIO Port D: 0x4000.7000 ■ GPIO Port E: 0x4002.4000 ■ GPIO Port F: 0x4002.5000 ■ GPIO Port G: 0x4002.6000 Important: The GPIO registers in this chapter are duplicated in each GPIO block, however, depending on the block, all eight bits may not be connected to a GPIO pad. In those cases, writing to those unconnected bits has no effect and reading those unconnected bits returns no meaningful data. Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of these registers for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are currently the only GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR register. Because of this, the register type for GPIO Port B7 and GPIO Port C[3:0] is R/W. The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is 0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To ensure that the JTAG port is not accidentally programmed as a GPIO, these five pins default to non-commitable. Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOCR for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.007F while the default reset value of GPIOCR for Port C is 0x0000.00F0. Table 9-3. GPIO Register Map Offset 0x000 0x400 0x404 0x408 0x40C 0x410 Name GPIODATA GPIODIR GPIOIS GPIOIBE GPIOIEV GPIOIM Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description GPIO Data GPIO Direction GPIO Interrupt Sense GPIO Interrupt Both Edges GPIO Interrupt Event GPIO Interrupt Mask See page 163 164 165 166 167 168 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 161 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Offset 0x414 0x418 0x41C 0x420 0x500 0x504 0x508 0x50C 0x510 0x514 0x518 0x51C 0x520 0x524 0xFD0 0xFD4 0xFD8 0xFDC 0xFE0 0xFE4 0xFE8 0xFEC 0xFF0 0xFF4 0xFF8 0xFFC Name GPIORIS GPIOMIS GPIOICR GPIOAFSEL GPIODR2R GPIODR4R GPIODR8R GPIOODR GPIOPUR GPIOPDR GPIOSLR GPIODEN GPIOLOCK GPIOCR GPIOPeriphID4 GPIOPeriphID5 GPIOPeriphID6 GPIOPeriphID7 GPIOPeriphID0 GPIOPeriphID1 GPIOPeriphID2 GPIOPeriphID3 GPIOPCellID0 GPIOPCellID1 GPIOPCellID2 GPIOPCellID3 Type RO RO W1C R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.00FF 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0001 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0061 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0018 0x0x0000.0001 0x0x0000.000D 0x0x0000.00F0 0x0x0000.0005 0x0x0000.00B1 Description GPIO Raw Interrupt Status GPIO Masked Interrupt Status GPIO Interrupt Clear GPIO Alternate Function Select GPIO 2-mA Drive Select GPIO 4-mA Drive Select GPIO 8-mA Drive Select GPIO Open Drain Select GPIO Pull-Up Select GPIO Pull-Down Select GPIO Slew Rate Control Select GPIO Digital Enable GPIO Lock GPIO Commit GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 See page 169 170 171 172 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 9.4 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPIO registers, in numerical order by address offset. 162 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 The GPIODATA register is the data register. In software control mode, values written in the GPIODATA register are transferred onto the GPIO port pins if the respective pins have been configured as outputs through the GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 164). In order to write to GPIODATA, the corresponding bits in the mask, resulting from the address bus bits [9:2], must be High. Otherwise, the bit values remain unchanged by the write. Similarly, the values read from this register are determined for each bit by the mask bit derived from the address used to access the data register, bits [9:2]. Bits that are 1 in the address mask cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read, and bits that are 0 in the address mask cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0, regardless of their value. A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are configured as outputs, or it returns the value on the corresponding input pin when these are configured as inputs. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Data (GPIODATA) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DATA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Data This register is virtually mapped to 256 locations in the address space. To facilitate the reading and writing of data to these registers by independent drivers, the data read from and the data written to the registers are masked by the eight address lines ipaddr[9:2]. Reads from this register return its current state. Writes to this register only affect bits that are not masked by ipaddr[9:2] and are configured as outputs. See “Data Register Operation” on page 158 for examples of reads and writes. 7:0 DATA R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 163 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 2: GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 The GPIODIR register is the data direction register. Bits set to 1 in the GPIODIR register configure the corresponding pin to be an output, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to be inputs. All bits are cleared by a reset, meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default. GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x400 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DIR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Data Direction 0: Pins are inputs. 1: Pins are outputs. 7:0 DIR R/W 0x00 164 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 The GPIOIS register is the interrupt sense register. Bits set to 1 in GPIOIS configure the corresponding pins to detect levels, while bits set to 0 configure the pins to detect edges. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x404 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 IS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Sense 0: Edge on corresponding pin is detected (edge-sensitive). 1: Level on corresponding pin is detected (level-sensitive). 7:0 IS R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 165 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 4: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 The GPIOIBE register is the interrupt both-edges register. When the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 165) is set to detect edges, bits set to High in GPIOIBE configure the corresponding pin to detect both rising and falling edges, regardless of the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 167). Clearing a bit configures the pin to be controlled by GPIOIEV. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x408 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 IBE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Both Edges 0: Interrupt generation is controlled by the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV)register (see page 142). 1: Both edges on the corresponding pin trigger an interrupt. Note: Single edge is determined by the corresponding bit in GPIOIEV. 7:0 IBE R/W 0x00 166 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C The GPIOIEV register is the interrupt event register. Bits set to High in GPIOIEV configure the corresponding pin to detect rising edges or high levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 165). Clearing a bit configures the pin to detect falling edges or low levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in GPIOIS. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x40C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 IEV RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Event 0: Falling edge or Low levels on corresponding pins trigger interrupts. 1: Rising edge or High levels on corresponding pins trigger interrupts. 7:0 IEV R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 167 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 6: GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 The GPIOIM register is the interrupt mask register. Bits set to High in GPIOIM allow the corresponding pins to trigger their individual interrupts and the combined GPIOINTR line. Clearing a bit disables interrupt triggering on that pin. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x410 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 IME RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Mask Enable 0: Corresponding pin interrupt is masked. 1: Corresponding pin interrupt is not masked. 7:0 IME R/W 0x00 168 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 The GPIORIS register is the raw interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIORIS reflect the status of interrupt trigger conditions detected (raw, prior to masking), indicating that all the requirements have been met, before they are finally allowed to trigger by the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 168). Bits read as zero indicate that corresponding input pins have not initiated an interrupt. All bits are cleared by a reset. GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x414 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Raw Status Reflect the status of interrupt trigger condition detection on pins (raw, prior to masking). 0: Corresponding pin interrupt requirements not met. 1: Corresponding pin interrupt has met requirements. 7:0 RIS RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 169 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 8: GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 The GPIOMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. Bits read High in GPIOMIS reflect the status of input lines triggering an interrupt. Bits read as Low indicate that either no interrupt has been generated, or the interrupt is masked. GPIOMIS is the state of the interrupt after masking. GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x418 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 MIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Masked Interrupt Status Masked value of interrupt due to corresponding pin. 0: Corresponding GPIO line interrupt not active. 1: Corresponding GPIO line asserting interrupt. 7:0 MIS RO 0x00 170 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C The GPIOICR register is the interrupt clear register. Writing a 1 to a bit in this register clears the corresponding interrupt edge detection logic register. Writing a 0 has no effect. GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x41C Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 IC RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Interrupt Clear 0: Corresponding interrupt is unaffected. 1: Corresponding interrupt is cleared. 7:0 IC W1C 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 171 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 The GPIOAFSEL register is the mode control select register. Writing a 1 to any bit in this register selects the hardware control for the corresponding GPIO line. All bits are cleared by a reset, therefore no GPIO line is set to hardware control by default. The commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical hardware peripherals. Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 172) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 182) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 183) have been set to 1. Important: All GPIO pins are tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0, GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, and GPIOPUR=0), with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). The JTAG/SWD pins default to their JTAG/SWD functionality (GPIOAFSEL=1, GPIODEN=1 and GPIOPUR=1). A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts both groups of pins back to their default state. Caution – If the JTAG pins are used as GPIOs in a design, PB7 and PC2 cannot have external pull-down resistors connected to both of them at the same time. If both pins are pulled Low during reset, the controller has unpredictable behavior. If this happens, remove one or both of the pull-down resistors, and apply RST or power-cycle the part. In addition, it is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. This may lock the debugger out of the part. This can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on an external or software trigger. GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x420 Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 AFSEL RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 172 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 7:0 Name AFSEL Type R/W Reset - Description GPIO Alternate Function Select 0: Software control of corresponding GPIO line (GPIO mode). 1: Hardware control of corresponding GPIO line (alternate hardware function). Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of these registers for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 173 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 The GPIODR2R register is the 2-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing a DRV2 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x500 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DRV2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Output Pad 2-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR4[n] or GPIODR8[n]clears the corresponding 2-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 7:0 DRV2 R/W 0xFF 174 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 The GPIODR4R register is the 4-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV4 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x504 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DRV4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Output Pad 4-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR8[n]clears the corresponding 4-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 7:0 DRV4 R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 175 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 The GPIODR8R register is the 8-mA drive control register. It allows for each GPIO signal in the port to be individually configured without affecting the other pads. When writing the DRV8 bit for a GPIO signal, the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and the DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register are automatically cleared by hardware. GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x508 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DRV8 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Output Pad 8-mA Drive Enable A write of 1 to either GPIODR2[n] or GPIODR4[n]clears the corresponding 8-mA enable bit. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 7:0 DRV8 R/W 0x00 176 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C The GPIOODR register is the open drain control register. Setting a bit in this register enables the open drain configuration of the corresponding GPIO pad. When open drain mode is enabled, the corresponding bit should also be set in the GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN) register (see page 181). Corresponding bits in the drive strength registers (GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, and GPIOSLR ) can be set to achieve the desired rise and fall times. The GPIO acts as an open drain input if the corresponding bit in the GPIODIR register is set to 0; and as an open drain output when set to 1. When using the I C module, the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register bit for PB2 and PB3 should be set to 1 (see examples in “Initialization and Configuration” on page 159). GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x50C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 ODE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Output Pad Open Drain Enable 0: Open drain configuration is disabled. 1: Open drain configuration is enabled. 7:0 ODE R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 177 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 The GPIOPUR register is the pull-up control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak pull-up resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPUR automatically clears the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 179). GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x510 Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PUE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Pad Weak Pull-Up Enable A write of 1 to GPIOPDR[n]clears the corresponding GPIOPUR[n]enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of these registers for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. 7:0 PUE R/W - 178 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 The GPIOPDR register is the pull-down control register. When a bit is set to 1, it enables a weak pull-down resistor on the corresponding GPIO signal. Setting a bit in GPIOPDR automatically clears the corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 178). GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x514 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PDE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Pad Weak Pull-Down Enable A write of 1 to GPIOPUR[n]clears the corresponding GPIOPDR[n]enables. The change is effective on the second clock cycle after the write. 7:0 PDE R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 179 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 The GPIOSLR register is the slew rate control register. Slew rate control is only available when using the 8-mA drive strength option via the GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) register (see page 176). GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x518 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 SRL RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Slew Rate Limit Enable (8-mA drive only) 0: Slew rate control disabled. 1: Slew rate control enabled. 7:0 SRL R/W 0 180 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 18: GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C The GPIODEN register is the digital enable register. By default, with the exception of the GPIO signals used for JTAG/SWD function, all other GPIO signals are configured out of reset to be undriven (tristate). Their digital function is disabled; they do not drive a logic value on the pin and they do not allow the pin voltage into the GPIO receiver. To use the pin in a digital function (either GPIO or alternate function), the corresponding GPIODEN bit must be set. GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x51C Type R/W, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DEN RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Digital Enable 0: Digital functions disabled. 1: Digital functions enabled. Note: The default reset value for the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, and GPIODEN registers are 0x0000.0000 for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins default to JTAG/SWD functionality. Because of this, the default reset value of these registers for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.0080 while the default reset value for Port C is 0x0000.000F. 7:0 DEN R/W - June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 181 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 19: GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520 The GPIOLOCK register enables write access to the GPIOCR register (see page 183). Writing 0x1ACCE551 to the GPIOLOCK register will unlock the GPIOCR register. Writing any other value to the GPIOLOCK register re-enables the locked state. Reading the GPIOLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit value that was previously written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, or locked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000001. When write accesses are enabled, or unlocked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000000. GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x520 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 LOCK Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 LOCK Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name LOCK Type R/W Reset Description 0x00000001 GPIO Lock A write of the value 0x1ACCE551 unlocks the GPIO Commit register for write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock, preventing any register updates. A read of this register returns the following values: locked: 0x00000001 unlocked: 0x00000000 182 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 20: GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524 The GPIOCR register is the commit register. The value of the GPIOCR register determines which bits of the GPIOAFSEL register will be committed when a write to the GPIOAFSEL register is performed. If a bit in the GPIOCR register is a zero, the data being written to the corresponding bit in the GPIOAFSEL register will not be committed and will retain its previous value. If a bit in the GPIOCR register is a one, the data being written to the corresponding bit of the GPIOAFSEL register will be committed to the register and will reflect the new value. The contents of the GPIOCR register can only be modified if the GPIOLOCK register is unlocked. Writes to the GPIOCR register will be ignored if the GPIOLOCK register is locked. Important: This register is designed to prevent accidental programming of the GPIOAFSEL registers that control connectivity to the JTAG/SWD debug hardware. By initializing the bits of the GPIOCR register to 0 for PB7 and PC[3:0], the JTAG/SWD debug port can only be converted to GPIOs through a deliberate set of writes to the GPIOLOCK, GPIOCR, and GPIOAFSEL registers. Because this protection is currently only implemented on the JTAG/SWD pins on PB7 and PC[3:0], all of the other bits in the GPIOCR registers cannot be written with 0x0. These bits are hardwired to 0x1, ensuring that it is always possible to commit new values to the GPIOAFSEL register bits of these other pins. GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0x524 Type -, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 183 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Bit/Field 7:0 Name CR Type - Reset - Description GPIO Commit On a bit-wise basis, any bit set allows the corresponding GPIOAFSEL bit to be set to its alternate function. Note: The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are currently the only GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR register. Because of this, the register type for GPIO Port B7 and GPIO Port C[3:0] is R/W. The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is 0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the five JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To ensure that the JTAG port is not accidentally programmed as a GPIO, these five pins default to non-commitable. Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOCR for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.007F while the default reset value of GPIOCR for Port C is 0x0000.00F0. 184 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 21: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 185 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 22: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8] 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 186 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 187 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24] 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 188 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0061 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x61 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 189 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1(GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 190 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 27: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 191 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 28: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register, used by software to identify the peripheral. GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 192 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 29: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 193 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 30: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 194 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 31: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 195 General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Register 32: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard cross-peripheral identification system. GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3) GPIO Port A base: 0x4000.4000 GPIO Port B base: 0x4000.5000 GPIO Port C base: 0x4000.6000 GPIO Port D base: 0x4000.7000 GPIO Port E base: 0x4002.4000 GPIO Port F base: 0x4002.5000 GPIO Port G base: 0x4002.6000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPIO PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 196 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 10 General-Purpose Timers GPTM Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins. The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks (Timer0, Timer1, Timer 2, and Timer 3). Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timer/counters (referred to as TimerA and TimerB) that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). Note: Timer2 is an internal timer and can only be used to generate internal interrupts. ® ® The General-Purpose Timer Module is one timing resource available on the Stellaris microcontrollers. Other timer resources include the System Timer (SysTick) (see “System Timer (SysTick)” on page 38) and the PWM timer in the PWM module (see “PWM Timer” on page 420). The following modes are supported: ■ 32-bit Timer modes – Programmable one-shot timer – Programmable periodic timer – Real-Time Clock using 32.768-KHz input clock – Software-controlled event stalling (excluding RTC mode) ■ 16-bit Timer modes – General-purpose timer function with an 8-bit prescaler (for one-shot and periodic modes only) – Programmable one-shot timer – Programmable periodic timer – Software-controlled event stalling ■ 16-bit Input Capture modes – Input edge count capture – Input edge time capture ■ 16-bit PWM mode – Simple PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 197 General-Purpose Timers 10.1 Block Diagram Figure 10-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram 0x0000 (Down Counter Modes) TimerA Control GPTMTAPMR GPTMTAPR GPTMTAMATCHR Interrupt / Config TimerA Interrupt GPTMCFG GPTMCTL GPTMIMR TimerB Interrupt GPTMRIS GPTMMIS GPTMICR GPTMTBPMR GPTMTBPR GPTMTBMATCHR GPTMTBILR GPTMTBMR TB Comparator TimerB Control GPTMTBR En Clock / Edge Detect CCP (odd) RTC Divider GPTMTAILR GPTMTAMR GPTMAR En Clock / Edge Detect TA Comparator CCP (even) 0x0000 (Down Counter Modes) System Clock 10.2 Functional Description The main components of each GPTM block are two free-running 16-bit up/down counters (referred to as TimerA and TimerB), two 16-bit match registers, two prescaler match registers, and two 16-bit load/initialization registers and their associated control functions. The exact functionality of each GPTM is controlled by software and configured through the register interface. Software configures the GPTM using the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 209), the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 210), and the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register (see page 211). When in one of the 32-bit modes, the timer can only act as a 32-bit timer. However, when configured in 16-bit mode, the GPTM can have its two 16-bit timers configured in any combination of the 16-bit modes. 10.2.1 GPTM Reset Conditions After reset has been applied to the GPTM module, the module is in an inactive state, and all control registers are cleared and in their default states. Counters TimerA and TimerB are initialized to 0xFFFF, along with their corresponding load registers: the GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register (see page 220) and the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register (see page 221). The prescale counters are initialized to 0x00: the GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR) register (see page 224) and the GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR) register (see page 225). 10.2.2 32-Bit Timer Operating Modes Note: Both the odd- and even-numbered CCP pins are used for 16-bit mode. Only the even-numbered CCP pins are used for 32-bit mode. 198 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller This section describes the three GPTM 32-bit timer modes (One-Shot, Periodic, and RTC) and their configuration. The GPTM is placed into 32-bit mode by writing a 0 (One-Shot/Periodic 32-bit timer mode) or a 1 (RTC mode) to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register. In both configurations, certain GPTM registers are concatenated to form pseudo 32-bit registers. These registers include: ■ GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register [15:0], see page 220 ■ GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register [15:0], see page 221 ■ GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) register [15:0], see page 228 ■ GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) register [15:0], see page 229 In the 32-bit modes, the GPTM translates a 32-bit write access to GPTMTAILR into a write access to both GPTMTAILR and GPTMTBILR. The resulting word ordering for such a write operation is: GPTMTBILR[15:0]:GPTMTAILR[15:0] Likewise, a read access to GPTMTAR returns the value: GPTMTBR[15:0]:GPTMTAR[15:0] 10.2.2.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode In 32-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers are configured as a 32-bit down-counter. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TAMR field of the GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 210), and there is no need to write to the GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) register. When software writes the TAEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register (see page 212), the timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000.0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from the concatenated GPTMTAILR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting. In addition to reloading the count value, the GPTM generates interrupts and output triggers when it reaches the 0x0000000 state. The GPTM sets the TATORIS bit in the GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS) register (see page 216), and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register (see page 218). If the time-out interrupt is enabled in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTIMR) register (see page 214), the GPTM also sets the TATOMIS bit in the GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS) register (see page 217). The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the 0x0000.0000 state, and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TAOTE bit in GPTMCTL. If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value. If the TASTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is asserted, the timer freezes counting until the signal is deasserted. 10.2.2.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock Timer Mode In Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode, the concatenated versions of the TimerA and TimerB registers are configured as a 32-bit up-counter. When RTC mode is selected for the first time, the counter is June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 199 General-Purpose Timers loaded with a value of 0x0000.0001. All subsequent load values must be written to the GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) register (see page 222) by the controller. The input clock on the CCP0, CCP2 or CCP4 pins is required to be 32.768 KHz in RTC mode. The clock signal is then divided down to a 1 Hz rate and is passed along to the input of the 32-bit counter. When software writes the TAEN bit inthe GPTMCTL register, the counter starts counting up from its preloaded value of 0x0000.0001. When the current count value matches the preloaded value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, it rolls over to a value of 0x0000.0000 and continues counting until either a hardware reset, or it is disabled by software (clearing the TAEN bit). When a match occurs, the GPTM asserts the RTCRIS bit in GPTMRIS. If the RTC interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM also sets the RTCMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. The status flags are cleared by writing the RTCCINT bit in GPTMICR. If the TASTALL and/or TBSTALL bits in the GPTMCTL register are set, the timer does not freeze if the RTCEN bit is set in GPTMCTL. 10.2.3 16-Bit Timer Operating Modes The GPTM is placed into global 16-bit mode by writing a value of 0x4 to the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 209). This section describes each of the GPTM 16-bit modes of operation. TimerA and TimerB have identical modes, so a single description is given using an n to reference both. 10.2.3.1 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode In 16-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the timer is configured as a 16-bit down-counter with an optional 8-bit prescaler that effectively extends the counting range of the timer to 24 bits. The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TnMR field of the GPTMTnMR register. The optional prescaler is loaded into the GPTM Timern Prescale (GPTMTnPR) register. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer begins counting down from its preloaded value. Once the 0x0000 state is reached, the timer reloads its start value from GPTMTnILR and GPTMTnPR on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops counting and clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it continues counting. In addition to reloading the count value, the timer generates interrupts and output triggers when it reaches the 0x0000 state. The GPTM sets the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register, and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTMICR register. If the time-out interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM also sets the TnTOMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. The output trigger is a one-clock-cycle pulse that is asserted when the counter hits the 0x0000 state, and deasserted on the following clock cycle. It is enabled by setting the TnOTE bit in the GPTMCTL register, and can trigger SoC-level events. If software reloads the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is running, the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value. If the TnSTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is enabled, the timer freezes counting until the signal is deasserted. The following example shows a variety of configurations for a 16-bit free running timer while using the prescaler. All values assume a 50-MHz clock with Tc=20 ns (clock period). 200 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Table 10-1. 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations Prescale #Clock (T c) Max Time Units 00000000 00000001 00000010 -----------11111100 11111110 11111111 1 2 3 -254 255 256 1.3107 2.6214 23.9321 -332.9229 334.2336 335.5443 mS mS mS -mS mS mS a a. Tc is the clock period. 10.2.3.2 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode In Edge Count mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter capable of capturing three types of events: rising edge, falling edge, or both. To place the timer in Edge Count mode, the TnCMR bit of the GPTMTnMR register must be set to 0. The type of edge that the timer counts is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCTL register. During initialization, the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register is configured so that the difference between the value in the GPTMTnILR register and the GPTMTnMATCHR register equals the number of edge events that must be counted. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register, the timer is enabled for event capture. Each input event on the CCP pin decrements the counter by 1 until the event count matches GPTMTnMATCHR. When the counts match, the GPTM asserts the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register (and the CnMMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). The counter is then reloaded using the value in GPTMTnILR, and stopped since the GPTM automatically clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. Once the event count has been reached, all further events are ignored until TnEN is re-enabled by software. Figure 10-2 on page 202 shows how input edge count mode works. In this case, the timer start value is set to GPTMnILR =0x000A and the match value is set to GPTMnMATCHR =0x0006 so that four edge events are counted. The counter is configured to detect both edges of the input signal. Note that the last two edges are not counted since the timer automatically clears the TnEN bit after the current count matches the value in the GPTMnMR register. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 201 General-Purpose Timers Figure 10-2. 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode Example Timer reload on next cycle Ignored Ignored Count 0x000A 0x0009 0x0008 0x0007 0x0006 Timer stops, flags asserted Input Signal 10.2.3.3 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Note: The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit Input Edge Time mode. In Edge Time mode, the timer is configured as a free-running down-counter initialized to the value loaded in the GPTMTnILR register (or 0xFFFF at reset). This mode allows for event capture of both rising and falling edges. The timer is placed into Edge Time mode by setting the TnCMR bit in the GPTMTnMR register, and the type of event that the timer captures is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCnTL register. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer is enabled for event capture. When the selected input event is detected, the current Tn counter value is captured in the GPTMTnR register and is available to be read by the controller. The GPTM then asserts the CnERIS bit (and the CnEMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). After an event has been captured, the timer does not stop counting. It continues to count until the TnEN bit is cleared. When the timer reaches the 0x0000 state, it is reloaded with the value from the GPTMnILR register. Figure 10-3 on page 203 shows how input edge timing mode works. In the diagram, it is assumed that the start value of the timer is the default value of 0xFFFF, and the timer is configured to capture rising edge events. Each time a rising edge event is detected, the current count value is loaded into the GPTMTnR register, and is held there until another rising edge is detected (at which point the new count value is loaded into GPTMTnR). 202 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 10-3. 16-Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example Count 0xFFFF GPTMTnR=X GPTMTnR=Y GPTMTnR=Z Z X Y Time Input Signal 10.2.3.4 16-Bit PWM Mode The GPTM supports a simple PWM generation mode. In PWM mode, the timer is configured as a down-counter with a start value (and thus period) defined by GPTMTnILR. PWM mode is enabled with the GPTMTnMR register by setting the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to 0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2. When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter begins counting down until it reaches the 0x0000 state. On the next counter cycle, the counter reloads its start value from GPTMTnILR (and GPTMTnPR if using a prescaler) and continues counting until disabled by software clearing the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. No interrupts or status bits are asserted in PWM mode. The output PWM signal asserts when the counter is at the value of the GPTMTnILR register (its start state), and is deasserted when the counter value equals the value in the GPTM Timern Match Register (GPTMnMATCHR). Software has the capability of inverting the output PWM signal by setting the TnPWML bit in the GPTMCTL register. Figure 10-4 on page 204 shows how to generate an output PWM with a 1-ms period and a 66% duty cycle assuming a 50-MHz input clock and TnPWML =0 (duty cycle would be 33% for the TnPWML =1 configuration). For this example, the start value is GPTMnIRL=0xC350 and the match value is GPTMnMR=0x411A. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 203 General-Purpose Timers Figure 10-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example Count 0xC350 GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR 0x411A Time TnEN set TnPWML = 0 Output Signal TnPWML = 1 10.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the general-purpose timers, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the TIMER0, TIMER1, TIMER2, and TIMER3 bits in the RCGC1 register. This section shows module initialization and configuration examples for each of the supported timer modes. 10.3.1 32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode The GPTM is configured for 32-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0. 3. Set the TAMR field in the GPTM TimerA Mode Register (GPTMTAMR): a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode. b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode. 4. Load the start value into the GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register (GPTMTAILR). 5. If interrupts are required, set the TATOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting. 204 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 7. Poll the TATORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR). In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after 7 on page 205. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out. 10.3.2 32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode To use the RTC mode, the timer must have a 32.768-KHz input signal on its CCP0, CCP2 or CCP4 pins. To enable the RTC feature, follow these steps: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x1. 3. Write the desired match value to the GPTM TimerA Match Register (GPTMTAMATCHR). 4. Set/clear the RTCEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) as desired. 5. If interrupts are required, set the RTCIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting. When the timer count equals the value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the counter is re-loaded with 0x0000.0000 and begins counting. If an interrupt is enabled, it does not have to be cleared. 10.3.3 16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode A timer is configured for 16-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x4. 3. Set the TnMR field in the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register: a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode. b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode. 4. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timern Prescale Register (GPTMTnPR). 5. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer Interval Load Register (GPTMTnILR). 6. If interrupts are required, set the TnTOIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR). 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) to enable the timer and start counting. 8. Poll the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the TnTOCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear Register (GPTMICR). June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 205 General-Purpose Timers In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after 8 on page 205. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode does not stop counting after it times out. 10.3.4 16-Bit Input Edge Count Mode A timer is configured to Input Edge Count mode by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x0 and the TnMR field to 0x3. 4. Configure the type of event(s) that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. Load the desired event count into the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register. 7. If interrupts are required, set the CnMIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register. 8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and begin waiting for edge events. 9. Poll the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnMCINT bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. In Input Edge Count Mode, the timer stops after the desired number of edge events has been detected. To re-enable the timer, ensure that the TnEN bit is cleared and repeat steps 4 on page 206-9 on page 206. 10.3.5 16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode A timer is configured to Input Edge Timing mode by the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x1 and the TnMR field to 0x3. 4. Configure the type of event that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. If interrupts are required, set the CnEIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register. 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and start counting. 8. Poll the CnERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnECINT bit of the GPTM 206 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. The time at which the event happened can be obtained by reading the GPTM Timern (GPTMTnR) register. In Input Edge Timing mode, the timer continues running after an edge event has been detected, but the timer interval can be changed at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register. The change takes effect at the next cycle after the write. 10.3.6 16-Bit PWM Mode A timer is configured to PWM mode using the following sequence: 1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes. 2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x4. 3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, set the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to 0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2. 4. Configure the output state of the PWM signal (whether or not it is inverted) in the TnEVENT field of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register. 5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timern Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register. 6. Load the GPTM Timern Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register with the desired value. 7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and begin generation of the output PWM signal. In PWM Timing mode, the timer continues running after the PWM signal has been generated. The PWM period can be adjusted at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register, and the change takes effect at the next cycle after the write. 10.4 Register Map Table 10-2 on page 207 lists the GPTM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to that timer ’s base address: ■ Timer0: 0x4003.0000 0x4003.0000 ■ Timer1: 0x4003.1000 0x4003.1000 ■ Timer2: 0x4003.2000 0x4003.2000 ■ Timer3: 0x4003.3000 0x4003.3000 Table 10-2. Timers Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C Name GPTMCFG GPTMTAMR GPTMTBMR GPTMCTL Type R/W R/W R/W R/W Reset 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 Description GPTM Configuration GPTM TimerA Mode GPTM TimerB Mode GPTM Control See page 209 210 211 212 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 207 General-Purpose Timers Offset 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0x024 Name GPTMIMR GPTMRIS GPTMMIS GPTMICR Type R/W RO RO W1C Reset 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0x0000.0000 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 0x0000.FFFF 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 0x0000.FFFF 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 0x0000.FFFF Description GPTM Interrupt Mask GPTM Raw Interrupt Status GPTM Masked Interrupt Status GPTM Interrupt Clear See page 214 216 217 218 0x028 GPTMTAILR R/W GPTM TimerA Interval Load 220 0x02C GPTMTBILR R/W GPTM TimerB Interval Load 221 0x030 GPTMTAMATCHR R/W GPTM TimerA Match 222 0x034 0x038 0x03C 0x040 0x044 GPTMTBMATCHR GPTMTAPR GPTMTBPR GPTMTAPMR GPTMTBPMR R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W GPTM TimerB Match GPTM TimerA Prescale GPTM TimerB Prescale GPTM TimerA Prescale Match GPTM TimerB Prescale Match 223 224 225 226 227 0x048 GPTMTAR RO GPTM TimerA 228 0x04C GPTMTBR RO GPTM TimerB 229 10.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPTM registers, in numerical order by address offset. 208 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 This register configures the global operation of the GPTM module. The value written to this register determines whether the GPTM is in 32- or 16-bit mode. GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 GPTMCFG R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM Configuration 0x0: 32-bit timer configuration. 0x1: 32-bit real-time clock (RTC) counter configuration. 0x2: Reserved. 0x3: Reserved. 0x4-0x7: 16-bit timer configuration, function is controlled by bits 1:0 of GPTMTAMR and GPTMTBMR. 2:0 GPTMCFG R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 209 General-Purpose Timers Register 2: GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register. When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TAAMS bit to 0x1, the TACMR bit to 0x0, and the TAMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerA Mode (GPTMTAMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 TAAMS R/W 0 RO 0 2 TACMR R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 1 TAMR R/W 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerA Alternate Mode Select 0: Capture mode is enabled. 1: PWM mode is enabled. Note: To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TACMR bit and set the TAMR field to 0x2. 3 TAAMS R/W 0 2 TACMR R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Capture Mode 0: Edge-Count mode. 1: Edge-Time mode. 1:0 TAMR R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Mode 0x0: Reserved. 0x1: One-Shot Timer mode. 0x2: Periodic Timer mode. 0x3: Capture mode. The Timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register (16-or 32-bit). In 16-bit timer configuration, TAMR controls the 16-bit timer modes for TimerA. In 32-bit timer configuration, this register controls the mode and the contents of GPTMTBMR are ignored. 210 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register. When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TBAMS bit to 0x1, the TBCMR bit to 0x0, and the TBMR field to 0x2. GPTM TimerB Mode (GPTMTBMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 TBAMS R/W 0 RO 0 2 TBCMR R/W 0 RO 0 1 TBMR R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Alternate Mode Select 0: Capture mode is enabled. 1: PWM mode is enabled. Note: To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TBCMR bit and set the TBMR field to 0x2. 3 TBAMS R/W 0 2 TBCMR R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Capture Mode 0: Edge-Count mode. 1: Edge-Time mode. 1:0 TBMR R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Mode 0x0: Reserved. 0x1: One-Shot Timer mode. 0x2: Periodic Timer mode. 0x3: Capture mode. The timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0 in the GPTMCFG register. In 16-bit timer configuration, these bits control the 16-bit timer modes for TimerB. In 32-bit timer configuration, this register ’s contents are ignored and GPTMTAMR is used. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 211 General-Purpose Timers Register 4: GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C This register is used alongside the GPTMCFG and GMTMTnMR registers to fine-tune the timer configuration, and to enable other features such as timer stall and the output trigger. GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 reserved RO 0 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 TBSTALL R/W 0 RO 0 8 TBEN R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 TAOTE R/W 0 RO 0 4 RTCEN R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 TASTALL R/W 0 RO 0 0 TAEN R/W 0 reserved TBPWML TBOTE Type Reset RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 TBEVENT R/W 0 R/W 0 reserved TAPWML RO 0 R/W 0 TAEVENT R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:15 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB PWM Output Level 0: Output is unaffected. 1: Output is inverted. 14 TBPWML R/W 0 13 TBOTE R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Output Trigger Enable 0: The output TimerB trigger is disabled. 1: The output TimerB trigger is enabled. 12 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Event Mode 00: Positive edge. 01: Negative edge. 10: Reserved. 11: Both edges. 11:10 TBEVENT R/W 0 9 TBSTALL R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Stall Enable 0: TimerB stalling is disabled. 1: TimerB stalling is enabled. 8 TBEN R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Enable 0: TimerB is disabled. 1: TimerB is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is enabled based on the GPTMCFG register. 212 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerA PWM Output Level 0: Output is unaffected. 1: Output is inverted. 6 TAPWML R/W 0 5 TAOTE R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Output Trigger Enable 0: The output TimerA trigger is disabled. 1: The output TimerA trigger is enabled. 4 RTCEN R/W 0 GPTM RTC Enable 0: RTC counting is disabled. 1: RTC counting is enabled. 3:2 TAEVENT R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Event Mode 00: Positive edge. 01: Negative edge. 10: Reserved. 11: Both edges. 1 TASTALL R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Stall Enable 0: TimerA stalling is disabled. 1: TimerA stalling is enabled. 0 TAEN R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Enable 0: TimerA is disabled. 1: TimerA is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is enabled based on the GPTMCFG register. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 213 General-Purpose Timers Register 5: GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 This register allows software to enable/disable GPTM controller-level interrupts. Writing a 1 enables the interrupt, while writing a 0 disables it. GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x018 Type R/W, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 CBEIM R/W 0 RO 0 9 CBMIM R/W 0 RO 0 8 TBTOIM R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RTCIM R/W 0 RO 0 2 CAEIM R/W 0 RO 0 1 CAMIM R/W 0 RO 0 0 TATOIM R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 10 CBEIM R/W 0 9 CBMIM R/W 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 8 TBTOIM R/W 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 7:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 3 RTCIM R/W 0 2 CAEIM R/W 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 214 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 1 Name CAMIM Type R/W Reset 0 Description GPTM CaptureA Match Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. 0 TATOIM R/W 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Interrupt Mask 0: Interrupt is disabled. 1: Interrupt is enabled. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 215 General-Purpose Timers Register 6: GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C This register shows the state of the GPTM's internal interrupt signal. These bits are set whether or not the interrupt is masked in the GPTMIMR register. Each bit can be cleared by writing a 1 to its corresponding bit in GPTMICR. GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RTCRIS RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CAERIS CAMRIS TATORIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM CaptureB Event Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureB Event interrupt status prior to masking. 10 CBERIS RO 0 9 CBMRIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureB Match interrupt status prior to masking. 8 TBTORIS RO 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Raw Interrupt This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status prior to masking. 7:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Raw Interrupt This is the RTC Event interrupt status prior to masking. 3 RTCRIS RO 0 2 CAERIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA Event interrupt status prior to masking. 1 CAMRIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA Match interrupt status prior to masking. 0 TATORIS RO 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt This the TimerA time-out interrupt status prior to masking. 216 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 This register show the state of the GPTM's controller-level interrupt. If an interrupt is unmasked in GPTMIMR, and there is an event that causes the interrupt to be asserted, the corresponding bit is set in this register. All bits are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in GPTMICR. GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x020 Type RO, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RTCMIS CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM CaptureB Event Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureB event interrupt status after masking. 10 CBEMIS RO 0 9 CBMMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureB match interrupt status after masking. 8 TBTOMIS RO 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Masked Interrupt This is the TimerB time-out interrupt status after masking. 7:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt This is the RTC event interrupt status after masking. 3 RTCMIS RO 0 2 CAEMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureA event interrupt status after masking. 1 CAMMIS RO 0 GPTM CaptureA Match Masked Interrupt This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking. 0 TATOMIS RO 0 GPTM TimerA Time-Out Masked Interrupt This is the TimerA time-out interrupt status after masking. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 217 General-Purpose Timers Register 8: GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 This register is used to clear the status bits in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. Writing a 1 to a bit clears the corresponding bit in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x024 Type W1C, reset 0x0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM CaptureB Event Interrupt Clear 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. 10 CBECINT W1C 0 9 CBMCINT W1C 0 GPTM CaptureB Match Interrupt Clear 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. 8 TBTOCINT W1C 0 GPTM TimerB Time-Out Interrupt Clear 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. 7:4 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM RTC Interrupt Clear 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. 3 RTCCINT W1C 0 2 CAECINT W1C 0 GPTM CaptureA Event Interrupt Clear 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. 1 CAMCINT W1C 0 GPTM CaptureA Match Raw Interrupt This is the CaptureA match interrupt status after masking. 218 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 0 Name TATOCINT Type W1C Reset 0 Description GPTM TimerA Time-Out Raw Interrupt 0: The interrupt is unaffected. 1: The interrupt is cleared. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 219 General-Purpose Timers Register 9: GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 This register is used to load the starting count value into the timer. When GPTM is configured to one of the 32-bit modes, GPTMTAILR appears as a 32-bit register (the upper 16-bits correspond to the contents of the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register). In 16-bit mode, the upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s and have no effect on the state of GPTMTBILR. GPTM TimerA Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x028 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 TAILRH Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 TAILRL Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:16 Name TAILRH Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register High (32-bit mode) 0x0000 (16-bit When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register, the GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register loads this value on a mode) write. A read returns the current value of GPTMTBILR. In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the state of GPTMTBILR. 15:0 TAILRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Interval Load Register Low For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the counter for TimerA. A read returns the current value of GPTMTAILR. 220 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 10: GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C This register is used to load the starting count value into TimerB. When the GPTM is configured to a 32-bit mode, GPTMTBILR returns the current value of TimerB and ignores writes. GPTM TimerB Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x02C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 TBILRL Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Interval Load Register When the GPTM is not configured as a 32-bit timer, a write to this field updates GPTMTBILR. In 32-bit mode, writes are ignored, and reads return the current value of GPTMTBILR. 15:0 TBILRL R/W 0xFFFF June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 221 General-Purpose Timers Register 11: GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes. GPTM TimerA Match (GPTMTAMATCHR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 TAMRH Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 TAMRL Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:16 Name TAMRH Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Match Register High (32-bit mode) 0x0000 (16-bit When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the upper half of mode) GPTMTAR, to determine match events. In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the state of GPTMTBMATCHR. 15:0 TAMRL R/W 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Match Register Low When configured for 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode via the GPTMCFG register, this value is compared to the lower half of GPTMTAR, to determine match events. When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal. When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR minus this value. 222 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 12: GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 This register is used in 32-bit Real-Time Clock mode and 16-bit PWM and Input Edge Count modes. GPTM TimerB Match (GPTMTBMATCHR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 TBMRL Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Match Register Low When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR, determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal. When configured for Edge Count mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTBILR minus this value. 15:0 TBMRL R/W 0xFFFF June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 223 General-Purpose Timers Register 13: GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerA Prescale (GPTMTAPR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x038 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 TAPSR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerA Prescale The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value of the register. Refer to Table 10-1 on page 201 for more details and an example. 7:0 TAPSR R/W 0 224 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 14: GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers when operating in one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerB Prescale (GPTMTBPR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x03C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 TBPSR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Prescale The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value of this register. Refer to Table 10-1 on page 201 for more details and an example. 7:0 TBPSR R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 225 General-Purpose Timers Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTAMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x040 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 TAPSMR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerA Prescale Match This value is used alongside GPTMTAMATCHR to detect timer match events while using a prescaler. 7:0 TAPSMR R/W 0 226 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTBMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit one-shot or periodic mode. GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x044 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 TBPSMR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB Prescale Match This value is used alongside GPTMTBMATCHR to detect timer match events while using a prescaler. 7:0 TBPSMR R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 227 General-Purpose Timers Register 17: GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 This register shows the current value of the TimerA counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place. GPTM TimerA (GPTMTAR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x048 Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF (16-bit mode) and 0xFFFF.FFFF (32-bit mode) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 TARH Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 1 14 RO 1 13 RO 0 12 RO 1 11 RO 0 10 RO 1 9 RO 1 8 TARL Type Reset RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 7 RO 1 6 RO 0 5 RO 1 4 RO 1 3 RO 1 2 RO 1 1 RO 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:16 Name TARH Type RO Reset Description 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Register High (32-bit mode) 0x0000 (16-bit If the GPTMCFG is in a 32-bit mode, TimerB value is read. If the GPTMCFG is in a 16-bit mode, this is read as zero. mode) 0xFFFF GPTM TimerA Register Low A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerA Count Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from the last edge event. 15:0 TARL RO 228 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 18: GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C This register shows the current value of the TimerB counter in all cases except for Input Edge Count mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place. GPTM TimerB (GPTMTBR) Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000 Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000 Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000 Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000 Offset 0x04C Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 TBRL Type Reset RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. GPTM TimerB A read returns the current value of the GPTM TimerB Count Register, except in Input Edge Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from the last edge event. 15:0 TBRL RO 0xFFFF June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 229 Watchdog Timer 11 Watchdog Timer WDT A watchdog timer can generate nonmaskable interrupts (NMIs) or a reset when a time-out value is reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software error or due to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. The Stellaris Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load register, interrupt generation logic, a locking register, and user-enabled stalling. The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered. ® 11.1 Block Diagram Figure 11-1. WDT Module Block Diagram Control / Clock / Interrupt Generation WDTCTL WDTICR Interrupt WDTRIS WDTMIS WDTLOCK System Clock WDTTEST Comparator WDTVALUE 32-Bit Down Counter 0x00000000 WDTLOAD Identification Registers WDTPCellID0 WDTPCellID1 WDTPCellID2 WDTPCellID3 WDTPeriphID0 WDTPeriphID1 WDTPeriphID2 WDTPeriphID3 WDTPeriphID4 WDTPeriphID5 WDTPeriphID6 WDTPeriphID7 11.2 Functional Description The Watchdog Timer module consists of a 32-bit down counter, a programmable load register, interrupt generation logic, and a locking register. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured, 230 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller the Watchdog Timer Lock (WDTLOCK) register is written, which prevents the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered by software. The Watchdog Timer module generates the first time-out signal when the 32-bit counter reaches the zero state after being enabled; enabling the counter also enables the watchdog timer interrupt. After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is re-loaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal has been enabled (via the WatchdogResetEnable function), the Watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the system. If the interrupt is cleared before the 32-bit counter reaches its second time-out, the 32-bit counter is loaded with the value in the WDTLOAD register, and counting resumes from that value. If WDTLOAD is written with a new value while the Watchdog Timer counter is counting, then the counter is loaded with the new value and continues counting. Writing to WDTLOAD does not clear an active interrupt. An interrupt must be specifically cleared by writing to the Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) register. The Watchdog module interrupt and reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required. When the interrupt is re-enabled, the 32-bit counter is preloaded with the load register value and not its last state. 11.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the WDT, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the WDT bit in the RCGC0 register. The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence: 1. Load the WDTLOAD register with the desired timer load value. 2. If the Watchdog is configured to trigger system resets, set the RESEN bit in the WDTCTL register. 3. Set the INTEN bit in the WDTCTL register to enable the Watchdog and lock the control register. If software requires that all of the watchdog registers are locked, the Watchdog Timer module can be fully locked by writing any value to the WDTLOCK register. To unlock the Watchdog Timer, write a value of 0x1ACCE551. 11.4 Register Map Table 11-1 on page 231 lists the Watchdog registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to the Watchdog Timer base address of 0x4000.0000. Table 11-1. Watchdog Timer Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 Name WDTLOAD WDTVALUE WDTCTL WDTICR WDTRIS Type R/W RO R/W WO RO Reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 0xFFFF.FFFF 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description Watchdog Load Watchdog Value Watchdog Control Watchdog Interrupt Clear Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status See page 233 234 235 236 237 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 231 Watchdog Timer Offset 0x014 0x418 0xC00 0xFD0 0xFD4 0xFD8 0xFDC 0xFE0 0xFE4 0xFE8 0xFEC 0xFF0 0xFF4 0xFF8 0xFFC Name WDTMIS WDTTEST WDTLOCK WDTPeriphID4 WDTPeriphID5 WDTPeriphID6 WDTPeriphID7 WDTPeriphID0 WDTPeriphID1 WDTPeriphID2 WDTPeriphID3 WDTPCellID0 WDTPCellID1 WDTPCellID2 WDTPCellID3 Type RO R/W R/W RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0005 0x0000.0018 0x0000.0018 0x0000.0001 0x0000.000D 0x0000.00F0 0x0000.0005 0x0000.00B1 Description Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status Watchdog Test Watchdog Lock Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 See page 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 11.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the WDT registers, in numerical order by address offset. 232 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 This register is the 32-bit interval value used by the 32-bit counter. When this register is written, the value is immediately loaded and the counter restarts counting down from the new value. If the WDTLOAD register is loaded with 0x0000.0000, an interrupt is immediately generated. Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WDTLoad Type Reset R/W 1 15 R/W 1 14 R/W 1 13 R/W 1 12 R/W 1 11 R/W 1 10 R/W 1 9 R/W 1 8 R/W 1 7 R/W 1 6 R/W 1 5 R/W 1 4 R/W 1 3 R/W 1 2 R/W 1 1 R/W 1 0 WDTLoad Type Reset R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name WDTLoad Type R/W Reset Description 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Load Value June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 233 Watchdog Timer Register 2: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 This register contains the current count value of the timer. Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WDTValue Type Reset RO 1 15 RO 1 14 RO 1 13 RO 1 12 RO 1 11 RO 1 10 RO 1 9 RO 1 8 RO 1 7 RO 1 6 RO 1 5 RO 1 4 RO 1 3 RO 1 2 RO 1 1 RO 1 0 WDTValue Type Reset RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:0 Name WDTValue Type RO Reset Description 0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Value Current value of the 32-bit down counter. 234 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 This register is the watchdog control register. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate a reset signal (on second time-out) or an interrupt on time-out. When the watchdog interrupt has been enabled, all subsequent writes to the control register are ignored. The only mechanism that can re-enable writes is a hardware reset. Watchdog Control (WDTCTL) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RESEN R/W 0 RO 0 0 INTEN R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Reset Enable 0: Disabled. 1: Enable the Watchdog module reset output. 1 RESEN R/W 0 0 INTEN R/W 0 Watchdog Interrupt Enable 0: Interrupt event disabled (once this bit is set, it can only be cleared by a hardware reset). 1: Interrupt event enabled. Once enabled, all writes are ignored. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 235 Watchdog Timer Register 4: Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C This register is the interrupt clear register. A write of any value to this register clears the Watchdog interrupt and reloads the 32-bit counter from the WDTLOAD register. Value for a read or reset is indeterminate. Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x00C Type WO, reset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WDTIntClr Type Reset WO 15 WO 14 WO 13 WO 12 WO 11 WO 10 WO 9 WO 8 WO 7 WO 6 WO 5 WO 4 WO 3 WO 2 WO 1 WO 0 WDTIntClr Type Reset WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO WO - Bit/Field 31:0 Name WDTIntClr Type WO Reset - Description Watchdog Interrupt Clear 236 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 This register is the raw interrupt status register. Watchdog interrupt events can be monitored via this register if the controller interrupt is masked. Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 WDTRIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of WDTINTR. 0 WDTRIS RO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 237 Watchdog Timer Register 6: Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 This register is the masked interrupt status register. The value of this register is the logical AND of the raw interrupt bit and the Watchdog interrupt enable bit. Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 WDTMIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state (after masking) of the WDTINTR interrupt. 0 WDTMIS RO 0 238 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 This register provides user-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU halt flag during debug. Watchdog Test (WDTTEST) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0x418 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 STALL R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:9 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Stall Enable When set to 1, if the Stellaris microcontroller is stopped with a debugger, the watchdog timer stops counting. Once the microcontroller is restarted, the watchdog timer resumes counting. ® 8 STALL R/W 0 7:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 239 Watchdog Timer Register 8: Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 Writing 0x1ACCE551 to the WDTLOCK register enables write access to all other registers. Writing any other value to the WDTLOCK register re-enables the locked state for register writes to all the other registers. Reading the WDTLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit value written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, reading the WDTLOCK register returns 0x0000.0001 (when locked; otherwise, the returned value is 0x0000.0000 (unlocked)). Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xC00 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WDTLock Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 WDTLock Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:0 Name WDTLock Type R/W Reset 0x0000 Description Watchdog Lock A write of the value 0x1ACCE551 unlocks the watchdog registers for write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock, preventing any register updates. A read of this register returns the following values: Locked: 0x0000.0001 Unlocked: 0x0000.0000 240 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. WDT Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 241 Watchdog Timer Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. WDT Peripheral ID Register[15:8] 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 242 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. WDT Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 243 Watchdog Timer Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. WDT Peripheral ID Register[31:24] 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 244 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 7:0 PID0 RO 0x05 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 245 Watchdog Timer Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[15:8] 7:0 PID1 RO 0x18 246 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 247 Watchdog Timer Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog Peripheral ID Register[31:24] 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 248 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 249 Watchdog Timer Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 250 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 251 Watchdog Timer Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3) Base 0x4000.0000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 252 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 12 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) UART The Stellaris Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) provides fully programmable, 16C550-type serial interface characteristics. The LM3S6950 controller is equipped with three UART modules. Each UART has the following features: ■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs ■ Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional double-buffered interface ■ FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8 ■ Programmable baud-rate generator allowing rates up to 460.8 Kbps ■ Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop and parity ■ False start bit detection ■ Line-break generation and detection ■ Fully programmable serial interface characteristics: – 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits – Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection – 1 or 2 stop bit generation ■ IrDA serial-IR (SIR) encoder/decoder providing: – Programmable use of IrDA Serial InfraRed (SIR) or UART input/output – Support of IrDA SIR encoder/decoder functions for data rates up to 115.2 Kbps half-duplex – Support of normal 3/16 and low-power (1.41-2.23 μs) bit durations – Programmable internal clock generator enabling division of reference clock by 1 to 256 for low-power mode bit duration ® June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 253 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) 12.1 Block Diagram Figure 12-1. UART Module Block Diagram System Clock Interrupt Interrupt Control UARTIFLS UARTIM UARTMIS TXFIFO 16x8 . . . Transmitter Baud Rate Generator UARTIBRD UARTFBRD Receiver UnRx UnTx Identification Registers UARTPCellID0 UARTPCellID1 UARTPCellID2 UARTPCellID3 UARTPeriphID0 UARTPeriphID1 UARTPeriphID2 UARTPeriphID3 UART PeriphID4 UARTRIS UARTICR UARTDR Control / Status UARTRSR/ECR RXFIFO 16x8 UARTPeriphID5 UARTFR UARTPeriphID6 UARTLCRH UARTPeriphID7 UARTCTL UARTILPR . . . 12.2 Functional Description Each Stellaris UART performs the functions of parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel conversions. It is similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART, but is not register compatible. The UART is configured for transmit and/or receive via the TXE and RXE bits of the UART Control (UARTCTL) register (see page 272). Transmit and receive are both enabled out of reset. Before any control registers are programmed, the UART must be disabled by clearing the UARTEN bit in UARTCTL. If the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. The UART peripheral also includes a serial IR (SIR) encoder/decoder block that can be connected to an infrared transceiver to implement an IrDA SIR physical layer. The SIR function is programmed using the UARTCTL register. ® 12.2.1 Transmit/Receive Logic The transmit logic performs parallel-to-serial conversion on the data read from the transmit FIFO. The control logic outputs the serial bit stream beginning with a start bit, and followed by the data 254 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller bits (LSB first), parity bit, and the stop bits according to the programmed configuration in the control registers. See Figure 12-2 on page 255 for details. The receive logic performs serial-to-parallel conversion on the received bit stream after a valid start pulse has been detected. Overrun, parity, frame error checking, and line-break detection are also performed, and their status accompanies the data that is written to the receive FIFO. Figure 12-2. UART Character Frame UnTX 1 0 n Star t LSB 5-8 data bits Parity bit if enabled MSB 1-2 stop bits 12.2.2 Baud-Rate Generation The baud-rate divisor is a 22-bit number consisting of a 16-bit integer and a 6-bit fractional part. The number formed by these two values is used by the baud-rate generator to determine the bit period. Having a fractional baud-rate divider allows the UART to generate all the standard baud rates. The 16-bit integer is loaded through the UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) register (see page 268) and the 6-bit fractional part is loaded with the UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD) register (see page 269). The baud-rate divisor (BRD) has the following relationship to the system clock (where BRDI is the integer part of the BRD and BRDF is the fractional part, separated by a decimal place.): BRD = BRDI + BRDF = SysClk / (16 * Baud Rate) The 6-bit fractional number (that is to be loaded into the DIVFRAC bit field in the UARTFBRD register) can be calculated by taking the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor, multiplying it by 64, and adding 0.5 to account for rounding errors: UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(BRDF * 64 + 0.5) The UART generates an internal baud-rate reference clock at 16x the baud-rate (referred to as Baud16). This reference clock is divided by 16 to generate the transmit clock, and is used for error detection during receive operations. Along with the UART Line Control, High Byte (UARTLCRH) register (see page 270), the UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers form an internal 30-bit register. This internal register is only updated when a write operation to UARTLCRH is performed, so any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register for the changes to take effect. To update the baud-rate registers, there are four possible sequences: ■ UARTIBRD write, UARTFBRD write, and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTFBRD write, UARTIBRD write, and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTIBRD write and UARTLCRH write ■ UARTFBRD write and UARTLCRH write June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 255 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) 12.2.3 Data Transmission Data received or transmitted is stored in two 16-byte FIFOs, though the receive FIFO has an extra four bits per character for status information. For transmission, data is written into the transmit FIFO. If the UART is enabled, it causes a data frame to start transmitting with the parameters indicated in the UARTLCRH register. Data continues to be transmitted until there is no data left in the transmit FIFO. The BUSY bit in the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 265) is asserted as soon as data is written to the transmit FIFO (that is, if the FIFO is non-empty) and remains asserted while data is being transmitted. The BUSY bit is negated only when the transmit FIFO is empty, and the last character has been transmitted from the shift register, including the stop bits. The UART can indicate that it is busy even though the UART may no longer be enabled. When the receiver is idle (the UnRx is continuously 1) and the data input goes Low (a start bit has been received), the receive counter begins running and data is sampled on the eighth cycle of Baud16 (described in “Transmit/Receive Logic” on page 254). The start bit is valid if UnRx is still low on the eighth cycle of Baud16, otherwise a false start bit is detected and it is ignored. Start bit errors can be viewed in the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR) register (see page 263). If the start bit was valid, successive data bits are sampled on every 16th cycle of Baud16 (that is, one bit period later) according to the programmed length of the data characters. The parity bit is then checked if parity mode was enabled. Data length and parity are defined in the UARTLCRH register. Lastly, a valid stop bit is confirmed if UnRx is High, otherwise a framing error has occurred. When a full word is received, the data is stored in the receive FIFO, with any error bits associated with that word. 12.2.4 Serial IR (SIR) The UART peripheral includes an IrDA serial-IR (SIR) encoder/decoder block. The IrDA SIR block provides functionality that converts between an asynchronous UART data stream, and half-duplex serial SIR interface. No analog processing is performed on-chip. The role of the SIR block is to provide a digital encoded output, and decoded input to the UART. The UART signal pins can be connected to an infrared transceiver to implement an IrDA SIR physical layer link. The SIR block has two modes of operation: ■ In normal IrDA mode, a zero logic level is transmitted as high pulse of 3/16th duration of the selected baud rate bit period on the output pin, while logic one levels are transmitted as a static LOW signal. These levels control the driver of an infrared transmitter, sending a pulse of light for each zero. On the reception side, the incoming light pulses energize the photo transistor base of the receiver, pulling its output LOW. This drives the UART input pin LOW. ■ In low-power IrDA mode, the width of the transmitted infrared pulse is set to three times the period of the internally generated IrLPBaud16 signal (1.63 µs, assuming a nominal 1.8432 MHz frequency) by changing the appropriate bit in the UARTCR register. Figure 12-3 on page 257 shows the UART transmit and receive signals, with and without IrDA modulation. 256 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 12-3. IrDA Data Modulation Start bit Data bits 0 Stop bit 0 1 1 0 1 UnTx UnTx with IrDA 0 1 0 1 Bit period 3 16 Bit period UnRx with IrDA UnRx 0 Start 1 0 1 0 Data bits 0 1 1 0 1 Stop In both normal and low-power IrDA modes: ■ During transmission, the UART data bit is used as the base for encoding ■ During reception, the decoded bits are transferred to the UART receive logic The IrDA SIR physical layer specifies a half-duplex communication link, with a minimum 10 ms delay between transmission and reception. This delay must be generated by software because it is not automatically supported by the UART. The delay is required because the infrared receiver electronics might become biased, or even saturated from the optical power coupled from the adjacent transmitter LED. This delay is known as latency, or receiver setup time. 12.2.5 FIFO Operation The UART has two 16-entry FIFOs; one for transmit and one for receive. Both FIFOs are accessed via the UART Data (UARTDR) register (see page 261). Read operations of the UARTDR register return a 12-bit value consisting of 8 data bits and 4 error flags while write operations place 8-bit data in the transmit FIFO. Out of reset, both FIFOs are disabled and act as 1-byte-deep holding registers. The FIFOs are enabled by setting the FEN bit in UARTLCRH (page 270). FIFO status can be monitored via the UART Flag (UARTFR) register (see page 265) and the UART Receive Status (UARTRSR) register. Hardware monitors empty, full and overrun conditions. The UARTFR register contains empty and full flags (TXFE, TXFF, RXFE and RXFF bits) and the UARTRSR register shows overrun status via the OE bit. The trigger points at which the FIFOs generate interrupts is controlled via the UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS) register (see page 274). Both FIFOs can be individually configured to trigger interrupts at different levels. Available configurations include 1/8, ¼, ½, ¾, and 7/8. For example, if the ¼ option is selected for the receive FIFO, the UART generates a receive interrupt after 4 data bytes are received. Out of reset, both FIFOs are configured to trigger an interrupt at the ½ mark. 12.2.6 Interrupts The UART can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Overrun Error ■ Break Error June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 257 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ■ Parity Error ■ Framing Error ■ Receive Timeout ■ Transmit (when condition defined in the TXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met) ■ Receive (when condition defined in the RXIFLSEL bit in the UARTIFLS register is met) All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the UART can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. Software can service multiple interrupt events in a single interrupt service routine by reading the UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) register (see page 278). The interrupt events that can trigger a controller-level interrupt are defined in the UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM ) register (see page 275) by setting the corresponding IM bit to 1. If interrupts are not used, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS) register (see page 277). Interrupts are always cleared (for both the UARTMIS and UARTRIS registers) by setting the corresponding bit in the UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) register (see page 279). 12.2.7 Loopback Operation The UART can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This is accomplished by setting the LBE bit in the UARTCTL register (see page 272). In loopback mode, data transmitted on UnTx is received on the UnRx input. 12.2.8 IrDA SIR block The IrDA SIR block contains an IrDA serial IR (SIR) protocol encoder/decoder. When enabled, the SIR block uses the UnTx and UnRx pins for the SIR protocol, which should be connected to an IR transceiver. The SIR block can receive and transmit, but it is only half-duplex so it cannot do both at the same time. Transmission must be stopped before data can be received. The IrDA SIR physcial layer specifies a minimum 10-ms delay between transmission and reception. 12.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the UARTs, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the UART0, UART1, or UART2 bits in the RCGC1 register. This section discusses the steps that are required for using a UART module. For this example, the system clock is assumed to be 20 MHz and the desired UART configuration is: ■ 115200 baud rate ■ Data length of 8 bits ■ One stop bit ■ No parity ■ FIFOs disabled 258 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ No interrupts The first thing to consider when programming the UART is the baud-rate divisor (BRD), since the UARTIBRD and UARTFBRD registers must be written before the UARTLCRH register. Using the equation described in “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 255, the BRD can be calculated: BRD = 20,000,000 / (16 * 115,200) = 10.8507 which means that the DIVINT field of the UARTIBRD register (see page 268) should be set to 10. The value to be loaded into the UARTFBRD register (see page 269) is calculated by the equation: UARTFBRD[DIVFRAC] = integer(0.8507 * 64 + 0.5) = 54 With the BRD values in hand, the UART configuration is written to the module in the following order: 1. Disable the UART by clearing the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register. 2. Write the integer portion of the BRD to the UARTIBRD register. 3. Write the fractional portion of the BRD to the UARTFBRD register. 4. Write the desired serial parameters to the UARTLCRH register (in this case, a value of 0x0000.0060). 5. Enable the UART by setting the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register. 12.4 Register Map Table 12-1 on page 259 lists the UART registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to that UART’s base address: ■ UART0: 0x4000.C000 ■ UART1: 0x4000.D000 ■ UART2: 0x4000.E000 Note: The UART must be disabled (see the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register on page 272) before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. When the UART is disabled during a TX or RX operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. Table 12-1. UART Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x018 0x020 0x024 0x028 Name UARTDR UARTRSR/UARTECR UARTFR UARTILPR UARTIBRD UARTFBRD Type RO R/W RO R/W R/W R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0090 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description UART Data UART Receive Status/Error Clear UART Flag UART IrDA Low-Power Register UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor See page 261 263 265 267 268 269 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 259 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Offset 0x02C 0x030 0x034 0x038 0x03C 0x040 0x044 0xFD0 0xFD4 0xFD8 0xFDC 0xFE0 0xFE4 0xFE8 0xFEC 0xFF0 0xFF4 0xFF8 0xFFC Name UARTLCRH UARTCTL UARTIFLS UARTIM UARTRIS UARTMIS UARTICR UARTPeriphID4 UARTPeriphID5 UARTPeriphID6 UARTPeriphID7 UARTPeriphID0 UARTPeriphID1 UARTPeriphID2 UARTPeriphID3 UARTPCellID0 UARTPCellID1 UARTPCellID2 UARTPCellID3 Type R/W R/W R/W R/W RO RO W1C RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0300 0x0000.0012 0x0000.0000 0x0000.000F 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0011 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0018 0x0000.0001 0x0000.000D 0x0000.00F0 0x0000.0005 0x0000.00B1 Description UART Line Control UART Control UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select UART Interrupt Mask UART Raw Interrupt Status UART Masked Interrupt Status UART Interrupt Clear UART Peripheral Identification 4 UART Peripheral Identification 5 UART Peripheral Identification 6 UART Peripheral Identification 7 UART Peripheral Identification 0 UART Peripheral Identification 1 UART Peripheral Identification 2 UART Peripheral Identification 3 UART PrimeCell Identification 0 UART PrimeCell Identification 1 UART PrimeCell Identification 2 UART PrimeCell Identification 3 See page 270 272 274 275 277 278 279 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 12.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the UART registers, in numerical order by address offset. 260 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 This register is the data register (the interface to the FIFOs). When FIFOs are enabled, data written to this location is pushed onto the transmit FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, data is stored in the transmitter holding register (the bottom word of the transmit FIFO). A write to this register initiates a transmission from the UART. For received data, if the FIFO is enabled, the data byte and the 4-bit status (break, frame, parity and overrun) is pushed onto the 12-bit wide receive FIFO. If FIFOs are disabled, the data byte and status are stored in the receiving holding register (the bottom word of the receive FIFO). The received data can be retrieved by reading this register. UART Data (UARTDR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x000 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 OE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 BE RO 0 RO 0 9 PE RO 0 RO 0 8 FE RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DATA R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:12 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Overrun Error 1=New data was received when the FIFO was full, resulting in data loss. 0=There has been no data loss due to a FIFO overrun. 11 OE RO 0 10 BE RO 0 UART Break Error This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that the receive data input was held Low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits). In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the received data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received. 9 PE RO 0 UART Parity Error This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 261 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field 8 Name FE Type RO Reset 0 Description UART Framing Error This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1). 7:0 DATA R/W 0 When written, the data that is to be transmitted via the UART. When read, the data that was received by the UART. 262 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 The UARTRSR/UARTECR register is the receive status register/error clear register. In addition to the UARTDR register, receive status can also be read from the UARTRSR register. If the status is read from this register, then the status information corresponds to the entry read from UARTDR prior to reading UARTRSR. The status information for overrun is set immediately when an overrun condition occurs. A write of any value to the UARTECR register clears the framing, parity, break, and overrun errors. All the bits are cleared to 0 on reset. Read-Only Receive Status (UARTRSR) Register UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 OE RO 0 RO 0 2 BE RO 0 RO 0 1 PE RO 0 RO 0 0 FE RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The UARTRSR register cannot be written. 3 OE RO 0 UART Overrun Error When this bit is set to 1, data is received and the FIFO is already full. This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. The FIFO contents remain valid since no further data is written when the FIFO is full, only the contents of the shift register are overwritten. The CPU must now read the data in order to empty the FIFO. 2 BE RO 0 UART Break Error This bit is set to 1 when a break condition is detected, indicating that the received data input was held Low for longer than a full-word transmission time (defined as start, data, parity, and stop bits). This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. When a break occurs, only one 0 character is loaded into the FIFO. The next character is only enabled after the receive data input goes to a 1 (marking state) and the next valid start bit is received. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 263 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field 1 Name PE Type RO Reset 0 Description UART Parity Error This bit is set to 1 when the parity of the received data character does not match the parity defined by bits 2 and 7 of the UARTLCRH register. This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. 0 FE RO 0 UART Framing Error This bit is set to 1 when the received character does not have a valid stop bit (a valid stop bit is 1). This bit is cleared to 0 by a write to UARTECR. In FIFO mode, this error is associated with the character at the top of the FIFO. Write-Only Error Clear (UARTECR) Register UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset WO 0 15 WO 0 14 WO 0 13 WO 0 12 WO 0 11 WO 0 10 WO 0 9 WO 0 8 WO 0 7 WO 0 6 WO 0 5 WO 0 4 DATA WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 3 WO 0 2 WO 0 1 WO 0 0 reserved Type Reset WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 WO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type WO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. A write to this register of any data clears the framing, parity, break and overrun flags. 7:0 DATA WO 0 264 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 The UARTFR register is the flag register. After reset, the TXFF, RXFF, and BUSY bits are 0, and TXFE and RXFE bits are 1. UART Flag (UARTFR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0090 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 TXFE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 6 RXFF RO 0 RO 0 5 TXFF RO 0 RO 0 4 RXFE RO 1 RO 0 3 BUSY RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Transmit FIFO Empty The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled (FEN is 0), this bit is set when the transmit holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled (FEN is 1), this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is empty. 7 TXFE RO 1 6 RXFF RO 0 UART Receive FIFO Full The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is full. 5 TXFF RO 0 UART Transmit FIFO Full The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the transmit holding register is full. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the transmit FIFO is full. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 265 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field 4 Name RXFE Type RO Reset 1 Description UART Receive FIFO Empty The meaning of this bit depends on the state of the FEN bit in the UARTLCRH register. If the FIFO is disabled, this bit is set when the receive holding register is empty. If the FIFO is enabled, this bit is set when the receive FIFO is empty. 3 BUSY RO 0 UART Busy When this bit is 1, the UART is busy transmitting data. This bit remains set until the complete byte, including all stop bits, has been sent from the shift register. This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes non-empty (regardless of whether UART is enabled). 2:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 266 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 4: UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR), offset 0x020 The UARTILPR register is an 8-bit read/write register that stores the low-power counter divisor value used to generate the IrLPBaud16 signal by dividing down the system clock (SysClk). All the bits are cleared to 0 when reset. The IrLPBaud16 internal signal is generated by dividing down the UARTCLK signal according to the low-power divisor value written to UARTILPR. The low-power divisor value is calculated as follows: ILPDVSR = SysClk / FIrLPBaud16 where FIrLPBaud16 is nominally 1.8432 MHz. IrLPBaud16 is an internal signal used for SIR pulse generation when low-power mode is used. You must choose the divisor so that 1.42 MHz < FIrLPBaud16 < 2.12 MHz, which results in a low-power pulse duration of 1.41–2.11 μs (three times the period of IrLPBaud16). The minimum frequency of IrLPBaud16 ensures that pulses less than one period of IrLPBaud16 are rejected, but that pulses greater than 1.4 μs are accepted as valid pulses. Note: Zero is an illegal value. Programming a zero value results in no IrLPBaud16 pulses being generated. UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x020 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 ILPDVSR R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. IrDA Low-Power Divisor This is an 8-bit low-power divisor value. 7:0 ILPDVSR R/W 0x0000 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 267 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 5: UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 The UARTIBRD register is the integer part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared on reset. The minimum possible divide ratio is 1 (when UARTIBRD=0), in which case the UARTFBRD register is ignored. When changing the UARTIBRD register, the new value does not take effect until transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 255 for configuration details. UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x024 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 DIVINT Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Integer Baud-Rate Divisor 15:0 DIVINT R/W 0x0000 268 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 6: UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 The UARTFBRD register is the fractional part of the baud-rate divisor value. All the bits are cleared on reset. When changing the UARTFBRD register, the new value does not take effect until transmission/reception of the current character is complete. Any changes to the baud-rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register. See “Baud-Rate Generation” on page 255 for configuration details. UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x028 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 DIVFRAC R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor 5:0 DIVFRAC R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 269 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 7: UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C The UARTLCRH register is the line control register. Serial parameters such as data length, parity and stop bit selection are implemented in this register. When updating the baud-rate divisor (UARTIBRD and/or UARTIFRD), the UARTLCRH register must also be written. The write strobe for the baud-rate divisor registers is tied to the UARTLCRH register. UART Line Control (UARTLCRH) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x02C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 SPS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 6 WLEN R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 FEN R/W 0 RO 0 3 STP2 R/W 0 RO 0 2 EPS R/W 0 RO 0 1 PEN R/W 0 RO 0 0 BRK R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Stick Parity Select When bits 1, 2 and 7 of UARTLCRH are set, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 0. When bits 1 and 7 are set and 2 is cleared, the parity bit is transmitted and checked as a 1. When this bit is cleared, stick parity is disabled. 7 SPS R/W 0 6:5 WLEN R/W 0 UART Word Length The bits indicate the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame as follows: 0x3: 8 bits 0x2: 7 bits 0x1: 6 bits 0x0: 5 bits (default) 4 FEN R/W 0 UART Enable FIFOs If this bit is set to 1, transmit and receive FIFO buffers are enabled (FIFO mode). When cleared to 0, FIFOs are disabled (Character mode). The FIFOs become 1-byte-deep holding registers. 3 STP2 R/W 0 UART Two Stop Bits Select If this bit is set to 1, two stop bits are transmitted at the end of a frame. The receive logic does not check for two stop bits being received. 270 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 2 Name EPS Type R/W Reset 0 Description UART Even Parity Select If this bit is set to 1, even parity generation and checking is performed during transmission and reception, which checks for an even number of 1s in data and parity bits. When cleared to 0, then odd parity is performed, which checks for an odd number of 1s. This bit has no effect when parity is disabled by the PEN bit. 1 PEN R/W 0 UART Parity Enable If this bit is set to 1, parity checking and generation is enabled; otherwise, parity is disabled and no parity bit is added to the data frame. 0 BRK R/W 0 UART Send Break If this bit is set to 1, a Low level is continually output on the UnTX output, after completing transmission of the current character. For the proper execution of the break command, the software must set this bit for at least two frames (character periods). For normal use, this bit must be cleared to 0. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 271 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 8: UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 The UARTCTL register is the control register. All the bits are cleared on reset except for the Transmit Enable (TXE) and Receive Enable (RXE) bits, which are set to 1. To enable the UART module, the UARTEN bit must be set to 1. If software requires a configuration change in the module, the UARTEN bit must be cleared before the configuration changes are written. If the UART is disabled during a transmit or receive operation, the current transaction is completed prior to the UART stopping. UART Control (UARTCTL) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0300 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RXE RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 RO 0 8 TXE R/W 1 RO 0 7 LBE R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 SIRLP R/W 0 RO 0 1 SIREN R/W 0 RO 0 0 UARTEN R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:10 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Receive Enable If this bit is set to 1, the receive section of the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of a receive, it completes the current character before stopping. Note: To enable reception, the UARTEN bit must also be set. 9 RXE R/W 1 8 TXE R/W 1 UART Transmit Enable If this bit is set to 1, the transmit section of the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of a transmission, it completes the current character before stopping. Note: To enable transmission, the UARTEN bit must also be set. 7 LBE R/W 0 UART Loop Back Enable If this bit is set to 1, the UnTX path is fed through the UnRX path. 6:3 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 272 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 2 Name SIRLP Type R/W Reset 0 Description UART SIR Low Power Mode This bit selects the IrDA encoding mode. If this bit is cleared to 0, low-level bits are transmitted as an active High pulse with a width of 3/16th of the bit period. If this bit is set to 1, low-level bits are transmitted with a pulse width which is 3 times the period of the IrLPBaud16 input signal, regardless of the selected bit rate. Setting this bit uses less power, but might reduce transmission distances. See page 267 for more information. 1 SIREN R/W 0 UART SIR Enable If this bit is set to 1, the IrDA SIR block is enabled, and the UART will transmit and receive data using SIR protocol. 0 UARTEN R/W 0 UART Enable If this bit is set to 1, the UART is enabled. When the UART is disabled in the middle of transmission or reception, it completes the current character before stopping. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 273 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 9: UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 The UARTIFLS register is the interrupt FIFO level select register. You can use this register to define the FIFO level at which the TXRIS and RXRIS bits in the UARTRIS register are triggered. The interrupts are generated based on a transition through a level rather than being based on the level. That is, the interrupts are generated when the fill level progresses through the trigger level. For example, if the receive trigger level is set to the half-way mark, the interrupt is triggered as the module is receiving the 9th character. Out of reset, the TXIFLSEL and RXIFLSEL bits are configured so that the FIFOs trigger an interrupt at the half-way mark. UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x034 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0012 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RXIFLSEL RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 TXIFLSEL R/W 1 R/W 0 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Receive Interrupt FIFO Level Select The trigger points for the receive interrupt are as follows: 000: RX FIFO ≥ 1/8 full 001: RX FIFO ≥ ¼ full 010: RX FIFO ≥ ½ full (default) 011: RX FIFO ≥ ¾ full 100: RX FIFO ≥ 7/8 full 101-111: Reserved 5:3 RXIFLSEL R/W 0x2 2:0 TXIFLSEL R/W 0x2 UART Transmit Interrupt FIFO Level Select The trigger points for the transmit interrupt are as follows: 000: TX FIFO ≤ 1/8 full 001: TX FIFO ≤ ¼ full 010: TX FIFO ≤ ½ full (default) 011: TX FIFO ≤ ¾ full 100: TX FIFO ≤ 7/8 full 101-111: Reserved 274 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 10: UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 The UARTIM register is the interrupt mask set/clear register. On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. Writing a 1 to a bit allows the corresponding raw interrupt signal to be routed to the interrupt controller. Writing a 0 prevents the raw interrupt signal from being sent to the interrupt controller. UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x038 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 OEIM R/W 0 RO 0 9 BEIM R/W 0 RO 0 8 PEIM R/W 0 RO 0 7 FEIM R/W 0 RO 0 6 RTIM R/W 0 RO 0 5 TXIM R/W 0 RO 0 4 RXIM R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Overrun Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the OEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the OEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 10 OEIM R/W 0 9 BEIM R/W 0 UART Break Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the BEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the BEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 8 PEIM R/W 0 UART Parity Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the PEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the PEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 7 FEIM R/W 0 UART Framing Error Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the FEIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the FEIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 6 RTIM R/W 0 UART Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the RTIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RTIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 5 TXIM R/W 0 UART Transmit Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the TXIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the TXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 275 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field 4 Name RXIM Type R/W Reset 0 Description UART Receive Interrupt Mask On a read, the current mask for the RXIM interrupt is returned. Setting this bit to 1 promotes the RXIM interrupt to the interrupt controller. 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 276 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C The UARTRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current raw status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x03C Type RO, reset 0x0000.000F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 OERIS RO 0 RO 0 9 BERIS RO 0 RO 0 8 PERIS RO 0 RO 0 7 FERIS RO 0 RO 0 6 RTRIS RO 0 RO 0 5 TXRIS RO 0 RO 0 4 RXRIS RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Overrun Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 10 OERIS RO 0 9 BERIS RO 0 UART Break Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 8 PERIS RO 0 UART Parity Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 7 FERIS RO 0 UART Framing Error Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 6 RTRIS RO 0 UART Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 5 TXRIS RO 0 UART Transmit Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 4 RXRIS RO 0 UART Receive Raw Interrupt Status Gives the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of this interrupt. 3:0 reserved RO 0xF Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 277 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 12: UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 The UARTMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x040 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 OEMIS RO 0 RO 0 9 BEMIS RO 0 RO 0 8 PEMIS RO 0 RO 0 7 FEMIS RO 0 RO 0 6 RTMIS RO 0 RO 0 5 TXMIS RO 0 RO 0 4 RXMIS RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Overrun Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 10 OEMIS RO 0 9 BEMIS RO 0 UART Break Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 8 PEMIS RO 0 UART Parity Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 7 FEMIS RO 0 UART Framing Error Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 6 RTMIS RO 0 UART Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 5 TXMIS RO 0 UART Transmit Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 4 RXMIS RO 0 UART Receive Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 278 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 The UARTICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt (both raw interrupt and masked interrupt, if enabled) is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect. UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0x044 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 OEIC W1C 0 RO 0 9 BEIC W1C 0 RO 0 8 PEIC W1C 0 RO 0 7 FEIC W1C 0 RO 0 6 RTIC W1C 0 RO 0 5 TXIC W1C 0 RO 0 4 RXIC W1C 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Overrun Error Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 10 OEIC W1C 0 9 BEIC W1C 0 Break Error Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 8 PEIC W1C 0 Parity Error Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 7 FEIC W1C 0 Framing Error Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 6 RTIC W1C 0 Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 5 TXIC W1C 0 Transmit Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 279 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Bit/Field 4 Name RXIC Type W1C Reset 0 Description Receive Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on the interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 3:0 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 280 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 14: UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0] 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 281 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 15: UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8] 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 282 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 16: UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16] 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 283 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 17: UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24] 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 284 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 18: UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0011 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x11 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 285 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 19: UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 286 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 20: UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 287 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 21: UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The UARTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 288 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 22: UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART PrimeCell ID Register[7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 289 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 23: UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART PrimeCell ID Register[15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 290 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 24: UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART PrimeCell ID Register[23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 291 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Register 25: UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The UARTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values. UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3) UART0 base: 0x4000.C000 UART1 base: 0x4000.D000 UART2 base: 0x4000.E000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. UART PrimeCell ID Register[31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 292 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 13 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) SSI The Stellaris microcontroller includes two Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) modules. Each SSI is a master or slave interface for synchronous serial communication with peripheral devices that have either Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces. Each Stellaris SSI module has the following features: ■ Master or slave operation ■ Programmable clock bit rate and prescale ■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, 16 bits wide, 8 locations deep ■ Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments synchronous serial interfaces ■ Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits ■ Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing ® ® 13.1 Block Diagram Figure 13-1. SSI Module Block Diagram Interrupt Interrupt Control SSIIM SSIMIS Control / Status SSICR0 SSICR1 SSISR SSIDR RxFIFO 8 x 16 System Clock Clock Prescaler Identification Registers SSIPCellID0 SSIPCellID1 SSIPCellID2 SSIPCellID3 SSIPeriphID0 SSIPeriphID1 SSIPeriphID2 SSIPeriphID3 SSIPeriphID4 SSIPeriphID5 SSIPeriphID6 SSIPeriphID7 SSICPSR Transmit / Receive Logic SSIRIS SSIICR TxFIFO 8 x 16 . . . SSITx SSIRx SSIClk SSIFss . . . June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 293 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) 13.2 Functional Description The SSI performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data received from a peripheral device. The CPU accesses data, control, and status information. The transmit and receive paths are buffered with internal FIFO memories allowing up to eight 16-bit values to be stored independently in both transmit and receive modes. 13.2.1 Bit Rate Generation The SSI includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the serial output clock. Bit rates are supported to 2 MHz and higher, although maximum bit rate is determined by peripheral devices. The serial bit rate is derived by dividing down the 50-MHz input clock. The clock is first divided by an even prescale value CPSDVSR from 2 to 254, which is programmed in the SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR) register (see page 311). The clock is further divided by a value from 1 to 256, which is 1 + SCR, where SCR is the value programmed in the SSI Control0 (SSICR0) register (see page 305). The frequency of the output clock SSIClk is defined by: FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) Note that although the SSIClk transmit clock can theoretically be 25 MHz, the module may not be able to operate at that speed. For master mode, the system clock must be at least two times faster than the SSIClk. For slave mode, the system clock must be at least 12 times faster than the SSIClk. See “Electrical Characteristics” on page 485 to view SSI timing parameters. 13.2.2 FIFO Operation 13.2.2.1 Transmit FIFO The common transmit FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. The CPU writes data to the FIFO by writing the SSI Data (SSIDR) register (see page 309), and data is stored in the FIFO until it is read out by the transmission logic. When configured as a master or a slave, parallel data is written into the transmit FIFO prior to serial conversion and transmission to the attached slave or master, respectively, through the SSITx pin. 13.2.2.2 Receive FIFO The common receive FIFO is a 16-bit wide, 8-locations deep, first-in, first-out memory buffer. Received data from the serial interface is stored in the buffer until read out by the CPU, which accesses the read FIFO by reading the SSIDR register. When configured as a master or slave, serial data received through the SSIRx pin is registered prior to parallel loading into the attached slave or master receive FIFO, respectively. 13.2.3 Interrupts The SSI can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Transmit FIFO service ■ Receive FIFO service ■ Receive FIFO time-out 294 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ Receive FIFO overrun All of the interrupt events are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the SSI can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. You can mask each of the four individual maskable interrupts by setting the appropriate bits in the SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM) register (see page 312). Setting the appropriate mask bit to 1 enables the interrupt. Provision of the individual outputs, as well as a combined interrupt output, allows use of either a global interrupt service routine, or modular device drivers to handle interrupts. The transmit and receive dynamic dataflow interrupts have been separated from the status interrupts so that data can be read or written in response to the FIFO trigger levels. The status of the individual interrupt sources can be read from the SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) and SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS) registers (see page 313 and page 314, respectively). 13.2.4 Frame Formats Each data frame is between 4 and 16 bits long, depending on the size of data programmed, and is transmitted starting with the MSB. There are three basic frame types that can be selected: ■ Texas Instruments synchronous serial ■ Freescale SPI ■ MICROWIRE For all three formats, the serial clock (SSIClk) is held inactive while the SSI is idle, and SSIClk transitions at the programmed frequency only during active transmission or reception of data. The idle state of SSIClk is utilized to provide a receive timeout indication that occurs when the receive FIFO still contains data after a timeout period. For Freescale SPI and MICROWIRE frame formats, the serial frame (SSIFss ) pin is active Low, and is asserted (pulled down) during the entire transmission of the frame. For Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format, the SSIFss pin is pulsed for one serial clock period starting at its rising edge, prior to the transmission of each frame. For this frame format, both the SSI and the off-chip slave device drive their output data on the rising edge of SSIClk, and latch data from the other device on the falling edge. Unlike the full-duplex transmission of the other two frame formats, the MICROWIRE format uses a special master-slave messaging technique, which operates at half-duplex. In this mode, when a frame begins, an 8-bit control message is transmitted to the off-chip slave. During this transmit, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent, responds with the requested data. The returned data can be 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits. 13.2.4.1 Texas Instruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format Figure 13-2 on page 296 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format for a single transmitted frame. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 295 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Figure 13-2. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRx MSB 4 to 16 bits LSB In this mode, SSIClk and SSIFss are forced Low, and the transmit data line SSITx is tristated whenever the SSI is idle. Once the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO contains data, SSIFss is pulsed High for one SSIClk period. The value to be transmitted is also transferred from the transmit FIFO to the serial shift register of the transmit logic. On the next rising edge of SSIClk, the MSB of the 4 to 16-bit data frame is shifted out on the SSITx pin. Likewise, the MSB of the received data is shifted onto the SSIRx pin by the off-chip serial slave device. Both the SSI and the off-chip serial slave device then clock each data bit into their serial shifter on the falling edge of each SSIClk. The received data is transferred from the serial shifter to the receive FIFO on the first rising edge of SSIClk after the LSB has been latched. Figure 13-3 on page 296 shows the Texas Instruments synchronous serial frame format when back-to-back frames are transmitted. Figure 13-3. TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRx MSB 4 to 16 bits LSB 13.2.4.2 Freescale SPI Frame Format The Freescale SPI interface is a four-wire interface where the SSIFss signal behaves as a slave select. The main feature of the Freescale SPI format is that the inactive state and phase of the SSIClk signal are programmable through the SPO and SPH bits within the SSISCR0 control register. SPO Clock Polarity Bit When the SPO clock polarity control bit is Low, it produces a steady state Low value on the SSIClk pin. If the SPO bit is High, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClk pin when data is not being transferred. SPH Phase Control Bit The SPH phase control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data capture edge. When the SPH phase control bit is Low, data is captured on the first clock edge transition. If the SPH bit is High, data is captured on the second clock edge transition. 296 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 13.2.4.3 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=0 Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=0 are shown in Figure 13-4 on page 297 and Figure 13-5 on page 297. Figure 13-4. Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx MSB 4 to 16 bits SSITx MSB LSB LSB Q Figure 13-5. Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx LSB MSB 4 to 16 bits SSITx LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB MSB Note: Q is undefined. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. This causes slave data to be enabled onto the SSIRx input line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. One half SSIClk period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx pin. Now that both the master and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin goes High after one further half SSIClk period. The data is now captured on the rising and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word have been transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 297 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. 13.2.4.4 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure 13-6 on page 298, which covers both single and continuous transfers. Figure 13-6. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx Q MSB 4 to 16 bits SSITx MSB LSB LSB Q Note: Q is undefined. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output is enabled. After a further one half SSIClk period, both master and slave valid data is enabled onto their respective transmission lines. At the same time, the SSIClk is enabled with a rising edge transition. Data is then captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transfer, after all bits have been transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer. 13.2.4.5 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=0 Single and continuous transmission signal sequences for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=0 are shown in Figure 13-7 on page 299 and Figure 13-8 on page 299. 298 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 13-7. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx MSB 4 to 16 bits SSITx MSB LSB LSB Q Note: Q is undefined. Figure 13-8. Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 SSIClk SSIFss SSITx/SSIRxLSB MSB 4 to 16 bits LSB MSB In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced High ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low, which causes slave data to be immediately transferred onto the SSIRx line of the master. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. One half period later, valid master data is transferred to the SSITx line. Now that both the master and slave data have been set, the SSIClk master clock pin becomes Low after one further half SSIClk period. This means that data is captured on the falling edges and propagated on the rising edges of the SSIClk signal. In the case of a single word transmission, after all bits of the data word are transferred, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. However, in the case of continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss signal must be pulsed High between each data word transfer. This is because the slave select pin freezes the data in its serial peripheral register and does not allow it to be altered if the SPH bit is logic zero. Therefore, the master device must raise the SSIFss pin of the slave device between each data transfer to enable the serial peripheral data write. On completion of the continuous transfer, the SSIFss pin is returned to its idle state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 299 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) 13.2.4.6 Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 The transfer signal sequence for Freescale SPI format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 is shown in Figure 13-9 on page 300, which covers both single and continuous transfers. Figure 13-9. Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx Q MSB 4 to 16 bits SSITx MSB LSB LSB Q Note: Q is undefined. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced High ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low ■ When the SSI is configured as a master, it enables the SSIClk pad ■ When the SSI is configured as a slave, it disables the SSIClk pad If the SSI is enabled and there is valid data within the transmit FIFO, the start of transmission is signified by the SSIFss master signal being driven Low. The master SSITx output pad is enabled. After a further one-half SSIClk period, both master and slave data are enabled onto their respective transmission lines. At the same time, SSIClk is enabled with a falling edge transition. Data is then captured on the rising edges and propagated on the falling edges of the SSIClk signal. After all bits have been transferred, in the case of a single word transmission, the SSIFss line is returned to its idle high state one SSIClk period after the last bit has been captured. For continuous back-to-back transmissions, the SSIFss pin remains in its active Low state, until the final bit of the last word has been captured, and then returns to its idle state as described above. For continuous back-to-back transfers, the SSIFss pin is held Low between successive data words and termination is the same as that of the single word transfer. 13.2.4.7 MICROWIRE Frame Format Figure 13-10 on page 301 shows the MICROWIRE frame format, again for a single frame. Figure 13-11 on page 302 shows the same format when back-to-back frames are transmitted. 300 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 13-10. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx SSIRx MSB LSB 8-bit control 0 MSB LSB 4 to 16 bits output data MICROWIRE format is very similar to SPI format, except that transmission is half-duplex instead of full-duplex, using a master-slave message passing technique. Each serial transmission begins with an 8-bit control word that is transmitted from the SSI to the off-chip slave device. During this transmission, no incoming data is received by the SSI. After the message has been sent, the off-chip slave decodes it and, after waiting one serial clock after the last bit of the 8-bit control message has been sent, responds with the required data. The returned data is 4 to 16 bits in length, making the total frame length anywhere from 13 to 25 bits. In this configuration, during idle periods: ■ SSIClk is forced Low ■ SSIFss is forced High ■ The transmit data line SSITx is arbitrarily forced Low A transmission is triggered by writing a control byte to the transmit FIFO. The falling edge of SSIFss causes the value contained in the bottom entry of the transmit FIFO to be transferred to the serial shift register of the transmit logic, and the MSB of the 8-bit control frame to be shifted out onto the SSITx pin. SSIFss remains Low for the duration of the frame transmission. The SSIRx pin remains tristated during this transmission. The off-chip serial slave device latches each control bit into its serial shifter on the rising edge of each SSIClk. After the last bit is latched by the slave device, the control byte is decoded during a one clock wait-state, and the slave responds by transmitting data back to the SSI. Each bit is driven onto the SSIRx line on the falling edge of SSIClk. The SSI in turn latches each bit on the rising edge of SSIClk. At the end of the frame, for single transfers, the SSIFss signal is pulled High one clock period after the last bit has been latched in the receive serial shifter, which causes the data to be transferred to the receive FIFO. Note: The off-chip slave device can tristate the receive line either on the falling edge of SSIClk after the LSB has been latched by the receive shifter, or when the SSIFss pin goes High. For continuous transfers, data transmission begins and ends in the same manner as a single transfer. However, the SSIFss line is continuously asserted (held Low) and transmission of data occurs back-to-back. The control byte of the next frame follows directly after the LSB of the received data from the current frame. Each of the received values is transferred from the receive shifter on the falling edge of SSIClk, after the LSB of the frame has been latched into the SSI. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 301 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Figure 13-11. MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) SSIClk SSIFss SSITx LSB MSB LSB 8-bit control SSIRx 0 MSB LSB MSB 4 to 16 bits output data In the MICROWIRE mode, the SSI slave samples the first bit of receive data on the rising edge of SSIClk after SSIFss has gone Low. Masters that drive a free-running SSIClk must ensure that the SSIFss signal has sufficient setup and hold margins with respect to the rising edge of SSIClk. Figure 13-12 on page 302 illustrates these setup and hold time requirements. With respect to the SSIClk rising edge on which the first bit of receive data is to be sampled by the SSI slave, SSIFss must have a setup of at least two times the period of SSIClk on which the SSI operates. With respect to the SSIClk rising edge previous to this edge, SSIFss must have a hold of at least one SSIClk period. Figure 13-12. MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements tSetup=(2*tSSIClk ) tHold=tSSIClk SSIClk SSIFss SSIRx First RX data to be sampled by SSI slave 13.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the SSI, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the SSI bit in the RCGC1 register. For each of the frame formats, the SSI is configured using the following steps: 1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled before making any configuration changes. 2. Select whether the SSI is a master or slave: a. For master operations, set the SSICR1 register to 0x00000000. b. For slave mode (output enabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x00000004. c. For slave mode (output disabled), set the SSICR1 register to 0x0000000C. 3. Configure the clock prescale divisor by writing the SSICPSR register. 302 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 4. Write the SSICR0 register with the following configuration: ■ Serial clock rate (SCR) ■ Desired clock phase/polarity, if using Freescale SPI mode (SPH and SPO) ■ The protocol mode: Freescale SPI, TI SSF, MICROWIRE (FRF) ■ The data size (DSS) 5. Enable the SSI by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register. As an example, assume the SSI must be configured to operate with the following parameters: ■ Master operation ■ Freescale SPI mode (SPO=1, SPH=1) ■ 1 Mbps bit rate ■ 8 data bits Assuming the system clock is 20 MHz, the bit rate calculation would be: FSSIClk = FSysClk / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) 1x106 = 20x106 / (CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) In this case, if CPSDVSR=2, SCR must be 9. The configuration sequence would be as follows: 1. Ensure that the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is disabled. 2. Write the SSICR1 register with a value of 0x00000000. 3. Write the SSICPSR register with a value of 0x00000002. 4. Write the SSICR0 register with a value of 0x000009C7. 5. The SSI is then enabled by setting the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register to 1. 13.4 Register Map Table 13-1 on page 304 lists the SSI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to that SSI module’s base address: ■ SSI0: 0x4000.8000 ■ SSI1: 0x4000.9000 Note: The SSI must be disabled (see the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register) before any of the control registers are reprogrammed. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 303 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Table 13-1. SSI Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0xFD0 0xFD4 0xFD8 0xFDC 0xFE0 0xFE4 0xFE8 0xFEC 0xFF0 0xFF4 0xFF8 0xFFC Name SSICR0 SSICR1 SSIDR SSISR SSICPSR SSIIM SSIRIS SSIMIS SSIICR SSIPeriphID4 SSIPeriphID5 SSIPeriphID6 SSIPeriphID7 SSIPeriphID0 SSIPeriphID1 SSIPeriphID2 SSIPeriphID3 SSIPCellID0 SSIPCellID1 SSIPCellID2 SSIPCellID3 Type R/W R/W R/W RO R/W R/W RO RO W1C RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0003 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0008 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0022 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0018 0x0000.0001 0x0000.000D 0x0000.00F0 0x0000.0005 0x0000.00B1 Description SSI Control 0 SSI Control 1 SSI Data SSI Status SSI Clock Prescale SSI Interrupt Mask SSI Raw Interrupt Status SSI Masked Interrupt Status SSI Interrupt Clear SSI Peripheral Identification 4 SSI Peripheral Identification 5 SSI Peripheral Identification 6 SSI Peripheral Identification 7 SSI Peripheral Identification 0 SSI Peripheral Identification 1 SSI Peripheral Identification 2 SSI Peripheral Identification 3 SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 See page 305 307 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 13.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the SSI registers, in numerical order by address offset. 304 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 SSICR0 is control register 0 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI module. Functionality such as protocol mode, clock rate and data size are configured in this register. SSI Control 0 (SSICR0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 SCR Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 SPH R/W 0 RO 0 6 SPO R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 5 FRF R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 DSS R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Serial Clock Rate The value SCR is used to generate the transmit and receive bit rate of the SSI. The bit rate is: BR=FSSIClk/(CPSDVSR * (1 + SCR)) where CPSDVSR is an even value from 2-254 programmed in the SSICPSR register, and SCR is a value from 0-255. 15:8 SCR R/W 0 7 SPH R/W 0 SSI Serial Clock Phase This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format. The SPH control bit selects the clock edge that captures data and allows it to change state. It has the most impact on the first bit transmitted by either allowing or not allowing a clock transition before the first data capture edge. When the SPH bit is 0, data is captured on the first clock edge transition. If SPH is 1, data is captured on the second clock edge transition. 6 SPO R/W 0 SSI Serial Clock Polarity This bit is only applicable to the Freescale SPI Format. When the SPO bit is 0, it produces a steady state Low value on the SSIClk pin. If SPO is 1, a steady state High value is placed on the SSIClk pin when data is not being transferred. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 305 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Bit/Field 5:4 Name FRF Type R/W Reset 0 Description SSI Frame Format Select The FRF values are defined as follows: FRF Value Frame Format 00 01 10 11 Freescale SPI Frame Format Texas Intruments Synchronous Serial Frame Format MICROWIRE Frame Format Reserved 3:0 DSS R/W 0 SSI Data Size Select The DSS values are defined as follows: DSS Value Data Size 0000-0010 Reserved 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 4-bit data 5-bit data 6-bit data 7-bit data 8-bit data 9-bit data 10-bit data 11-bit data 12-bit data 13-bit data 14-bit data 15-bit data 16-bit data 306 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 SSICR1 is control register 1 and contains bit fields that control various functions within the SSI module. Master and slave mode functionality is controlled by this register. SSI Control 1 (SSICR1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 SOD R/W 0 RO 0 2 MS R/W 0 RO 0 1 SSE R/W 0 RO 0 0 LBM R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Slave Mode Output Disable This bit is relevant only in the Slave mode (MS=1). In multiple-slave systems, it is possible for the SSI master to broadcast a message to all slaves in the system while ensuring that only one slave drives data onto the serial output line. In such systems, the TXD lines from multiple slaves could be tied together. To operate in such a system, the SOD bit can be configured so that the SSI slave does not drive the SSITx pin. 0: SSI can drive SSITx output in Slave Output mode. 1: SSI must not drive the SSITx output in Slave mode. 3 SOD R/W 0 2 MS R/W 0 SSI Master/Slave Select This bit selects Master or Slave mode and can be modified only when SSI is disabled (SSE=0). 0: Device configured as a master. 1: Device configured as a slave. 1 SSE R/W 0 SSI Synchronous Serial Port Enable Setting this bit enables SSI operation. 0: SSI operation disabled. 1: SSI operation enabled. Note: This bit must be set to 0 before any control registers are reprogrammed. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 307 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Bit/Field 0 Name LBM Type R/W Reset 0 Description SSI Loopback Mode Setting this bit enables Loopback Test mode. 0: Normal serial port operation enabled. 1: Output of the transmit serial shift register is connected internally to the input of the receive serial shift register. 308 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 SSIDR is the data register and is 16-bits wide. When SSIDR is read, the entry in the receive FIFO (pointed to by the current FIFO read pointer) is accessed. As data values are removed by the SSI receive logic from the incoming data frame, they are placed into the entry in the receive FIFO (pointed to by the current FIFO write pointer). When SSIDR is written to, the entry in the transmit FIFO (pointed to by the write pointer) is written to. Data values are removed from the transmit FIFO one value at a time by the transmit logic. It is loaded into the transmit serial shifter, then serially shifted out onto the SSITx pin at the programmed bit rate. When a data size of less than 16 bits is selected, the user must right-justify data written to the transmit FIFO. The transmit logic ignores the unused bits. Received data less than 16 bits is automatically right-justified in the receive buffer. When the SSI is programmed for MICROWIRE frame format, the default size for transmit data is eight bits (the most significant byte is ignored). The receive data size is controlled by the programmer. The transmit FIFO and the receive FIFO are not cleared even when the SSE bit in the SSICR1 register is set to zero. This allows the software to fill the transmit FIFO before enabling the SSI. SSI Data (SSIDR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 DATA Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Receive/Transmit Data A read operation reads the receive FIFO. A write operation writes the transmit FIFO. Software must right-justify data when the SSI is programmed for a data size that is less than 16 bits. Unused bits at the top are ignored by the transmit logic. The receive logic automatically right-justifies the data. 15:0 DATA R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 309 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 4: SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C SSISR is a status register that contains bits that indicate the FIFO fill status and the SSI busy status. SSI Status (SSISR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x00C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0003 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 BSY RO 0 RO 0 3 RFF RO 0 RO 0 2 RNE RO 0 RO 0 1 TNF RO 1 RO 0 0 TFE R0 1 Bit/Field 31:5 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Busy Bit 0: SSI is idle. 1: SSI is currently transmitting and/or receiving a frame, or the transmit FIFO is not empty. 4 BSY RO 0 3 RFF RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Full 0: Receive FIFO is not full. 1: Receive FIFO is full. 2 RNE RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Not Empty 0: Receive FIFO is empty. 1: Receive FIFO is not empty. 1 TNF RO 1 SSI Transmit FIFO Not Full 0: Transmit FIFO is full. 1: Transmit FIFO is not full. 0 TFE R0 1 SSI Transmit FIFO Empty 0: Transmit FIFO is not empty. 1: Transmit FIFO is empty. 310 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 SSICPSR is the clock prescale register and specifies the division factor by which the system clock must be internally divided before further use. The value programmed into this register must be an even number between 2 and 254. The least-significant bit of the programmed number is hard-coded to zero. If an odd number is written to this register, data read back from this register has the least-significant bit as zero. SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 CPSDVSR R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Clock Prescale Divisor This value must be an even number from 2 to 254, depending on the frequency of SSIClk. The LSB always returns 0 on reads. 7:0 CPSDVSR R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 311 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 6: SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 The SSIIM register is the interrupt mask set or clear register. It is a read/write register and all bits are cleared to 0 on reset. On a read, this register gives the current value of the mask on the relevant interrupt. A write of 1 to the particular bit sets the mask, enabling the interrupt to be read. A write of 0 clears the corresponding mask. SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 TXIM R/W 0 RO 0 2 RXIM R/W 0 RO 0 1 RTIM R/W 0 RO 0 0 RORIM R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Transmit FIFO Interrupt Mask 0: TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is masked. 1: TX FIFO half-full or less condition interrupt is not masked. 3 TXIM R/W 0 2 RXIM R/W 0 SSI Receive FIFO Interrupt Mask 0: RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is masked. 1: RX FIFO half-full or more condition interrupt is not masked. 1 RTIM R/W 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Mask 0: RX FIFO time-out interrupt is masked. 1: RX FIFO time-out interrupt is not masked. 0 RORIM R/W 0 SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Mask 0: RX FIFO overrun interrupt is masked. 1: RX FIFO overrun interrupt is not masked. 312 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 The SSIRIS register is the raw interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current raw status value of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking. A write has no effect. SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0008 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 TXRIS RO 1 RO 0 2 RXRIS RO 0 RO 0 1 RTRIS RO 0 RO 0 0 RORRIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Transmit FIFO Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set. 3 TXRIS RO 1 2 RXRIS RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set. 1 RTRIS RO 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set. 0 RORRIS RO 0 SSI Receive Overrun Raw Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 313 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 8: SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C The SSIMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt. A write has no effect. SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 TXMIS RO 0 RO 0 2 RXMIS RO 0 RO 0 1 RTMIS RO 0 RO 0 0 RORMIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Transmit FIFO Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the transmit FIFO is half full or less, when set. 3 TXMIS RO 0 2 RXMIS RO 0 SSI Receive FIFO Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO is half full or more, when set. 1 RTMIS RO 0 SSI Receive Time-Out Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive time-out has occurred, when set. 0 RORMIS RO 0 SSI Receive Overrun Masked Interrupt Status Indicates that the receive FIFO has overflowed, when set. 314 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 The SSIICR register is the interrupt clear register. On a write of 1, the corresponding interrupt is cleared. A write of 0 has no effect. SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0x020 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RTIC W1C 0 RO 0 0 RORIC W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Receive Time-Out Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. 1 RTIC W1C 0 0 RORIC W1C 0 SSI Receive Overrun Interrupt Clear 0: No effect on interrupt. 1: Clears interrupt. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 315 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 10: SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFD0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID4 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID4 RO 0x00 316 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFD4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID5 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 317 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 12: SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFD8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID6 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID6 RO 0x00 318 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFDC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID7 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID7 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 319 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 14: SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFE0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0022 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register[7:0] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID0 RO 0x22 320 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 15: SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFE4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register [15:8] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID1 RO 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 321 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 16: SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFE8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register [23:16] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID2 RO 0x18 322 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 17: SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC The SSIPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFEC Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI Peripheral ID Register [31:24] Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral. 7:0 PID3 RO 0x01 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 323 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 18: SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFF0 Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI PrimeCell ID Register [7:0] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID0 RO 0x0D 324 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 19: SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFF4 Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI PrimeCell ID Register [15:8] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID1 RO 0xF0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 325 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Register 20: SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFF8 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID2 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI PrimeCell ID Register [23:16] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID2 RO 0x05 326 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 21: SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC The SSIPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value. SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3) SSI0 base: 0x4000.8000 SSI1 base: 0x4000.9000 Offset 0xFFC Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 CID3 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. SSI PrimeCell ID Register [31:24] Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system. 7:0 CID3 RO 0xB1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 327 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface I2C The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design 2 (a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL), and interfaces to external I C devices such as 2 serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on. The I C bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development and 2 manufacture. The LM3S6950 microcontroller includes one I C module, providing the ability to interact 2 (both send and receive) with other I C devices on the bus. Devices on the I C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. The Stellaris I C module supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave, and also supports the 2 simultaneous operation as both a master and a slave. There are a total of four I C modes: Master ®2 Transmit, Master Receive, Slave Transmit, and Slave Receive. The Stellaris I C module can operate at two speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps). Both the I C master and slave can generate interrupts; the I C master generates interrupts when 2 a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due to an error) and the I C slave generates interrupts when data has been sent or requested by a master. 2 2 2 ®2 2 2 14.1 Block Diagram Figure 14-1. I C Block Diagram 2 I2C Control I2CMSA I2CMCS I2CMDR Interrupt I2CMTPR I2CMIMR I2CMRIS I2CMMIS I2CMICR I2CMCR I2CSOAR I2CSCSR I2CSDR I2CSIM I2CSRIS I2CSMIS I2CSICR I C Slave Core 2 I2CSCL I2C Master Core I2CSDA I2CSCL I2C I/O Select I2CSDA I2CSCL I2CSDA 14.2 Functional Description TheEach I C module is comprised of both master and slave functions which are implemented as separate peripherals. For proper operation, the SDA and SCL pins must be connected to bi-directional 2 open-drain pads. A typical I C bus configuration is shown in Figure 14-2 on page 329. See “I C” on page 488 for I C timing diagrams. 2 2 2 328 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 14-2. I C Bus Configuration 2 SCL SDA I2CSCL I2CSDA RPUP RPUP I2C Bus SCL SDA SCL SDA StellarisTM 3rd Par ty Device with I2C Interface 3rd Par ty Device with I2C Interface 14.2.1 I C Bus Functional Overview The I C bus uses only two signals: SDA and SCL, named I2CSDA and I2CSCL on Stellaris microcontrollers. SDA is the bi-directional serial data line and SCL is the bi-directional serial clock line. The bus is considered idle when both lines are high. Every transaction on the I C bus is nine bits long, consisting of eight data bits and a single acknowledge bit. The number of bytes per transfer (defined as the time between a valid START and STOP condition, described in “START and STOP Conditions” on page 329) is unrestricted, but each byte has to be followed by an acknowledge bit, and data must be transferred MSB first. When a receiver cannot receive another complete byte, it can hold the clock line SCL Low and force the transmitter into a wait state. The data transfer continues when the receiver releases the clock SCL. 2 2 ® 2 14.2.1.1 START and STOP Conditions The protocol of the I C bus defines two states to begin and end a transaction: START and STOP. A high-to-low transition on the SDA line while the SCL is high is defined as a START condition, and a low-to-high transition on the SDA line while SCL is high is defined as a STOP condition. The bus is considered busy after a START condition and free after a STOP condition. See Figure 14-3 on page 329. Figure 14-3. START and STOP Conditions SDA SCL START condition STOP condition 2 SDA SCL 14.2.1.2 Data Format with 7-Bit Address Data transfers follow the format shown in Figure 14-4 on page 330. After the START condition, a slave address is sent. This address is 7-bits long followed by an eighth bit, which is a data direction bit (R/S bit in the I2CMSA register). A zero indicates a transmit operation (send), and a one indicates a request for data (receive). A data transfer is always terminated by a STOP condition generated by the master, however, a master can initiate communications with another device on the bus by generating a repeated START condition and addressing another slave without first generating a STOP condition. Various combinations of receive/send formats are then possible within a single transfer. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 329 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Figure 14-4. Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address SDA MSB LSB R/S ACK MSB LSB ACK SCL 1 2 Slave add ress 7 8 9 1 2 Data 7 8 9 The first seven bits of the first byte make up the slave address (see Figure 14-5 on page 330). The eighth bit determines the direction of the message. A zero in the R/S position of the first byte means that the master will write (send) data to the selected slave, and a one in this position means that the master will receive data from the slave. Figure 14-5. R/S Bit in First Byte MSB LSB R/S Slave address 14.2.1.3 Data Validity The data on the SDA line must be stable during the high period of the clock, and the data line can only change when SCL is low (see Figure 14-6 on page 330). Figure 14-6. Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I C Bus SDA 2 SCL g Data line Chan e stable of data allowed 14.2.1.4 Acknowledge All bus transactions have a required acknowledge clock cycle that is generated by the master. During the acknowledge cycle, the transmitter (which can be the master or slave) releases the SDA line. To acknowledge the transaction, the receiver must pull down SDA during the acknowledge clock cycle. The data sent out by the receiver during the acknowledge cycle must comply with the data validity requirements described in “Data Validity” on page 330. When a slave receiver does not acknowledge the slave address, SDA must be left high by the slave so that the master can generate a STOP condition and abort the current transfer. If the master device is acting as a receiver during a transfer, it is responsible for acknowledging each transfer made by the slave. Since the master controls the number of bytes in the transfer, it signals the end of data to the slave transmitter by not generating an acknowledge on the last data byte. The slave transmitter must then release SDA to allow the master to generate the STOP or a repeated START condition. 330 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 14.2.1.5 Arbitration A master may start a transfer only if the bus is idle. Its possible for two or more masters to generate a START condition within minimum hold time of the START condition. In these situations, an arbitration scheme takes place on the SDA line, while SCL is high. During arbitration, the first of the competing master devices to place a '1' (high) on SDA while another master transmits a '0' (low) will switch off its data output stage and retire until the bus is idle again. Arbitration can take place over several bits. Its first stage is a comparison of address bits, and if both masters are trying to address the same device, arbitration continues on to the comparison of data bits. 14.2.2 Available Speed Modes The I C clock rate is determined by the parameters: CLK_PRD, TIMER_PRD, SCL_LP, and SCL_HP. where: CLK_PRD is the system clock period SCL_LP is the low phase of SCL (fixed at 6) SCL_HP is the high phase of SCL (fixed at 4) TIMER_PRD is the programmed value in the I C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register (see page 348). The I C clock period is calculated as follows: SCL_PERIOD = 2*(1 + TIMER_PRD)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD For example: CLK_PRD = 50 ns TIMER_PRD = 2 SCL_LP=6 SCL_HP=4 yields a SCL frequency of: 1/T = 333 Khz Table 14-1 on page 331 gives examples of Timer period, system clock, and speed mode (Standard or Fast). Table 14-1. Examples of I C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode System Clock Timer Period Standard Mode Timer Period Fast Mode 4 Mhz 6 Mhz 12.5 Mhz 16.7 Mhz 20 Mhz 25 Mhz 33Mhz 40Mhz 0x01 0x02 0x06 0x08 0x09 0x0C 0x10 0x13 100 Kbps 100 Kbps 89 Kbps 93 Kbps 100 Kbps 96.2 Kbps 97.1 Kbps 100 Kbps 0x01 0x02 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x04 312 Kbps 278 Kbps 333 Kbps 312 Kbps 330 Kbps 400 Kbps 2 2 2 2 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 331 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 System Clock Timer Period Standard Mode Timer Period Fast Mode 50Mhz 0x18 100 Kbps 0x06 357 Kbps 14.2.3 Interrupts The I C can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed: ■ Master transaction completed ■ Master transaction error ■ Slave transaction received ■ Slave transaction requested There is a separate interrupt signal for the I C master and I C modules. While both modules can generate interrupts for multiple conditions, only a single interrupt signal is sent to the interrupt controller. 2 2 2 14.2.3.1 I C Master Interrupts The I C master module generates an interrupt when a transaction completes (either transmit or 2 receive), or when an error occurs during a transaction. To enable the I C master interrupt, software 2 must write a '1' to the I C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR) register. When an interrupt condition 2 is met, software must check the ERROR bit in the I C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) register to verify that an error didn't occur during the last transaction. An error condition is asserted if the last transaction wasn't acknowledge by the slave or if the master was forced to give up ownership of the bus due to a lost arbitration round with another master. If an error is not detected, the application 2 can proceed with the transfer. The interrupt is cleared by writing a '1' to the I C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR) register. If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via 2 the I C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS) register. 2 2 14.2.3.2 I C Slave Interrupts The slave module generates interrupts as it receives requests from an I C master. To enable the 2 2 I C slave interrupt, write a '1' to the I C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR) register. Software 2 determines whether the module should write (transmit) or read (receive) data from the I C Slave 2 Data (I2CSDR) register, by checking the RREQ and TREQ bits of the I C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) register. If the slave module is in receive mode and the first byte of a transfer is received, 2 the FBR bit is set along with the RREQ bit. The interrupt is cleared by writing a '1' to the I C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR) register. If the application doesn't require the use of interrupts, the raw interrupt status is always visible via 2 the I C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS) register. 2 2 14.2.4 Loopback Operation The I C modules can be placed into an internal loopback mode for diagnostic or debug work. This 2 is accomplished by setting the LPBK bit in the I C Master Configuration (I2CMCR) register. In loopback mode, the SDA and SCL signals from the master and slave modules are tied together. 2 332 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 14.2.5 Command Sequence Flow Charts This section details the steps required to perform the various I C transfer types in both master and slave mode. 2 14.2.5.1 I C Master Command Sequences The figures that follow show the command sequences available for the I C master. Figure 14-7. Master Single SEND Idle 2 2 Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Write data to I2CMDR Read I2CMCS NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES Write ---0-111 to I2CMCS Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Idle June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 333 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Figure 14-8. Master Single RECEIVE Idle Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Read I2CMCS NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES Write ---00111 to I2CMCS Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Read data from I2CMDR Idle 334 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 14-9. Master Burst SEND Idle Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Read I2CMCS Write data to I2CMDR BUSY bit=0? NO Read I2CMCS YES ERROR bit=0? NO NO BUSBSY bit=0? YES YES Write data to I2CMDR NO ARBLST bit=1? Write ---0-011 to I2CMCS Write ---0-001 to I2CMCS NO YES Index=n? Write ---0-100 to I2CMCS YES Error Service Write ---0-101 to I2CMCS Idle Read I2CMCS NO BUSY bit=0? YES Error Service NO ERROR bit=0? YES Idle June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 335 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Figure 14-10. Master Burst RECEIVE Idle Sequence may be omitted in a Single Master system Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Read I2CMCS Read I2CMCS BUSY bit=0? NO YES NO BUSBSY bit=0? ERROR bit=0? YES NO Write ---01011 to I2CMCS Read data from I2CMDR NO ARBLST bit=1? YES Write ---01001 to I2CMCS NO Write ---0-100 to I2CMCS Index=m-1? Error Service YES Write ---00101 to I2CMCS Idle Read I2CMCS BUSY bit=0? NO YES NO ERROR bit=0? YES Error Service Read data from I2CMDR Idle 336 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 14-11. Master Burst RECEIVE after Burst SEND Idle Master operates in Master Transmit mode STOP condition is not generated Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Write ---01011 to I2CMCS Repeated START condition is generated with changing data direction Master operates in Master Receive mode Idle June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 337 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Figure 14-12. Master Burst SEND after Burst RECEIVE Idle Master operates in Master Receive mode STOP condition is not generated Write Slave Address to I2CMSA Write ---0-011 to I2CMCS Repeated START condition is generated with changing data direction Master operates in Master Transmit mode Idle 14.2.5.2 I C Slave Command Sequences Figure 14-13 on page 339 presents the command sequence available for the I C slave. 2 2 338 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 14-13. Slave Command Sequence Idle Write OWN Slave Address to I2CSOAR Write -------1 to I2CSCSR Read I2CSCSR NO TREQ bit=1? NO RREQ bit=1? YES FBR is also valid YES Write data to I2CSDR Read data from I2CSDR 14.3 Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to configure the I C module to send a single byte as a master. This assumes the system clock is 20 MHz. 1. Enable the I C clock by writing a value of 0x0000.1000 to the RCGC1 register in the System Control module. 2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control module. 3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. Also, be sure to enable the same pins for Open Drain operation. 4. Initialize the I C Master by writing the I2CMCR register with a value of 0x0000.0020. 5. Set the desired SCL clock speed of 100 Kbps by writing the I2CMTPR register with the correct value. The value written to the I2CMTPR register represents the number of system clock periods in one SCL clock period. The TPR value is determined by the following equation: 2 2 2 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 339 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 TPR = (System Clock / (2 * (SCL_LP + SCL_HP) * SCL_CLK)) - 1; TPR = (20MHz / (2 * (6 + 4) * 100000)) - 1; TPR = 9 Write the I2CMTPR register with the value of 0x0000.0009. 6. Specify the slave address of the master and that the next operation will be a Send by writing the I2CMSA register with a value of 0x0000.0076. This sets the slave address to 0x3B. 7. Place data (byte) to be sent in the data register by writing the I2CMDR register with the desired data. 8. Initiate a single byte send of the data from Master to Slave by writing the I2CMCS register with a value of 0x0000.0007 (STOP, START, RUN). 9. Wait until the transmission completes by polling the I2CMCS register ’s BUSBSY bit until it has been cleared. 14.4 I C Register Map Table 14-2 on page 340 lists the I C registers. All addresses given are relative to the I C base addresses for the master and slave: ■ I C Master 0: 0x4002.0000 ■ I C Slave 0: 0x4002.0800 ■ I C Master 1: 0x4002.1000 ■ I C Slave 1: 0x4001.1800 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Table 14-2. Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface Register Map Offset I C Master 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 I C Slave 0x000 I2CSOAR R/W 0x0000.0000 I2C Slave Own Address 355 2 2 2 Name Type Reset Description See page I2CMSA I2CMCS I2CMDR I2CMTPR I2CMIMR I2CMRIS I2CMMIS I2CMICR I2CMCR R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO RO WO R/W 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0001 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 I2C Master Slave Address I2C Master Control/Status I2C Master Data I2C Master Timer Period I2C Master Interrupt Mask I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status I2C Master Interrupt Clear I2C Master Configuration 342 343 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 340 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Offset 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 Name I2CSCSR I2CSDR I2CSIMR I2CSRIS I2CSMIS I2CSICR Type RO R/W R/W RO RO WO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description I2C Slave Control/Status I2C Slave Data I2C Slave Interrupt Mask I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status I2C Slave Interrupt Clear See page 356 358 359 360 361 362 14.5 Register Descriptions (I C Master) The remainder of this section lists and describes the I C master registers, in numerical order by address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I2C Slave)” on page 354. 2 2 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 341 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 1: I C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 This register consists of eight bits: seven address bits (A6-A0), and a Receive/Send bit, which determines if the next operation is a Receive (High), or Send (Low). I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 SA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 R/S R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. I C Slave Address This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address. 2 7:1 SA R/W 0 0 R/S R/W 0 Receive/Send The R/S bit specifies if the next operation is a Receive (High) or Send (Low). 0: Send 1: Receive 342 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: I C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 This register accesses four control bits when written, and accesses seven status bits when read. The status register consists of seven bits, which when read determine the state of the I C bus controller. The control register consists of four bits: the RUN, START, STOP, and ACK bits. The START bit causes the generation of the START, or REPEATED START condition. The STOP bit determines if the cycle stops at the end of the data cycle, or continues on to a burst. 2 To generate a single send cycle, the I C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA) register is written with the desired address, the R/S bit is set to 0, and the Control register is written with ACK=X (0 or 1), STOP=1, START=1, and RUN=1 to perform the operation and stop. When the operation is completed (or aborted due an error), the interrupt pin becomes active and the data may be read from the 2 I2CMDR register. When the I C module operates in Master receiver mode, the ACK bit must be set 2 normally to logic 1. This causes the I C bus controller to send an acknowledge automatically after 2 each byte. This bit must be reset when the I C bus controller requires no further data to be sent from the slave transmitter. Read-Only Status Register I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 BUSBSY R 0 RO 0 5 IDLE R 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 BUSY R 0 ARBLST DATACK ADRACK ERROR R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit specifies the state of the I C bus. If set, the bus is busy; otherwise, the bus is idle. The bit changes based on the START and STOP conditions. This bit specifies the I C controller state. If set, the controller is idle; otherwise the controller is not idle. This bit specifies the result of bus arbitration. If set, the controller lost arbitration; otherwise, the controller won arbitration. This bit specifies the result of the last data operation. If set, the transmitted data was not acknowledged; otherwise, the data was acknowledged. 2 2 6 BUSBSY R 0 5 IDLE R 0 4 ARBLST R 0 3 DATACK R 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 343 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Bit/Field 2 Name ADRACK Type R Reset 0 Description This bit specifies the result of the last address operation. If set, the transmitted address was not acknowledged; otherwise, the address was acknowledged. This bit specifies the result of the last bus operation. If set, an error occurred on the last operation; otherwise, no error was detected. The error can be from the slave address not being acknowledged, the transmit data not being acknowledged, or because the controller lost arbitration. This bit specifies the state of the controller. If set, the controller is busy; otherwise, the controller is idle. When the BUSY bit is set, the other status bits are not valid. 1 ERROR R 0 0 BUSY R 0 Write-Only Control Register I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 ACK W 0 RO 0 2 STOP W 0 RO 0 1 START W 0 RO 0 0 RUN W 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, causes received data byte to be acknowledged automatically by the master. See field decoding in Table 14-3 on page 345. When set, causes the generation of the STOP condition. See field decoding in Table 14-3 on page 345. When set, causes the generation of a START or repeated START condition. See field decoding in Table 14-3 on page 345. When set, allows the master to send or receive data. See field decoding in Table 14-3 on page 345. 3 ACK W 0 2 STOP W 0 1 START W 0 0 RUN W 0 344 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Table 14-3. Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field (Sheet 1 of 3) Current I2CMSA[0] State R/S Idle 0 0 1 1 1 1 I2CMCS[3:0] ACK X a Description RUN 1 1 1 1 1 1 START condition followed by SEND (master goes to the Master Transmit state). START condition followed by a SEND and STOP condition (master remains in Idle state). START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with negative ACK (master goes to the Master Receive state). START condition followed by RECEIVE and STOP condition (master remains in Idle state). START condition followed by RECEIVE (master goes to the Master Receive state). Illegal. STOP 0 1 0 1 0 1 START 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 0 0 1 1 All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. Master Transmit X X X 0 0 1 X X X X X 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 SEND operation (master remains in Master Transmit state). STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). SEND followed by STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). Repeated START condition followed by a SEND (master remains in Master Transmit state). Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). Repeated START condition followed by a RECEIVE operation with a negative ACK (master goes to Master Receive state). Repeated START condition followed by a SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master goes to Master Receive state). Illegal. 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 345 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Current I2CMSA[0] State R/S Master Receive X X X X X 1 I2CMCS[3:0] ACK 0 X 0 1 1 0 STOP 0 1 1 0 1 0 START 0 0 0 0 0 1 RUN 1 0 1 1 1 1 Description RECEIVE operation with negative ACK (master remains in Master Receive state). STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). b RECEIVE followed by STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). RECEIVE operation (master remains in Master Receive state). Illegal. Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with a negative ACK (master remains in Master Receive state). Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE (master remains in Master Receive state). Repeated START condition followed by SEND (master goes to Master Transmit state). Repeated START condition followed by SEND and STOP condition (master goes to Idle state). 1 1 0 0 0 1 X X 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 All other combinations not listed are non-operations. NOP. a. An X in a table cell indicates the bit can be 0 or 1. b. In Master Receive mode, a STOP condition should be generated only after a Data Negative Acknowledge executed by the master or an Address Negative Acknowledge executed by the slave. 346 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: I C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Master Transmit state, and the data received when in the Master Receive state. I2C Master Data (I2CMDR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DATA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Data transferred during transaction. 7:0 DATA R/W 0x00 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 347 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 4: I C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C This register specifies the period of the SCL clock. I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 TPR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field specifies the period of the SCL clock. SCL_PRD = 2*(1 + TPR)*(SCL_LP + SCL_HP)*CLK_PRD where: SCL_PRD is the SCL line period (I C clock). TPR is the Timer Period register value (range of 1 to 255). SCL_LP is the SCL Low period (fixed at 6). SCL_HP is the SCL High period (fixed at 4). 2 7:0 TPR R/W 0x1 348 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: I C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 IM R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted; otherwise, the interrupt is masked. 0 IM R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 349 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 6: I C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending. I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 RIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the I C master block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is not pending. 2 0 RIS RO 0 350 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: I C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled. I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 MIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (after masking) of the I C master block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not been generated since the bit was last cleared. 2 0 MIS RO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 351 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 8: I C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C This register clears the raw interrupt. I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x01C Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 IC WO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Interrupt Clear This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt. A write of 1 clears the interrupt; otherwise, a write of 0 has no affect on the interrupt state. A read of this register returns no meaningful data. 0 IC WO 0 352 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: I C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 This register configures the mode (Master or Slave) and sets the interface for test mode loopback. I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR) I2C Master 0 base: 0x4002.0000 I2C Master 1 base: 0x4002.1000 Offset 0x020 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 SFE RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 4 MFE R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LPBK R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. I C Slave Function Enable This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Slave mode. If set, Slave mode is enabled; otherwise, Slave mode is disabled. 2 5 SFE R/W 0 4 MFE R/W 0 I C Master Function Enable This bit specifies whether the interface may operate in Master mode. If set, Master mode is enabled; otherwise, Master mode is disabled and the interface clock is disabled. 2 3:1 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. I C Loopback This bit specifies whether the interface is operating normally or in Loopback mode. If set, the device is put in a test mode loopback configuration; otherwise, the device operates normally. 2 0 LPBK R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 353 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 14.6 Register Descriptions (I2C Slave) The remainder of this section lists and describes the I C slave registers, in numerical order by 2 address offset. See also “Register Descriptions (I C Master)” on page 341. 2 354 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 10: I C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 This register consists of seven address bits that identify the Stellaris I C device on the I C bus. I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 ®2 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 OAR R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. I C Slave Own Address This field specifies bits A6 through A0 of the slave address. 2 6:0 OAR R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 355 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 11: I C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 This register accesses one control bit when written, and three status bits when read. The read-only Status register consists of three bits: the FBR, RREQ, and TREQ bits. The First ® Byte Received (FBR) bit is set only after the Stellaris device detects its own slave address 2 and receives the first data byte from the I C master. The Receive Request (RREQ) bit indicates ®2 2 that the Stellaris I C device has received a data byte from an I C master. Read one data byte from 2 the I C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the RREQ bit. The Transmit Request (TREQ) bit ®2 indicates that the Stellaris I C device is addressed as a Slave Transmitter. Write one data byte 2 into the I C Slave Data (I2CSDR) register to clear the TREQ bit. The write-only Control register consists of one bit: the DA bit. The DA bit enables and disables the ®2 Stellaris I C slave operation. Read-Only Status Register I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 FBR RO 0 RO 0 1 TREQ RO 0 RO 0 0 RREQ RO 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that the first byte following the slave’s own address is received. This bit is only valid when the RREQ bit is set, and is automatically cleared when data has been read from the I2CSDR register. Note: This bit is not used for slave transmit operations. 2 2 FBR RO 0 1 TREQ RO 0 This bit specifies the state of the I C slave with regards to outstanding 2 transmit requests. If set, the I C unit has been addressed as a slave transmitter and uses clock stretching to delay the master until data has been written to the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, there is no outstanding transmit request. Receive Request This bit specifies the status of the I C slave with regards to outstanding 2 receive requests. If set, the I C unit has outstanding receive data from 2 the I C master and uses clock stretching to delay the master until the data has been read from the I2CSDR register. Otherwise, no receive data is outstanding. 2 0 RREQ RO 0 356 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Write-Only Control Register I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 DA WO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Device Active 1=Enables the I C slave operation. 0=Disables the I C slave operation. 2 2 0 DA WO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 357 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 12: I C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 This register contains the data to be transmitted when in the Slave Transmit state, and the data received when in the Slave Receive state. I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DATA RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This field contains the data for transfer during a slave receive or transmit operation. 7:0 DATA R/W 0x0 358 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: I C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C This register controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 IM R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls whether a raw interrupt is promoted to a controller interrupt. If set, the interrupt is not masked and the interrupt is promoted; otherwise, the interrupt is masked. 0 IM R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 359 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 14: I C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 This register specifies whether an interrupt is pending. I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x010 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 RIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (prior to masking) of the I C slave block. If set, an interrupt is pending; otherwise, an interrupt is not pending. 2 0 RIS RO 0 360 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 15: I C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 This register specifies whether an interrupt was signaled. I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 MIS RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit specifies the raw interrupt state (after masking) of the I C slave block. If set, an interrupt was signaled; otherwise, an interrupt has not been generated since the bit was last cleared. 2 0 MIS RO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 361 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface 2 Register 16: I C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 This register clears the raw interrupt. I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR) I2C Slave 0 base: 0x4002.0800 I2C Slave 1 base: 0x4001.1800 Offset 0x018 Type WO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 IC WO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. This bit controls the clearing of the raw interrupt. A write of 1 clears the interrupt; otherwise a write of 0 has no affect on the interrupt state. A read of this register returns no meaningful data. 0 IC WO 0 362 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 15 Ethernet Controller ENET The Stellaris Ethernet Controller consists of a fully integrated media access controller (MAC) and network physical (PHY) interface device. The Ethernet controller conforms to IEE 802.3 specifications and fully supports 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX standards. The Ethernet controller module has the following features: ■ Conforms to the IEEE 802.3-2002 specification – 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX IEEE-802.3 compliant. Requires only a dual 1:1 isolation transformer interface to the line. – 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ENDEC, 100BASE-TX scrambler/descrambler – Full-featured auto-negotiation ■ Multiple operational modes – Full- and half-duplex 100 Mbps – Full- and half-duplex 10 Mbps – Power-saving and power-down modes ■ Highly configurable – Programmable MAC address – LED activity selection – Promiscuous mode support – CRC error-rejection control – User-configurable interrupts ■ Physical media manipulation – Automatic MDI/MDI-X cross-over correction – Register-programmable transmit amplitude – Automatic polarity correction and 10BASE-T signal reception ® June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 363 Ethernet Controller 15.1 Block Diagram Figure 15-1. Ethernet Controller Block Diagram Interrupt Control MACISR MACIACK MACIMR Interrupt Receive Control MACRCR MACNPR TXOP Transmit FIFO Transmit Encoding Pulse Shaping TXON System Clock Data Access MACDR Collision Detect Carrier Sense MDIX RXIP Timer Support MACTSR Transmit Control MACTCR MACITHR MACTRR Receive FIFO Receive Decoding Clock Recovery RXIN MII Control Individual Address MACIAR0 MACIAR1 MACMCR MACMDVR MACMAR MACMDTX MACMDRX Media Independent Interface Management Register Set MR0 MR1 MR2 MR3 MR4 MR5 MR6 MR16 MR17 MR18 MR19 MR23 MR24 Auto Negotiation XTLP Clock Reference XTLN 15.2 Functional Description As illustrated in Figure 15-2 on page 364, the Ethernet Controller is functionally divided into two layers or modules - the Media Access Controller (MAC) layer and Network Physical (PHY) layer. These correspond to the OSI model layers 2 and 1. The primary interface to the Ethernet controller is a simple bus interface to the MAC layer. The MAC layer provides transmit and receive processing for ethernet frames. The MAC layer also provides the interface to the PHY module via an internal Media Independent Interface (MII). Figure 15-2. Ethernet Controller Ethernet Controller Media Access Controller MAC (Layer 2) Physical Layer Entity PHY (Layer 1) Cortex M3 Magnetics RJ45 15.2.1 Internal MII Operation For the MII management interface to function properly, the MDIO signal must be connected through a 10k Ω pull-up resistor to the +3.3V supply. Failure to connect this pull-up resistor will prevent management transactions on this internal MII to function. Note that it is possible for data transmission across the MII to still function since the PHY layer will auto-negotiate the link parameters by default. 364 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller For the MII management interface to function properly, the internal clock must be divided down from the system clock to a frequency no greater than 2.5 MHz. The MACMDV register contains the divider used for scaling down the system clock. See page 383 for more details about the use of this register. 15.2.2 PHY Configuration/Operation The Physical Layer (PHY) in the Ethernet controller includes integrated ENDECs, scrambler/descrambler, dual-speed clock recovery, and full-featured auto-negotiation functions. The transmitter includes an on-chip pulse shaper and a low-power line driver. The receiver has an adaptive equalizer and a baseline restoration circuit required for accurate clock and data recovery. The transceiver interfaces to Category-5 unshielded twisted pair (Cat-5 UTP) cabling for 100BASE-TX applications, and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair (Cat-3 UTP) for 10BASE-T applications. The Ethernet Controller is connected to the line media via dual 1:1 isolation transformers. No external filter is required. 15.2.2.1 Clock Selection The PHY has an on-chip crystal oscillator which can also be driven by an external oscillator. In this mode of operation, a 25-MHz crystal should be connected between the XTLPPHY and XTLNPHY pins. Alternatively, an external 25-MHz clock input can be connected to the XTLP pin. In this mode of operation, a crystal is not required and the XTLN pin must be tied to ground. 15.2.2.2 Auto-Negotation The PHY supports the auto-negotiation functions of Clause 28 of the IEEE 802.3 standard for 10/100 Mbps operation over copper wiring. This function can be enabled via register settings. The autonegotiation function defaults to On and bit 12 (ANEGEN) in the MR0 register is High after reset. Software can disable the auto-negotiation function by writing to the ANEGEN bit. The contents of the MR4 register are sent to the PHY’s link partner during auto-negotiation via fast-link pulse coding. Once auto-negotiation is complete, bits 11:10 (DPLX and RATE) in the MR18 register reflect the actual speed and duplex that was chosen. If auto-negotiation fails to establish a link for any reason, bit 12 (ANEGF) in the MR18 register reflects this and auto-negotiation restarts from the beginning. Writing a 1 to bit 9 (RANEG) in the MR0 register also causes auto-negotiation to restart. 15.2.2.3 Polarity Correction The PHY is capable of either automatic or manual polarity reversal for 10BASE-T and auto-negotiation functions. Bits 4 and 5 (RVSPOL and APOL) in the MR16 register control this feature. The default is automatic mode, where APOL is Low and RVSPOL indicates if the detection circuitry has inverted the input signal. To enter manual mode, APOL should be set High and RVSPOL then controls the signal polarity. 15.2.2.4 MDI/MDI-X Configuration The PHY supports the automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration as defined in IEEE 802.3 2002. This eliminates the need for cross-over cables when connecting to another devices, such as a hub. The algorithm is controlled via settings in the MR24 register. Refer to page 406 for additional details about these settings. 15.2.2.5 LED Indicators The PHY supports two LED signals that can be used to indicate various states of operation of the Ethernet Controller. These signals are mapped to the LED0 and LED1 pins. By default, these pins are configured as GPIO signals (PF3 and PF2). For the PHY layer to drive these signals, they must be reconfigured to their hardware function. Refer to the GIPO chapter for additional details. The June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 365 Ethernet Controller function of these pins is programmable via the PHY layer MR23 register. Refer to page 405 for additonal details on how to program these LED functions. 15.2.3 MAC Configuration/Operation 15.2.3.1 Ethernet Frame Format Ethernet data is carried by Ethernet frames. The basic frame format is shown in Figure 15-3 on page 366. Figure 15-3. Ethernet Frame Preamble 7 Bytes SFD Destination Address 1 Byte 6 Bytes Source Address 6 Bytes Length/ Type 2 Bytes Data 46 - 1500 Bytes FCS 4 Bytes The seven fields of the frame are transmitted from left to right. The bits within the frame are transmitted from least to most significant bit. ■ Preamble The Preamble field is used by the physical layer signaling circuitry to synchronize with the received frame’s timing. The preamble is 7 octets long. ■ Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) The SFD field follows the preamble pattern and indicates the start of the frame. Its value is 1010.1011. ■ Destination Address (DA) This field specifies destination addresses for which the frame is intended. The LSB of the DA determines whether the address is an individual (0), or group/multicast (1) address. ■ Source Address (SA) The source address field identifies the station from which the frame was initiated. ■ Length/Type Field The meaning of this field depends on its numeric value. The first of two octets is most significant. This field can be interpreted as length or type code. The maximum length of the data field is 1500 octets. If the value of the Length/Type field is less than or equal to 1500 decimal, it indicates the number of MAC client data octets. If the value of this field is greater than or equal to 1536 decimal, then it is type interpretation. The meaning of the Length/Type field when the value is between 1500 and 1536 decimal is unspecified by the standard. The MAC module assumes type interpretation if the value of the Length/Type field is greater than 1500 decimal. ■ Data The data field is a sequence of 0 to 1500 octets. Full data transparency is provided so any values can appear in this field. A minimum frame size is required to properly meet the IEEE standard. If necessary, the data field is extended by appending extra bits (a pad). The pad field can have a size of 0 to 46 octets. The sum of the data and pad lengths must be a minimum of 46 octets. The MAC module automatically inserts pads if required, though it can be disabled by a register 366 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller write. For the MAC module core, data sent/received can be larger than 1500 bytes, and no Frame Too Long error is reported. Instead, a FIFO Overrun error is reported when the frame received is too large to fit into the Ethernet controller ’s RAM. ■ Frame Check Sequence (FCS) The frame check sequence carries the CRC (cyclic redundancy check value). The value of this field is computed over destination address, source address, length/type, data, and pad fields using the CRC-32 algorithm. The MAC module computes the FCS value one nibble at a time. For transmitted frames, this field is automatically inserted by the MAC layer, unless disabled by the CRC bit in the MACTCTL register. For received frames, this field is automatically checked. If the FCS does not pass, the frame will not be placed in the RX FIFO, unless the FCS check is disabled by the BADCRC bit in the MACRCTL register. 15.2.3.2 MAC Layer FIFOs For Ethernet frame transmission, a 2K Byte TX FIFO is provided that can be used to store a single frame. While the IEEE 802.3 specification limits the size of an Ethernet frame's payload section to 1500 Bytes, the Ethernet controller places no such limit. The full buffer can be used, for a paylload of up to 2032 bytes. For ethernet frame reception, a 2K Byte RX FIFO is provided that can be used to store multiple frames, up to a maximum of 31 frames. If a frame is received and there is insufficient space in the RX FIFO, an overflow error will be indicated. For details regarding the TX and RX FIFO layout, refer to Table 15-1 on page 367. Please note the following difference between TX and RX FIFO layout. For the TX FIFO, the Data Length field in the first FIFO word refers to the Ethernet frame data payload, as shown in the 5th to nth FIFO positions. For the RX FIFO, the Frame Lenth field is the total length of the receieved ethernet frame, including the FCS and Frame Length bytes. Also note that if FCS generation is disabled with the CRC bit in the MACTCTL register, the last word in the FIFO must be the FCS bytes for the frame that has been written to the FIFO. Also note that if the length of the data payload section is not a multiple of 4, the FCS field will overlap words in the FIFO. However, for the RX FIFO, the beginning of the next frame will always be on a word boundary. Table 15-1. TX & RX FIFO Organization FIFO Word Read/Write Sequence 1st Word Bit Fields 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 2nd 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 3rd 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TX FIFO (Write) Data Length LSB Data Length MSB RX FIFO (Read) Frame Length LSB Frame Length MSB DA oct 1 DA oct 2 DA oct 3 DA oct 4 DA oct 5 DA oct 6 SA oct 1 SA oct 2 SA oct 3 SA oct 4 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 367 Ethernet Controller FIFO Word Read/Write Sequence 4th Word Bit Fields 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 TX FIFO (Write) RX FIFO (Read) SA oct 5 SA oct 6 Len/Type MSB Len/Type LSB data oct n data oct n+1 data oct n+2 data oct n+3 5th to nth 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 last 7:0 15:8 23:16 31:24 FCS 1 (if CRC generation is disabled in MACTCTL) FCS 2 (if CRC generation is disabled in MACTCTL) FCS 3 (if CRC generation is disabled in MACTCTL) FCS 4 (if CRC generation is disabled in MACTCTL) FCS 1 FCS 2 FCS 3 FCS 4 15.2.3.3 Ethernet Transmission Options The ethernet controller can automatically generate and insert the Frame Check Sequence (FCS) at the end of the transmit frame. This is controlled by the CRC bit in the MACTCTL register. For test purposes, in order to generate a frame with an invalid CRC, this feature can be disabled. The IEEE 802.3 specification requires that the ethernet frame payload section be a minimum of 46 bytes. The ethernet controller can be configured to automatically pad the data section if the payload data section loaded into the FIFO is less than the minimum 46 bytes. This feature is controlled by the PADEN bit in the MACTCTL register. At the MAC layer, the transmitter can be configured for both full-duplex and half-duplex operation by using the DUPLEX bit in the MACTCTL register. 15.2.3.4 Ethernet Reception Options Using the BADCRC bit in the MACRCTL register, the ethernet controller can be configured to reject incoming ethernet frames with an invalid Frame Check Sequence field. The ethernet receiver can also be configured for Promiscuous and Multicast modes using the PRMS and AMUL fields in the MACRCTL register. If these modes are not enabled, only ethernet frames with a broadcast address, or frames matching the MAC address programmed into the MACIA0 and MACIA1 register will be placed into the RX FIFO. 15.2.4 Interrupts The ethernet controller can generate an interrupt for one or more of the following conditions. ■ A frame has been received into an empty RX FIFO. ■ A frame transmission error has occurred ■ A frame has been transmitted successfully. ■ A frame has been received with no room in the RX FIFO (overrun). 368 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ A frame has been received with one or more error conditions (e.g. FCS failed). ■ An MII management transaction between the MAC and PHY layers has completed. ■ One or more of the following PHY layer conditions occurs. – Auto Negotiate Complete – Remote Fault – Link Status Change – Link Partner Acknowledge – Parallel Detect Fault – Page Received – Receive Error – Jabber Event Detected 15.3 Initialization and Configuration To use the Ethernet Controller, the peripheral must be enabled by setting the ETH bits in the RCGC2 register. The following steps can then be used to configure the ethernet controller for basic operation. 1. Program the MACDIV register to obtain a 2.5 MHz clock (or less) on the internal MII. Assuming a 20 MHz system clock, the MACDIV value would be 4. 2. Program the MACIA0 and MACIA1 register for address filtering. 3. Program the MACTCTL register for Auto CRC generation, padding, and full duplex operation using a value of 0x16. 4. Program the MACRCTL register to reject frames with bad FCS using a value of 0x08. 5. Enable both the Transmitter and Receive by setting the LSB in both the MACTCTL and MACRCTL register. 6. To transmit a frame, write the frame into the TX FIFO using the MACDATA register. Then set the NEWTX bit in the MACTR register to initiate the transmit process. When the NEWTX bit has been cleared, the TX FIFO will be available for the next transmit frame. 7. To receive a frame, wait for the NPR field in the MACNP register to be non-zero. Then begin reading the frame from the RX FIFO by using the MACDATA register. When the frame (including the FCS field) has been read, the NPR field should decrement by one. When there are no more frames in the RX FIFO, the NPR field will read 0. 15.4 Ethernet Register Map Table 15-2 on page 370 lists the Ethernet MAC registers. All addresses given are relative to the Ethernet MAC base address of 0x4004.8000. The IEEE 802.3 standard specifies a register set for controlling and gathering status from the PHY. The registers are collectively known as the MII Management registers and are detailed in Section June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 369 Ethernet Controller 22.2.4 of the IEEE 802.3 specification. Table 15-2 on page 370 lists the MII Management registers. All addresses given are absolute and are written directly to the REGADR field of the MACMCTL register. The format of registers 0 to 15 are defined by the IEEE specification and are common to all PHY implementations. The only variance allowed is for features that may or may not be supported by a specific PHY. Registers 16 to 31 are vendor-specific registers, used to support features that are specific to a vendors PHY implementation. Vendor-specific registers not listed are reserved. Table 15-2. Ethernet Register Map Offset Name Type Reset Description See page Ethernet MAC 0x000 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0x024 0x028 0x02C 0x030 0x034 0x038 MACRIS MACIACK MACIM MACRCTL MACTCTL MACDATA MACIA0 MACIA1 MACTHR MACMCTL MACMDV MACMADD MACMTXD MACMRXD MACNP MACTR RO W1C R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO R/W R/W RO R/W 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.007F 0x0000.0008 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.003F 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0080 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status Ethernet MAC Interrupt Acknowledge Ethernet MAC Interrupt Mask Ethernet MAC Receive Control Ethernet MAC Transmit Control Ethernet MAC Data Ethernet MAC Individual Address 0 Ethernet MAC Individual Address 1 Ethernet MAC Threshold Ethernet MAC Management Control Ethernet MAC Management Divider Ethernet MAC Management Address Ethernet MAC Management Transmit Data Ethernet MAC Management Receive Data Ethernet MAC Number of Packets Ethernet MAC Transmission Request 372 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 MII Management 0x00 0x01 0x02 MR0 MR1 MR2 R/W RO RO 0x3100 0x7849 0x000E Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control Ethernet PHY Management Register 1 – Status Ethernet PHY Management Register 2 – PHY Identifier 1 Ethernet PHY Management Register 3 – PHY Identifier 2 Ethernet PHY Management Register 4 – Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability Ethernet PHY Management Register 6 – Auto-Negotiation Expansion 389 391 393 0x03 MR3 RO 0x7237 394 0x04 MR4 R/W 0x01E1 395 0x05 MR5 RO 0x0000 397 0x06 MR6 RO 0x0000 398 370 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Offset Name Type Reset Description Ethernet PHY Management Register 16 – Vendor-Specific Ethernet PHY Management Register 17 – Interrupt Control/Status Ethernet PHY Management Register 18 – Diagnostic Ethernet PHY Management Register 19 – Transceiver Control Ethernet PHY Management Register 23 – LED Configuration Ethernet PHY Management Register 24 –MDI/MDIX Control See page 399 0x10 MR16 R/W 0x0140 0x11 0x12 0x13 MR17 MR18 MR19 R/W RO R/W 0x0000 0x0000 0x4000 401 403 404 0x17 MR23 R/W 0x0010 405 0x18 MR24 R/W 0x00C0 406 15.5 Ethernet MAC Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the Ethernet MAC registers, in numerical order by address offset. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 371 Ethernet Controller Register 1: Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status (MACRIS), offset 0x000 The MACRIS register is the interrupt status register. On a read, this register gives the current status value of the corresponding interrupt prior to masking. Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status (MACRIS) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x000 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 PHYINT RO 0 RO 0 5 MDINT RO 0 RO 0 4 RXER RO 0 RO 0 3 FOV RO 0 RO 0 2 TXEMP RO 0 RO 0 1 TXER RO 0 RO 0 0 RXINT RO 0 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that an enabled interrupt in the PHY layer has occured. MR17 in the PHY must be read to determine the specific PHY event that triggered this interrupt. When set, indicates that a transaction (read or write) on the MII interface has completed successfully. This bit indicates that an error was encountered on the receiver. The possible errors that can cause this interrupt bit to be set are: ■ A receive error occurs during the reception of a frame (100 Mb/s only). The frame is not an integer number of bytes (dribble bits) due to an alignment error. The CRC of the frame does not pass the FCS check. The length/type field is inconsistent with the frame data size when interpreted as a length field. 6 PHYINT RO 0x0 5 MDINT RO 0x0 4 RXER RO 0x0 ■ ■ ■ 3 FOV RO 0x0 When set, indicates that an overrun was encountered on the receive FIFO. When set, indicates that the packet was transmitted and that the TX FIFO is empty. When set, indicates that an error was encountered on the transmitter. The possible errors that can cause this interrupt bit to be set are: ■ The data length field stored in the TX FIFO exceeds 2032. The frame is not sent when this error occurs. The retransmission attempts during the backoff process have exceeded the maximum limit of 16. 2 TXEMP RO 0x0 1 TXER RO 0x0 ■ 372 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 0 Name RXINT Type RO Reset 0x0 Description When set, indicates that at least one packet has been received and is stored in the receiver FIFO. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 373 Ethernet Controller Register 2: Ethernet MAC Interrupt Acknowledge (MACIACK), offset 0x000 A write of a 1 to any bit position of this register clears the corresponding interrupt bit in the Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status (MACRIS) register. Ethernet MAC Interrupt Acknowledge (MACIACK) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x000 Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 MDINT RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 W1C 0 RO 0 4 RXER W1C 0 RO 0 3 FOV W1C 0 RO 0 2 TXEMP W1C 0 RO 0 1 TXER W1C 0 RO 0 0 RXINT W1C 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. A write of a 1 to the PHYINT bit clears the PHYINT interrupt read from the MACRIS register. A write of a 1 to the MDINT bit clears the MDINT interrupt read from the MACRIS register. A write of a 1 to the RXER bit clears the RXER interrupt read from the MACRIS register. A write of a 1 to the FOV bit clears the FOV interrupt read from the MACRIS register. A write of a 1 to the TXEMP bit clears the TXEMP interrupt read from the MACRIS register. A write of a 1 to the TXER bit clears the TXER interrupt read from the MACRIS register and resets the TX FIFO write pointer. A write of a 1 to the RXINT bit clears the RXINT interrupt read from the MACRIS register. 6 PHYINT W1C 0x0 5 MDINT W1C 0x0 4 RXER W1C 0x0 3 FOV W1C 0x0 2 TXEMP W1C 0x0 1 TXER W1C 0x0 0 RXINT W1C 0x0 374 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: Ethernet MAC Interrupt Mask (MACIM), offset 0x004 This register allows software to enable/disable Ethernet MAC interrupts. Writing a 0 disables the interrupt, while writing a 1 enables it. Ethernet MAC Interrupt Mask (MACIM) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.007F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 FOVM R/W 1 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 RXINTM R/W 1 PHYINTM MDINTM RXERM R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 TXEMPM TXERM R/W 1 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:7 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The PHYINTM bit masks the PHYINT bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The MDINTM bit masks the MDINT bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The RXERM bit masks the RXER bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The FOVM bit masks the FOV bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The TXEMPM bit masks the TXEMP bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The TXERM bit masks the TXER bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. The RXINTM bit masks the RXINT bit in the MACRIS register from being asserted. 6 PHYINTM R/W 1 5 MDINTM R/W 1 4 RXERM R/W 1 3 FOVM R/W 1 2 TXEMPM R/W 1 1 TXERM R/W 1 0 RXINTM R/W 1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 375 Ethernet Controller Register 4: Ethernet MAC Receive Control (MACRCTL), offset 0x008 This register enables software to configure the receive module and control the types of frames that are received from the physical medium. It is important to note that when the receive module is enabled, all valid frames with a broadcast address of FF-FF-FF-FF-FF-FF in the Destination Address field will be received and stored in the RX FIFO, even if the AMUL bit is not set. Ethernet MAC Receive Control (MACRCTL) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0008 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 PRMS R/W 0 RO 0 1 AMUL R/W 0 RO 0 0 RXEN R/W 0 RSTFIFO BADCRC R/W 0 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:5 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, clears the receive FIFO. This should be done when software initialization is performed. It is recommended that the receiver be disabled (RXEN = 0), and then the reset initiated (RSTFIFO = 1). This sequence will flush and reset the RX FIFO. 4 RSTFIFO R/W 0x0 3 BADCRC R/W 0x1 The BADCRC bit enables the rejection of frames with an incorrectly calculated CRC. The PRMS bit enables Promiscuous mode, which accepts all valid frames, regardless of the Destination Address. The AMUL bit enables the reception of multicast frames from the physical medium. The RXEN bit enables the Ethernet receiver. When this bit is Low, the receiver is disabled and all frames on the physical medium are ignored. 2 PRMS R/W 0x0 1 AMUL R/W 0x0 0 RXEN R/W 0x0 376 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Ethernet MAC Transmit Control (MACTCTL), offset 0x00C This register enables software to configure the transmit module, and control frames are placed onto the physical medium. Ethernet MAC Transmit Control (MACTCTL) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 CRC R/W 0 RO 0 1 PADEN R/W 0 RO 0 0 TXEN R/W 0 DUPLEX reserved R/W 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:5 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, enables Duplex mode, allowing simultaneous transmission and reception. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, enables the automatic generation of the CRC and the placement at the end of the packet. If this bit is not set, the frames placed in the TX FIFO will be sent exactly as they are written into the FIFO. When set, enables the automatic padding of packets that do not meet the minimum frame size. When set, enables the transmitter. When this bit is 0, the transmitter is disabled. 4 DUPLEX R/W 0x0 3 reserved RO 0x0 2 CRC R/W 0x0 1 PADEN R/W 0x0 0 TXEN R/W 0x0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 377 Ethernet Controller Register 6: Ethernet MAC Data (MACDATA), offset 0x010 This register enables software to access the TX and RX FIFOs. Reads from this register return the data stored in the RX FIFO from the location indicated by the read pointer. Writes to this register store the data in the TX FIFO at the location indicated by the write pointer. The write pointer is then auto-incremented to the next TX FIFO location. There is no mechanism for randomly accessing bytes in either the RX or TX FIFOs. Data must be read from the RX FIFO sequentially and stored in a buffer for further processing. Once a read has been performed, the data in the FIFO cannot be re-read. Data must be written to the TX FIFO sequentially. If an error is made in placing the frame into the TX FIFO, the write pointer can be reset to the start of the TX FIFO by writing the TXER bit of the MACIACK register and the data re-written. Ethernet MAC Data (MACDATA) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RXDATA Type Reset R 0 15 R 0 14 R 0 13 R 0 12 R 0 11 R 0 10 R 0 9 R 0 8 RXDATA Type Reset R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 R 0 7 R 0 6 R 0 5 R 0 4 R 0 3 R 0 2 R 0 1 R 0 0 Bit/Field 31:0 Name RXDATA Type R Reset 0x0 Description The RXDATA bits represent the next four bytes of data stored in the RX FIFO. Ethernet MAC Data (MACDATA) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TXDATA Type Reset W 0 15 W 0 14 W 0 13 W 0 12 W 0 11 W 0 10 W 0 9 W 0 8 TXDATA Type Reset W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 W 0 7 W 0 6 W 0 5 W 0 4 W 0 3 W 0 2 W 0 1 W 0 0 Bit/Field 31:0 Name TXDATA Type W Reset 0x0 Description The TXDATA bits represent the next four bytes of data to place in the TX FIFO for transmission. 378 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: Ethernet MAC Individual Address 0 (MACIA0), offset 0x014 This register enables software to program the first four bytes of the hardware MAC Address of the Network Interface Card (NIC). The 6-byte IAR is compared against the incoming Destination Address fields to determine whether the frame should be received. Ethernet MAC Individual Address 0 (MACIA0) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 MACOCT4 Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 MACOCT3 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 MACOCT2 Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 MACOCT1 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:24 Name MACOCT4 Type R/W Reset 0x0 Description The MACOCT4 bits represent the fourth octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. The MACOCT3 bits represent the third octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. The MACOCT2 bits represent the second octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. The MACOCT1 bits represent the first octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. 23:16 MACOCT3 R/W 0x0 15:8 MACOCT2 R/W 0x0 7:0 MACOCT1 R/W 0x0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 379 Ethernet Controller Register 8: Ethernet MAC Individual Address 1 (MACIA1), offset 0x018 This register enables software to program the last two bytes of the hardware MAC Address of the Network Interface Card (NIC). The 6-byte IAR is compared against the incoming Destination Address fields to determine whether the frame should be received. Ethernet MAC Individual Address 1 (MACIA1) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x018 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 MACOCT6 Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 MACOCT5 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The MACOCT6 bits represent the sixth octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. The MACOCT5 bits represent the fifth octet of the MAC address used to uniquely identify each Ethernet Controller. 15:8 MACOCT6 R/W 0x0 7:0 MACOCT5 R/W 0x0 380 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: Ethernet MAC Threshold (MACTHR), offset 0x01C This register enables software to set the threshold level at which the transmission of the frame begins. If the THRESH bits are set to 0x3F, which is the reset value, transmission does not start until the NEWTX bit is set in the MACTR register. This effectively disables the early transmission feature. Writing the THRESH bits to any value besides all 1s enables the early transmission feature. Once the byte count of data in the TX FIFO reaches this level, transmission of the frame begins. When THRESH is set to all 0s, transmission of the frame begins after 4 bytes (a single write) are stored in the TX FIFO. Each increment of the THRESH bit field waits for an additional 32 bytes of data (eight writes) to be stored in the TX FIFO. Therefore, a value of 0x01 would wait for 36 bytes of data to be written while a value of 0x02 would wait for 68 bytes to be written. In general, early transmission starts when: Number of Bytes ≥ 4 (THRESH x 8 + 1) Reaching the threshold level has the same effect as setting the NEWTX bit in the MACTR register. Transmission of the frame begins and then the number of bytes indicated by the Data Length field is sent out on the physical medium. Because under-run checking is not performed, it is possible that the tail pointer may reach and pass the write pointer in the TX FIFO. This causes indeterminate values to be written to the physical medium rather than the end of the frame. Therefore, sufficient bus bandwidth for writing to the TX FIFO must be guaranteed by the software. If a frame smaller than the threshold level needs to be sent, the NEWTX bit in the MACTR register must be set with an explicit write. This initiates the transmission of the frame even though the threshold limit has not been reached. If the threshold level is set too small, it is possible for the transmitter to underrun. If this occurs, the transmit frame will be aborted, and a transmit error will be indicated. Ethernet MAC Threshold (MACTHR) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x01C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.003F 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 THRESH RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 1 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The THRESH bits represent the early transmit threshold. Once the amount of data in the TX FIFO exceeds this value, transmission of the packet begins. 5:0 THRESH R/W 0x3F June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 381 Ethernet Controller Register 10: Ethernet MAC Management Control (MACMCTL), offset 0x020 This register enables software to control the transfer of data to and from the MII Management Registers in the Ethernet PHY. The address, name, type, reset configuration, and functional description of each of these registers can be found in Table 15-2 on page 370 and “MII Management Register Descriptions” on page 388. In order to initiate a read transaction from the MII Management registers, the WRITE bit must be written with a 0 during the same cycle that the START bit is written with a 1. In order to initiate a write transaction to the MII Management registers, the WRITE bit must be written with a 1 during the same cycle that the START bit is written with a 1. Ethernet MAC Management Control (MACMCTL) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x020 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 REGADR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 1 WRITE R/W 0 RO 0 0 START R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The REGADR bit field represents the MII Management register address for the next MII management interface transaction. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The WRITE bit represents the operation of the next MII management interface transaction. If WRITE is set, the next operation will be a write; otherwise, it will be a read. The START bit represents the initiation of the next MII management interface transaction. When a 1 is written to this bit, the MII register located at REGADR will be read (WRITE=0) or written (WRITE=1). 7:3 REGADR R/W 0x0 2 reserved RO 0x0 1 WRITE R/W 0x0 0 START R/W 0x0 382 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: Ethernet MAC Management Divider (MACMDV), offset 0x024 This register enables software to set the clock divider for the Management Data Clock (MDC). This clock is used to synchronize read and write transactions between the system and the MII Management registers. The frequency of the MDC clock can be calculated from the following formula: Fmdc = Fipclk / (2 * (MACMDVR + 1 )) The clock divider must be written with a value that ensures that the MDC clock will not exceed a frequency of 2.5 MHz. Ethernet MAC Management Divider (MACMDV) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x024 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0080 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 DIV RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The DIV bits are used to set the clock divider for the MDC clock used to transmit data between the MAC and PHY over the serial MII interface. 7:0 DIV R/W 0x80 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 383 Ethernet Controller Register 12: Ethernet MAC Management Address (MACMADD), offset 0x028 This register enables software to choose the address of the PHY for the next MII Management register transaction. Ethernet MAC Management Address (MACMADD) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x028 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:0 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 384 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 13: Ethernet MAC Management Transmit Data (MACMTXD), offset 0x02C This register holds the next value to be written to the MII Management registers. Ethernet MAC Management Transmit Data (MACMTXD) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x02C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 MDTX Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The MDTX bits represent the data that will be written in the next MII management transaction. 15:0 MDTX R/W 0x0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 385 Ethernet Controller Register 14: Ethernet MAC Management Receive Data (MACMRXD), offset 0x030 This register holds the last value read from the MII Management registers. Ethernet MAC Management Receive Data (MACMRXD) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x030 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 MDRX Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The MDRX bits represent the data that was read in the previous MII management transaction. 15:0 MDRX R/W 0x0 386 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 15: Ethernet MAC Number of Packets (MACNP), offset 0x034 This register holds the number of frames that are currently in the RX FIFO. When NPR is all 0s, there are no frames in the RX FIFO and the RXINT bit is not set. When NPR is any other value, there is at least one frame in the RX FIFO and the RXINT bit is set. Ethernet MAC Number of Packets (MACNP) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x034 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 NPR RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The NPR bits represent the number of packets stored in the RX FIFO. While NPR is greater than 0, the RXINT interrupt will be asserted. 5:0 NPR RO 0x0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 387 Ethernet Controller Register 16: Ethernet MAC Transmission Request (MACTR), offset 0x038 This register enables software to initiate the transmission of the frame currently located in the TX FIFO to the physical medium. Once the frame has been transmitted to the medium from the TX FIFO or a transmission error has been encountered, the NEWTX bit is auto-cleared by the hardware. Ethernet MAC Transmission Request (MACTR) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x038 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 NEWTX R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0x0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, the NEWTX bit initiates an Ethernet transmission once the packet has been placed in the TX FIFO. This bit is cleared once the transmission has been completed. If early transmission is being used (see the MACTHR register), this bit does not need to be set. 0 NEWTX R/W 0x0 15.6 MII Management Register Descriptions The IEEE 802.3 standard specifies a register set for controlling and gathering status from the PHY. The registers are collectively known as the MII Management registers. All addresses given are absolute. Addresses not listed are reserved. 388 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 17: Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control (MR0), offset 0x00 This register enables software to configure the operation of the PHY. The default settings of these registers are designed to initialize the PHY to a normal operational mode without configuration. Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control (MR0) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x00 Type R/W, reset 0x3100 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RESET Type Reset R/W 0 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 ISO R/W 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 COLT R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 reserved R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 LOOPBK SPEEDSL ANEGEN PWRDN R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 1 R/W 0 RANEG DUPLEX R/W 0 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Reset Registers When set, resets the registers to their default state and reinitializes internal state machines. Once the reset operation has completed, this bit is cleared by hardware. 15 RESET R/W 0 14 LOOPBK R/W 0 Loopback Mode When set, enables the Loopback mode of operation. The receive circuitry is isolated from the physical medium and transmissions are sent back through the receive circuitry instead of the medium. 13 SPEEDSL R/W 1 Speed Select 1: Enables the 100 Mb/s mode of operation (100BASE-TX). 0: Enables the 10 Mb/s mode of operation (10BASE-T). 12 ANEGEN R/W 1 Auto-Negotiation Enable When set, enables the Auto-Negotiation process. 11 PWRDN R/W 0 Power Down When set, places the PHY into a low-power consuming state. 10 ISO R/W 0 Isolate When set, isolates transmit and receive data paths and ignores all signaling on these buses. 9 RANEG R/W 0 Restart Auto-Negotiation When set, restarts the Auto-Negotiation process. Once the restart has initiated, this bit is cleared by hardware. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 389 Ethernet Controller Bit/Field 8 Name DUPLEX Type R/W Reset 1 Description Set Duplex Mode 1: Enables the Full-Duplex mode of operation. This bit can be set by software in a manual configuration process or by the Auto-Negotiation process. 0: Enables the Half-Duplex mode of operation. 7 COLT R/W 0 Collision Test When set, enables the Collision Test mode of operation. The COLT bit asserts after the initiation of a transmission and de-asserts once the transmission is halted. 6:0 reserved R/W 0x00 Write as 0, ignore on read. 390 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 18: Ethernet PHY Management Register 1 – Status (MR1), offset 0x01 This register enables software to determine the capabilities of the PHY and perform its initialization and operation appropriately. Ethernet PHY Management Register 1 – Status (MR1) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x01 Type RO, reset 0x7849 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 14 100X_F RO 1 RO 0 13 100X_H RO 1 RO 0 12 10T_F RO 1 RO 0 11 10T_H RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 MFPS RO 1 RO 0 5 ANEGC RO 0 RO 0 4 RFAULT RC 0 RO 0 3 ANEGA RO 1 RO 0 2 LINK RO 0 RO 0 1 JAB RC 0 RO 0 0 EXTD RO 1 Bit/Field 31:15 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 100BASE-TX Full-Duplex Mode When set, indicates that the PHY is capable of supporting 100BASE-TX Full Duplex mode. 14 100X_F RO 1 13 100X_H RO 1 100BASE-TX Half-Duplex Mode When set, indicates that the PHY is capable of supporting 100BASE-TX Half-Duplex mode. 12 10T_F RO 1 10BASE-T Full-Duplex Mode When set, indicates that the PHY is capable of 10BASE-T Full-Duplex mode. 11 10T_H RO 1 10BASE-T Half-Duplex Mode When set, indicates that the PHY is capable of supporting 10BASE-T Half-Duplex mode. 10:7 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Management Frames with Preamble Suppressed When set, indicates that the Management Interface is capable of receiving management frames with the preamble suppressed. 6 MFPS RO 1 5 ANEGC RO 0 Auto-Negotiation Complete When set, indicates that the Auto-Negotiation process has been completed and that the extended registers defined by the Auto-Negotiation protocol are valid. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 391 Ethernet Controller Bit/Field 4 Name RFAULT Type RC Reset 0 Description Remote Fault When set, indicates that a remote fault condition has been detected. This bit remains set until it is read, even if the condition no longer exists. 3 ANEGA RO 1 Auto-Negotiation When set, indicates that the PHY has the ability to perform Auto-Negotiation. 2 LINK RO 0 Link Made When set, indicates that a valid link has been established by the PHY. 1 JAB RC 0 Jabber Condition When set, indicates that a jabber condition has been detected by the PHY. This bit remains set until it is read, even if the jabber condition no longer exists. 0 EXTD RO 1 Extended Capabilities When set, indicates that the PHY provides an extended set of capabilities that can be accessed through the extended register set. 392 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 19: Ethernet PHY Management Register 2 – PHY Identifier 1 (MR2), offset 0x02 This register, along with Management Register 3, provides a 32-bit value indicating the manufacturer, model, and revision information. Ethernet PHY Management Register 2 – PHY Identifier 1 (MR2) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x02 Type RO, reset 0x000E 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 OUI[21:6] Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Organizationally Unique Identifier[21:6] This field, along with the OUI[5:0] field in Management Register 3, makes up the Organizationally Unique Identifier indicating the PHY manufacturer. 15:0 OUI[21:6] RO 0x000E June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 393 Ethernet Controller Register 20: Ethernet PHY Management Register 3 – PHY Identifier 2 (MR3), offset 0x03 This register, along with Management Register 2, provides a 32-bit value indicating the manufacturer, model, and revision information. Ethernet PHY Management Register 3 – PHY Identifier 2 (MR3) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x03 Type RO, reset 0x7237 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 MN RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RN RO 1 RO 1 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 OUI[5:0] Type Reset RO 0 RO 1 RO 1 RO 1 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Organizationally Unique Identifier[5:0] This field, along with the OUI[21:6] field in Management Register 2, makes up the Organizationally Unique Identifier indicating the PHY manufacturer. 15:10 OUI[5:0] RO 0x1C 9:4 MN RO 0x23 Model Number The MN field represents the Model Number of the PHY. 3:0 RN RO 0x7 Revision Number The RN field represents the Revision Number of the PHY. 394 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 21: Ethernet PHY Management Register 4 – Auto-Negotiation Advertisement (MR4), offset 0x04 This register provides the advertised abilities of the PHY used during Auto-Negotiation. Bits 12:5 represent the Technology Ability Field bits, A[7:0]. This field can be overwritten by software to Auto-Negotiate to an alternate common technology. Writing to this register has no effect until Auto-Negotiation is re-initiated. Ethernet PHY Management Register 4 – Auto-Negotiation Advertisement (MR4) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x04 Type R/W, reset 0x01E1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 NP Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 14 reserved RO 0 RO 0 13 RF R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 A3 RO 0 R/W 1 RO 0 7 A2 R/W 1 RO 0 6 A1 R/W 1 RO 0 5 A0 R/W 1 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 S[4:0] RO 0 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Next Page When set, indicates the PHY is capable of Next Page exchanges to provide more detailed information on the PHY’s capabilities. 15 NP RO 0 14 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Remote Fault When set, indicates to the link partner that a Remote Fault condition has been encountered. 13 RF R/W 0 12:9 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Technology Ability Field[3] When set, indicates that the PHY supports the 100Base-TX Full-Duplex signaling protocol. If software wants to ensure that this mode is not used, this bit can be written to 0 and Auto-Negotiation re-initiated with the RANEG bit. 8 A3 R/W 1 7 A2 R/W 1 Technology Ability Field[2] When set, indicates that the PHY supports the 100Base-T half-duplex signaling protocol. If software wants to ensure that this mode is not used, this bit can be written to 0 and Auto-Negotiation re-initiated. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 395 Ethernet Controller Bit/Field 6 Name A1 Type R/W Reset 1 Description Technology Ability Field[1] When set, indicates that the PHY supports the 10Base-T Full-Duplex signaling protocol. If software wants to ensure that this mode is not used, this bit can be written to 0 and Auto-Negotiation re-initiated. 5 A0 R/W 1 Technology Ability Field[0] When set, indicates that the PHY supports the 10Base-T half-duplex signaling protocol. If software wants to ensure that this mode is not used, this bit can be written to 0 and Auto-Negotiation re-initiated. 4:0 S[4:0] RO 0x01 Selector Field The S[4:0] field encodes 32 possible messages for communicating between PHYs. This field is hard-coded to 0x01, indicating that the ® Stellaris PHY is IEEE 802.3 compliant. 396 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 22: Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability (MR5), offset 0x05 This register provides the advertised abilities of the link partner ’s PHY that are received and stored during Auto-Negotiation. Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability (MR5) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x05 Type RO, reset 0x0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 NP Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 14 ACK RO 0 RO 0 13 RF RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 A[7:0] RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 S[4:0] RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Next Page When set, indicates that the link partner ’s PHY is capable of Next page exchanges to provide more detailed information on the PHY’s capabilities. 15 NP RO 0 14 ACK RO 0 Acknowledge When set, indicates that the device has successfully received the link partner ’s advertised abilities during Auto-Negotiation. 13 RF RO 0 Remote Fault Used as a standard transport mechanism for transmitting simple fault information. 12:5 A[7:0] RO 0x00 Technology Ability Field The A field encodes individual technologies that are supported by the PHY. See the MR4 register. 4:0 S[4:0] RO 0x00 Selector Field The S field encodes possible messages for communicating between PHYs. Value 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 Meaning Reserved IEEE Std 802.3 IEEE Std 802.9 ISLAN-16T IEEE Std 802.5 IEEE Std 1394 0x05 – 0x1F Reserved June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 397 Ethernet Controller Register 23: Ethernet PHY Management Register 6 – Auto-Negotiation Expansion (MR6), offset 0x06 This register enables software to determine the Auto-Negotiation and Next Page capabilities of the PHY and the link partner after Auto-Negotiation. Ethernet PHY Management Register 6 – Auto-Negotiation Expansion (MR6) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x06 Type RO, reset 0x0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 PDF RC 0 RO 0 3 LPNPA RO 0 RO 0 2 reserved RO 0 RO 0 1 PRX RC 0 RO 0 0 LPANEGA RO 0 Bit/Field 31:5 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Parallel Detection Fault When set, indicates that more than one technology has been detected at link up. This bit is cleared when read. 4 PDF RC 0 3 LPNPA RO 0 Link Partner is Next Page Able When set, indicates that the link partner is Next Page Able. 2 reserved RO 0x000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. New Page Received When set, indicates that a New Page has been received from the link partner and stored in the appropriate location. This bit remains set until the register is read. 1 PRX RC 0 0 LPANEGA RO 0 Link Partner is Auto-Negotiation Able When set, indicates that the Link partner is Auto-Negotiation Able. 398 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 24: Ethernet PHY Management Register 16 – Vendor-Specific (MR16), offset 0x10 This register enables software to configure the operation of vendor specific modes of the PHY. Ethernet PHY Management Register 16 – Vendor-Specific (MR16) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x10 Type R/W, reset 0x0140 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RPTR Type Reset R/W 0 RO 0 14 INPOL R/W 0 RO 0 13 reserved RO 0 RO 0 12 TXHIM R/W 0 RO 0 11 SQEI R/W 0 RO 0 10 NL10 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved RO 1 RO 0 RO 1 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 APOL R/W 0 RO 0 4 RVSPOL R/W 0 RO 0 3 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 PCSBP R/W 0 RO 0 0 RXCC R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Repeater Mode When set, enables the repeater mode of operation. In this mode, full-duplex is not allowed and the Carrier Sense signal only responds to receive activity. If the PHY is configured to 10Base-T mode, the SQE test function is disabled. 15 RPTR R/W 0 14 INPOL R/W 0 Interrupt Polarity 1: Sets the polarity of the PHY interrupt to be active High. 0: Sets the polarity of the PHY interrupt to active Low. Important: Because the Media Access Controller expects active Low interrupts from the PHY, this bit must always be written with a 0 to ensure proper operation. 13 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Transmit High Impedance Mode When set, enables the transmitter High Impedance mode. In this mode, the TXOP and TXON transmitter pins are put into a high impedance state. The RXIP and RXIN pins remain fully functional. 12 TXHIM R/W 0 11 SQEI R/W 0 SQE Inhibit Testing When set, prohibits 10Base-T SQE testing. When 0, the SQE testing is performed by generating a Collision pulse following the completion of the transmission of a frame. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 399 Ethernet Controller Bit/Field 10 Name NL10 Type R/W Reset 0 Description Natural Loopback Mode When set, enables the 10Base-T Natural Loopback mode. This causes the transmission data received by the PHY to be looped back onto the receive data path when 10Base-T mode is enabled. 9:6 reserved RO 0x05 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Auto-Polarity Disable When set, disables the PHY’s auto-polarity function. If this bit is 0, the PHY automatically inverts the received signal due to a wrong polarity connection during Auto-Negotiation if the PHY is in 10Base-T mode. 5 APOL R/W 0 4 RVSPOL R/W 0 Receive Data Polarity This bit indicates whether the receive data pulses are being inverted. If the APOL bit is 0, then the RVSPOL bit is read-only and indicates whether the auto polarity circuitry is reversing the polarity. In this case, a 1 in the RVSPOL bit indicates that the receive data is inverted while a 0 indicates that the receive data is not inverted. If the APOL bit is set, then the RVSPOL bit is writable and software can force the receive data to be inverted. Setting RVSPOL to 1 forces the receive data to be inverted while a 0 does not invert the receive data. 3:2 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. PCS Bypass When set, enables the bypass of the PCS and scrambling/descrambling functions in 100Base-TX mode. This mode is only valid when Auto-Negotiation is disabled and 100Base-T mode is enabled. 1 PCSBP R/W 0 0 RXCC R/W 0 Receive Clock Control When set, enables the Receive Clock Control power saving mode if the PHY is configured in 100Base-TX mode. This mode shuts down the receive clock when no data is being received from the physical medium to save power. This mode should not be used when PCSBP is enabled and is automatically disabled when the LOOPBK bit in the MR0 register is set. 400 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 25: Ethernet PHY Management Register 17 – Interrupt Control/Status (MR17), offset 0x11 This register provides the means for controlling and observing the events, which trigger a PHY interrupt in the MACRIS register. This register can also be used in a polling mode via the MII Serial Interface as a means to observe key events within the PHY via one register address. Bits 0 through 7 are status bits, which are each set to logic 1 based on an event. These bits are cleared after the register is read. Bits 8 through 15 of this register, when set to logic 1, enable their corresponding bit in the lower byte to signal a PHY interrupt in the MACRIS register. Ethernet PHY Management Register 17 – Interrupt Control/Status (MR17) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x11 Type R/W, reset 0x0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 JABBER_IE RXER_IE PRX_IE Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 PDF_IE LPACK_IE LSCHG_IE RFAULT_IE A E C M _ JABBER_INT RXER_INT PRX_INT PDF_INT LPACK_INT LSCHG_INT RF T_INT A E C M _ T N G O PI E AUL N G O PN I R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 RC 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Jabber Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when a Jabber condition is detected by the PHY. 15 JABBER_IE R/W 0 14 RXER_IE R/W 0 Receive Error Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when a receive error is detected by the PHY. 13 PRX_IE R/W 0 Page Received Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when a new page is received by the PHY. 12 PDF_IE R/W 0 Parallel Detection Fault Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when a Parallel Detection Fault is detected by the PHY. 11 LPACK_IE R/W 0 LP Acknowledge Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when FLP bursts are received with the Acknowledge bit during Auto-Negotiation. 10 LSCHG_IE R/W 0 Link Status Change Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when the Link Status changes from OK to FAIL. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 401 Ethernet Controller Bit/Field 9 Name RFAULT_IE Type R/W Reset 0 Description Remote Fault Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when a Remote Fault condition is signaled by the link partner. 8 ANEGCOMP_IE R/W 0 Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt Enable When set, enables system interrupts when the Auto-Negotiation sequence has completed successfully. 7 JABBER_INT RC 0 Jabber Event Interrupt When set, indicates that a Jabber event has been detected by the 10Base-T circuitry. 6 RXER_INT RC 0 Receive Error Interrupt When set, indicates that a receive error has been detected by the PHY. 5 PRX_INT RC 0 Page Receive Interrupt When set, indicates that a new page has been received from the link partner during Auto-Negotiation. 4 PDF_INT RC 0 Parallel Detection Fault Interrupt When set, indicates that a Parallel Detection Fault has been detected by the PHY during the Auto-Negotiation process. 3 LPACK_INT RC 0 LP Acknowledge Interrupt When set, indicates that an FLP burst has been received with the Acknowledge bit set during Auto-Negotiation. 2 LSCHG_INT RC 0 Link Status Change Interrupt When set, indicates that the link status has changed from OK to FAIL. 1 RFAULT_INT RC 0 Remote Fault Interrupt When set, indicates that a Remote Fault condition has been signaled by the link partner. 0 ANEGCOMP_INT RC 0 Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt When set, indicates that the Auto-Negotiation sequence has completed successfully. 402 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 26: Ethernet PHY Management Register 18 – Diagnostic (MR18), offset 0x12 This register enables software to diagnose the results of the previous Auto-Negotiation. Ethernet PHY Management Register 18 – Diagnostic (MR18) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x12 Type RO, reset 0x0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 ANEGF RC 0 RO 0 11 DPLX RO 0 RO 0 10 RATE RO 0 RO 0 9 RXSD RO 0 RO 0 8 RX_LOCK RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:13 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Auto-Negotiation Failure When set, indicates that no common technology was found during Auto-Negotiation and has failed. This bit remains set until read. 12 ANEGF RC 0 11 DPLX RO 0 Duplex Mode When set, indicates that Full-Duplex was the highest common denominator found during the Auto-Negotiation process. Otherwise, Half-Duplex was the highest common denominator found. 10 RATE RO 0 Rate When set, indicates that 100Base-TX was the highest common denominator found during the Auto-Negotiation process. Otherwise, 10Base-TX was the highest common denominator found. 9 RXSD RO 0 Receive Detection When set, indicates that receive signal detection has occurred (in 100Base-TX mode) or that Manchester encoded data has been detected (in 10Base-T mode). 8 RX_LOCK RO 0 Receive PLL Lock When set, indicates that the Receive PLL has locked onto the receive signal for the selected speed of operation (10Base-T or 100Base-TX). 7:0 reserved RO 00 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 403 Ethernet Controller Register 27: Ethernet PHY Management Register 19 – Transceiver Control (MR19), offset 0x13 This register enables software to set the gain of the transmit output to compensate for transformer loss. Ethernet PHY Management Register 19 – Transceiver Control (MR19) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x13 Type R/W, reset 0x4000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 TXO[1:0] Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 1 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Transmit Amplitude Selection The TXO field sets the transmit output amplitude to account for transmit transformer insertion loss. Value Meaning 00 01 10 11 Gain set for 0.0dB of insertion loss Gain set for 0.4dB of insertion loss Gain set for 0.8dB of insertion loss Gain set for 1.2dB of insertion loss 15:14 TXO[1:0] R/W 1 13:0 reserved RO 0x0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 404 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 28: Ethernet PHY Management Register 23 – LED Configuration (MR23), offset 0x17 This register enables software to select the source that will cause the LEDs to toggle. Ethernet PHY Management Register 23 – LED Configuration (MR23) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x17 Type R/W, reset 0x0010 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 LED1[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 1 R/W 0 LED0[3:0] R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The LED1 field selects the source that will toggle the LED1 signal. Value Meaning 0000 Link OK 0001 RX or TX Activity (Default LED1) 0010 TX Activity 0011 RX Activity 0100 Collision 0101 100BASE-TX mode 0110 10BASE-T mode 0111 Full Duplex 1000 Link OK & Blink=RX or TX Activity 7:4 LED1[3:0] R/W 1 3:0 LED0[3:0] R/W 0 The LED0 field selects the source that will toggle the LED0 signal. Value Meaning 0000 Link OK (Default LED0) 0001 RX or TX Activity 0010 TX Activity 0011 RX Activity 0100 Collision 0101 100BASE-TX mode 0110 10BASE-T mode 0111 Full Duplex 1000 Link OK & Blink=RX or TX Activity June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 405 Ethernet Controller Register 29: Ethernet PHY Management Register 24 –MDI/MDIX Control (MR24), offset 0x18 This register enables software to control the behavior of the MDI/MDIX mux and its switching capabilities. Ethernet PHY Management Register 24 –MDI/MDIX Control (MR24) Base 0x4004.8000 Offset 0x18 Type R/W, reset 0x00C0 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 MDIX R/W 0 RO 0 4 MDIX_CM RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PD_MODE AUTO_SW R/W 0 R/W 0 MDIX_SD R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:8 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Parallel Detection Mode When set, enables the Parallel Detection mode and allows auto-switching to work when Auto-Negotiation is not enabled. 7 PD_MODE R/W 0 6 AUTO_SW R/W 0 Auto-Switching Enable When set, enables Auto-Switching of the MDI/MDIX mux. 5 MDIX R/W 0 Auto-Switching Configuration When set, indicates that the MDI/MDIX mux is in the crossover (MDIX) configuration. When 0, it indicates that the mux is in the pass-through (MDI) configuration. When the AUTO_SW bit is 1, the MDIX bit is read-only. When the AUTO_SW bit is 0, the MDIX bit is read/write and can be configured manually. 4 MDIX_CM RO 0 Auto-Switching Complete When set, indicates that the auto-switching sequence has completed. If 0, it indicates that the sequence has not completed or that auto-switching is disabled. 3:0 MDIX_SD R/W 0 Auto-Switching Seed This field provides the initial seed for the switching algorithm. This seed directly affects the number of attempts [5,4] respectively to write bits [3:0]. A 0 sets the seed to 0x5. 406 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 16 Analog Comparators ACMP An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages, and provides a logical output that signals the comparison result. The LM3S6950 controller provides three independent integrated analog comparators that can be configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt. Note: Not all comparators have the option to drive an output pin. See the Comparator Operating Mode tables for more information. A comparator can compare a test voltage against any one of these voltages: ■ An individual external reference voltage ■ A shared single external reference voltage ■ A shared internal reference voltage The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 407 Analog Comparators 16.1 Block Diagram Figure 16-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram C2C2+ -ve input +ve input Comparator 2 output C2o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL2 ACSTAT2 interrupt reference input C1C1+ -ve input +ve input interrupt Comparator 1 output C1o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL1 ACSTAT1 interrupt reference input C0C0+ -ve input +ve input interrupt Comparator 0 output C0o +ve input (alternate) ACCTL0 ACSTAT0 interrupt reference input interrupt Voltage Ref internal bus ACREFCTL 16.2 Functional Description Important: It is recommended that the Digital-Input enable (the GPIODEN bit in the GPIO module) for the analog input pin be disabled to prevent excessive current draw from the I/O pads. The comparator compares the VIN- and VIN+ inputs to produce an output, VOUT. VIN- < VIN+, VOUT = 1 VIN- > VIN+, VOUT = 0 As shown in Figure 16-2 on page 409, the input source for VIN- is an external input. In addition to an external input, input sources for VIN+ can be the +ve input of comparator 0 or an internal reference. 408 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 16-2. Structure of Comparator Unit -ve input +ve input 0 output CINV IntGen +ve input (alternate) 1 reference input 2 ACCTL ACSTAT internal bus A comparator is configured through two status/control registers (ACCTL and ACSTAT ). The internal reference is configured through one control register (ACREFCTL). Interrupt status and control is configured through three registers (ACMIS, ACRIS, and ACINTEN). The operating modes of the comparators are shown in the Comparator Operating Mode tables. Typically, the comparator output is used internally to generate controller interrupts. It may also be used to drive an external pin. Important: Certain register bit values must be set before using the analog comparators. The proper pad configuration for the comparator input and output pins are described in the Comparator Operating Mode tables. Table 16-1. Comparator 0 Operating Modes ACCNTL0 Comparator 0 ASRCP 00 01 10 11 VIN- VIN+ C0C0C0C0+ C0+ Vref Output Interrupt C0o C0o C0o C0o yes yes yes yes C0- reserved Table 16-2. Comparator 1 Operating Modes ACCNTL1 Comparator 1 ASRCP 00 01 10 11 VIN- VIN+ a Output Interrupt yes yes yes yes C1- C1o/C1+ C1o/C1+ C1C1C0+ Vref C1o/C1+ C1o/C1+ C1- reserved C1o/C1+ a. C1o and C1+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information interrupt 409 Analog Comparators Table 16-3. Comparator 2 Operating Modes ACCNTL2 Comparator 2 ASRCP 00 01 10 11 VIN- VIN+ a Output Interrupt yes yes yes yes C2- C2o/C2+ C2o/C2+ C2C2C0+ Vref C2o/C2+ C2o/C2+ C2- reserved C2o/C2+ a. C2o and C2+ signals share a single pin and may only be used as one or the other. 16.2.1 Internal Reference Programming The structure of the internal reference is shown in Figure 16-3 on page 410. This is controlled by a single configuration register (ACREFCTL). Table 16-4 on page 410 shows the programming options to develop specific internal reference values, to compare an external voltage against a particular voltage generated internally. Figure 16-3. Comparator Internal Reference Structure AVDD 8R R R ••• EN 15 VREF RNG 14 ••• Decoder 1 0 internal reference R R 8R Table 16-4. Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ACREFCTL Register EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value EN=0 RNG=X 0 V (GND) for any value of VREF; however, it is recommended that RNG=1 and VREF=0 for the least noisy ground reference. Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value 410 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ACREFCTL Register EN Bit Value RNG Bit Value EN=1 RNG=0 Output Reference Voltage Based on VREF Field Value Total resistance in ladder is 32 R. V RE F = AV DD R --- -- --F - -E × ---V-R--R T V V RE F = AV DD V F + 8) (---RE---------× ---------------32 R EF = 0.825 + 0.103 V R EF The range of internal reference in this mode is 0.825-2.37 V. RNG=1 Total resistance in ladder is 24 R. V RE F = AV DD R --- -- --F - -E × ---V-R--R T V RE F = AV DD V (---REF-) ----× ----------24 VREF = 0.1375 x VREF The range of internal reference for this mode is 0.0-2.0625 V. 16.3 Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to configure an analog comparator to read back its output value from an internal register. 1. Enable the analog comparator 0 clock by writing a value of 0x0010.0000 to the RCGC1 register in the System Control module. 2. In the GPIO module, enable the GPIO port/pin associated with C0- as a GPIO input. 3. Configure the internal voltage reference to 1.65 V by writing the ACREFCTL register with the value 0x0000.030C. 4. Configure comparator 0 to use the internal voltage reference and to not invert the output on the C0o pin by writing the ACCTL0 register with the value of 0x0000.040C. 5. Delay for some time. 6. Read the comparator output value by reading the ACSTAT0 register ’s OVAL value. Change the level of the signal input on C0- to see the OVAL value change. 16.4 Register Map Table 16-5 on page 412 lists the comparator registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to the Analog Comparator base address of 0x4003.C000. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 411 Analog Comparators Table 16-5. Analog Comparators Register Map Offset 0x00 0x04 0x08 0x10 0x20 0x24 0x40 0x44 0x60 0x64 Name ACMIS ACRIS ACINTEN ACREFCTL ACSTAT0 ACCTL0 ACSTAT1 ACCTL1 ACSTAT2 ACCTL2 Type R/W1C RO R/W R/W RO R/W RO R/W RO R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control Analog Comparator Status 0 Analog Comparator Control 0 Analog Comparator Status 1 Analog Comparator Control 1 Analog Comparator Status 2 Analog Comparator Control 2 See page 413 414 415 416 417 418 417 418 417 418 16.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the Analog Comparator registers, in numerical order by address offset. 412 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 1: Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x00 This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (masked) of the comparator. Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x00 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 IN2 R/W1C 0 RO 0 1 IN1 R/W1C 0 RO 0 0 IN0 R/W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Comparator 2 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. 2 IN2 R/W1C 0 1 IN1 R/W1C 0 Comparator 1 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. 0 IN0 R/W1C 0 Comparator 0 Masked Interrupt Status Gives the masked interrupt state of this interrupt. Write 1 to this bit to clear the pending interrupt. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 413 Analog Comparators Register 2: Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x04 This register provides a summary of the interrupt status (raw) of the comparator. Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x04 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 IN2 RO 0 RO 0 1 IN1 RO 0 RO 0 0 IN0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 2. When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 1. When set, indicates that an interrupt has been generated by comparator 0. 2 IN2 RO 0 1 IN1 RO 0 0 IN0 RO 0 414 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x08 This register provides the interrupt enable for the comparator. Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x08 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 IN2 R/W 0 RO 0 1 IN1 R/W 0 RO 0 0 IN0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 2 output When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 1 output. When set, enables the controller interrupt from the comparator 0 output. 2 1 0 IN2 IN1 IN0 R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 415 Analog Comparators Register 4: Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x10 This register specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on as well as the range and tap. Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x10 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 EN RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 8 RNG R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 VREF R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:10 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The EN bit specifies whether the resistor ladder is powered on. If 0, the resistor ladder is unpowered. If 1, the resistor ladder is connected to the analog VDD. This bit is reset to 0 so that the internal reference consumes the least amount of power if not used and programmed. 9 EN R/W 0 8 RNG R/W 0 The RNG bit specifies the range of the resistor ladder. If 0, the resistor ladder has a total resistance of 32 R. If 1, the resistor ladder has a total resistance of 24 R. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The VREF bit field specifies the resistor ladder tap that is passed through an analog multiplexer. The voltage corresponding to the tap position is the internal reference voltage available for comparison. See Table 16-4 on page 410 for some output reference voltage examples. 7:4 reserved RO 0 3:0 VREF R/W 0 416 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x20 Register 6: Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x40 Register 7: Analog Comparator Status 2 (ACSTAT2), offset 0x60 These registers specify the current output value of the comparator. Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x20 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 OVAL RO 0 RO 0 0 reserved RO 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The OVAL bit specifies the current output value of the comparator. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 1 0 OVAL reserved RO RO 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 417 Analog Comparators Register 8: Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x24 Register 9: Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x44 Register 10: Analog Comparator Control 2 (ACCTL2), offset 0x64 These registers configure the comparator ’s input and output. Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0) Base 0x4003.C000 Offset 0x24 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 ASRCP R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 reserved RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 ISLVAL R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 3 ISEN R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 CINV R/W 0 RO 0 0 reserved RO 0 Bit/Field 31:11 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The ASRCP field specifies the source of input voltage to the VIN+ terminal of the comparator. The encodings for this field are as follows: ASRCP Function 00 01 10 11 Pin value Pin value of C0+ Internal voltage reference Reserved 10:9 ASRCP R/W 0 8:5 reserved RO 0 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The ISLVAL bit specifies the sense value of the input that generates an interrupt if in Level Sense mode. If 0, an interrupt is generated if the comparator output is Low. Otherwise, an interrupt is generated if the comparator output is High. The ISEN field specifies the sense of the comparator output that generates an interrupt. The sense conditioning is as follows: ISEN Function 00 01 10 11 Level sense, see ISLVAL Falling edge Rising edge Either edge 4 ISLVAL R/W 0 3:2 ISEN R/W 0 418 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 1 Name CINV Type R/W Reset 0 Description The CINV bit conditionally inverts the output of the comparator. If 0, the output of the comparator is unchanged. If 1, the output of the comparator is inverted prior to being processed by hardware. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. 0 reserved RO 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 419 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) 17 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) PWM Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels. High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies and motor control. The Stellaris PWM module consists of three PWM generator blocks and a control block. Each PWM generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two PWM comparators, a PWM signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt selector. The control block determines the polarity of the PWM signals, and which signals are passed through to the pins. Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals (other than being based on the same timer and therefore having the same frequency) or a single pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. The output of the PWM generation blocks are managed by the output control block before being passed to the device pins. The Stellaris PWM module provides a great deal of flexibility. It can generate simple PWM signals, such as those required by a simple charge pump. It can also generate paired PWM signals with dead-band delays, such as those required by a half-H bridge driver. It can also generate the full six channels of gate controls required by a 3-Phase inverter bridge. ® ® 17.1 Block Diagram Figure 17-1 on page 420 provides a block diagram of a Stellaris PWM module. The LM3S6950 controller contains three generator blocks (PWM0, PWM1, and PWM2) and generates six independent PWM signals or three paired PWM signals with dead-band delays inserted. Figure 17-1. PWM Module Block Diagram PWMnLOAD ® zero load dir PWM Generator Block PWMnGENA PWMnGENB PWM Clock Timer PWMnCOUNT 16 Fault PWMnCMPA cmpA Comparator A PWMnCMPB PWM Generator pwma pwmb PWMnDBCTL PWMnDBRISE PWMnDBFALL PWMENABLE PWMINVERT PWMFAULT cmpB Comparator B PWMnINTEN Dead-Band Generator PWM Output Control Interrupt and Trigger Generate PWMnRIS PWMnISC Interrupt 17.2 17.2.1 Functional Description PWM Timer The timer in each PWM generator runs in one of two modes: Count-Down mode or Count-Up/Down mode. In Count-Down mode, the timer counts from the load value to zero, goes back to the load 420 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller value, and continues counting down. In Count-Up/Down mode, the timer counts from zero up to the load value, back down to zero, back up to the load value, and so on. Generally, Count-Down mode is used for generating left- or right-aligned PWM signals, while the Count-Up/Down mode is used for generating center-aligned PWM signals. The timers output three signals that are used in the PWM generation process: the direction signal (this is always Low in Count-Down mode, but alternates between Low and High in Count-Up/Down mode), a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse when the counter is zero, and a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse when the counter is equal to the load value. Note that in Count-Down mode, the zero pulse is immediately followed by the load pulse. 17.2.2 PWM Comparators There are two comparators in each PWM generator that monitor the value of the counter; when either match the counter, they output a single-clock-cycle-width High pulse. When in Count-Up/Down mode, these comparators match both when counting up and when counting down; they are therefore qualified by the counter direction signal. These qualified pulses are used in the PWM generation process. If either comparator match value is greater than the counter load value, then that comparator never outputs a High pulse. Figure 17-2 on page 421 shows the behavior of the counter and the relationship of these pulses when the counter is in Count-Down mode. Figure 17-3 on page 422 shows the behavior of the counter and the relationship of these pulses when the counter is in Count-Up/Down mode. Figure 17-2. PWM Count-Down Mode Load CompA CompB Zero Load Zero A B Dir BDown ADown June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 421 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Figure 17-3. PWM Count-Up/Down Mode Load CompA CompB Zero Load Zero A B Dir BUp AUp BDown ADown 17.2.3 PWM Signal Generator The PWM generator takes these pulses (qualified by the direction signal), and generates two PWM signals. In Count-Down mode, there are four events that can affect the PWM signal: zero, load, match A down, and match B down. In Count-Up/Down mode, there are six events that can affect the PWM signal: zero, load, match A down, match A up, match B down, and match B up. The match A or match B events are ignored when they coincide with the zero or load events. If the match A and match B events coincide, the first signal, PWMA, is generated based only on the match A event, and the second signal, PWMB, is generated based only on the match B event. For each event, the effect on each output PWM signal is programmable: it can be left alone (ignoring the event), it can be toggled, it can be driven Low, or it can be driven High. These actions can be used to generate a pair of PWM signals of various positions and duty cycles, which do or do not overlap. Figure 17-4 on page 422 shows the use of Count-Up/Down mode to generate a pair of center-aligned, overlapped PWM signals that have different duty cycles. Figure 17-4. PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode Load CompA CompB Zero PWMA PWMB In this example, the first generator is set to drive High on match A up, drive Low on match A down, and ignore the other four events. The second generator is set to drive High on match B up, drive Low on match B down, and ignore the other four events. Changing the value of comparator A 422 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller changes the duty cycle of the PWMA signal, and changing the value of comparator B changes the duty cycle of the PWMB signal. 17.2.4 Dead-Band Generator The two PWM signals produced by the PWM generator are passed to the dead-band generator. If disabled, the PWM signals simply pass through unmodified. If enabled, the second PWM signal is lost and two PWM signals are generated based on the first PWM signal. The first output PWM signal is the input signal with the rising edge delayed by a programmable amount. The second output PWM signal is the inversion of the input signal with a programmable delay added between the falling edge of the input signal and the rising edge of this new signal. This is therefore a pair of active High signals where one is always High, except for a programmable amount of time at transitions where both are Low. These signals are therefore suitable for driving a half-H bridge, with the dead-band delays preventing shoot-through current from damaging the power electronics. Figure 17-5 on page 423 shows the effect of the dead-band generator on an input PWM signal. Figure 17-5. PWM Dead-Band Generator Input PWMA PWMB Rising Edge Delay Falling Edge Delay 17.2.5 Interrupt Selector The PWM generator also takes the same four (or six) counter events and uses them to generate an interrupt. Any of these events or a set of these events can be selected as a source for an interrupt; when any of the selected events occur, an interrupt is generated. The selection of events allows the interrupt to occur at a specific position within the PWM signal. Note that interrupts are based on the raw events; delays in the PWM signal edges caused by the dead-band generator are not taken into account. 17.2.6 Synchronization Methods There is a global reset capability that can synchronously reset any or all of the counters in the PWM generators. If multiple PWM generators are configured with the same counter load value, this can be used to guarantee that they also have the same count value (this does imply that the PWM generators must be configured before they are synchronized). With this, more than two PWM signals can be produced with a known relationship between the edges of those signals since the counters always have the same values. The counter load values and comparator match values of the PWM generator can be updated in two ways. The first is immediate update mode, where a new value is used as soon as the counter reaches zero. By waiting for the counter to reach zero, a guaranteed behavior is defined, and overly short or overly long output PWM pulses are prevented. The other update method is synchronous, where the new value is not used until a global synchronized update signal is asserted, at which point the new value is used as soon as the counter reaches zero. This second mode allows multiple items in multiple PWM generators to be updated simultaneously without odd effects during the update; everything runs from the old values until a point at which they all run from the new values. The Update mode of the load and comparator match June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 423 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) values can be individually configured in each PWM generator block. It typically makes sense to use the synchronous update mechanism across PWM generator blocks when the timers in those blocks are synchronized, though this is not required in order for this mechanism to function properly. 17.2.7 Fault Conditions There are two external conditions that affect the PWM block; the signal input on the Fault pin and the stalling of the controller by a debugger. There are two mechanisms available to handle such conditions: the output signals can be forced into an inactive state and/or the PWM timers can be stopped. Each output signal has a fault bit. If set, a fault input signal causes the corresponding output signal to go into the inactive state. If the inactive state is a safe condition for the signal to be in for an extended period of time, this keeps the output signal from driving the outside world in a dangerous manner during the fault condition. A fault condition can also generate a controller interrupt. Each PWM generator can also be configured to stop counting during a stall condition. The user can select for the counters to run until they reach zero then stop, or to continue counting and reloading. A stall condition does not generate a controller interrupt. 17.2.8 Output Control Block With each PWM generator block producing two raw PWM signals, the output control block takes care of the final conditioning of the PWM signals before they go to the pins. Via a single register, the set of PWM signals that are actually enabled to the pins can be modified; this can be used, for example, to perform commutation of a brushless DC motor with a single register write (and without modifying the individual PWM generators, which are modified by the feedback control loop). Similarly, fault control can disable any of the PWM signals as well. A final inversion can be applied to any of the PWM signals, making them active Low instead of the default active High. 17.3 Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to initialize the PWM Generator 0 with a 25-KHz frequency, and with a 25% duty cycle on the PWM0 pin and a 75% duty cycle on the PWM1 pin. This example assumes the system clock is 20 MHz. 1. Enable the PWM clock by writing a value of 0x00100000 to the RCGC0 register in the System Control module. 2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control module. 3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. 4. Configure the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)register in the System Control module to use the PWM divide (USEPWMDIV) and set the divider (PWMDIV) to divide by 2 (000). 5. Configure the PWM generator for countdown mode with immediate updates to the parameters. ■ Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x0000.0000. ■ Write the PWM0GENA register with a value of 0x0000.008C. ■ Write the PWM0GENB register with a value of 0x0000.080C. 424 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 6. Set the period. For a 25-KHz frequency, the period = 1/25,000, or 40 microseconds. The PWM clock source is 10 MHz; the system clock divided by 2. This translates to 400 clock ticks per period. Use this value to set the PWM0LOAD register. In Count-Down mode, set the Load field in the PWM0LOAD register to the requested period minus one. ■ Write the PWM0LOAD register with a value of 0x0000.018F. 7. Set the pulse width of the PWM0 pin for a 25% duty cycle. ■ Write the PWM0CMPA register with a value of 0x0000.012B. 8. Set the pulse width of the PWM1 pin for a 75% duty cycle. ■ Write the PWM0CMPB register with a value of 0x0000.0063. 9. Start the timers in PWM generator 0. ■ Write the PWM0CTL register with a value of 0x0000.0001. 10. Enable PWM outputs. ■ Write the PWMENABLE register with a value of 0x0000.0003. 17.4 Register Map Table 17-1 on page 425 lists the PWM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to the PWM base address of 0x4002.8000. Table 17-1. PWM Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0x040 0x044 0x048 0x04C PWM1 Interrupt Status Name PWMCTL PWMSYNC PWMENABLE PWMINVERT PWMFAULT PWMINTEN PWMRIS PWMISC PWMSTATUS PWM0CTL PWM0INTEN PWM0RIS Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO R/W1C RO R/W R/W RO Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description PWM Master Control PWM Time Base Sync PWM Output Enable PWM Output Inversion PWM Output Fault PWM Interrupt Enable PWM Raw Interrupt Status PWM Interrupt Status and Clear PWM Status PWM0 Control PWM0 Interrupt Enable PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status See page 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 PWM0ISC R/W1C 0x0000.0000 PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear 440 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 425 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Offset Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC 0x050 0x054 0x058 0x05C 0x060 0x064 0x068 0x06C 0x070 0x080 0x084 0x088 0x090 0x094 0x098 0x09C 0x0A0 0x0A4 0x0A8 0x0AC 0x0B0 0x0C0 0x0C4 0x0C8 0x0D0 0x0D4 Name Type Reset Description See page PWM0ISC R/W1C 0x0000.0000 PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear 440 PWM0LOAD PWM0COUNT PWM0CMPA PWM0CMPB PWM0GENA PWM0GENB PWM0DBCTL PWM0DBRISE PWM0DBFALL PWM1CTL PWM1INTEN PWM1RIS PWM1LOAD PWM1COUNT PWM1CMPA PWM1CMPB PWM1GENA PWM1GENB PWM1DBCTL PWM1DBRISE PWM1DBFALL PWM2CTL PWM2INTEN PWM2RIS PWM2LOAD PWM2COUNT R/W RO R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO R/W RO R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO R/W RO 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 PWM0 Load PWM0 Counter PWM0 Compare A PWM0 Compare B PWM0 Generator A Control PWM0 Generator B Control PWM0 Dead-Band Control PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay PWM1 Control PWM1 Interrupt Enable PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status PWM1 Load PWM1 Counter PWM1 Compare A PWM1 Compare B PWM1 Generator A Control PWM1 Generator B Control PWM1 Dead-Band Control PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay PWM2 Control PWM2 InterruptEnable PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status PWM2 Load PWM2 Counter 441 442 443 444 445 447 448 449 450 437 438 439 441 442 443 444 445 447 448 449 450 437 438 439 441 442 426 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Offset 0x0D8 0x0DC 0x0E0 0x0E4 0x0E8 0x0EC 0x0F0 Name PWM2CMPA PWM2CMPB PWM2GENA PWM2GENB PWM2DBCTL PWM2DBRISE PWM2DBFALL Type R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description PWM2 Compare A PWM2 Compare B PWM2 Generator A Control PWM2 Generator B Control PWM2 Dead-Band Control PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay See page 443 444 445 447 448 449 450 17.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the PWM registers, in numerical order by address offset. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 427 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 1: PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000 This register provides master control over the PWM generation blocks. PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 GlobalSync2 GlobalSync1 GlobalSync0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Same as GlobalSync0 but for PWM generator 2. Same as GlobalSync0 but for PWM generator 1. Setting this bit causes any queued update to a load or comparator register in PWM generator 0 to be applied the next time the corresponding counter becomes zero. This bit automatically clears when the updates have completed; it cannot be cleared by software. 2 1 0 GlobalSync2 GlobalSync1 GlobalSync0 R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 428 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 2: PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004 This register provides a method to perform synchronization of the counters in the PWM generation blocks. Writing a bit in this register to 1 causes the specified counter to reset back to 0; writing multiple bits resets multiple counters simultaneously. The bits auto-clear after the reset has occurred; reading them back as zero indicates that the synchronization has completed. PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x004 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 Sync2 R/W 0 RO 0 1 Sync1 R/W 0 RO 0 0 Sync0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:3 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Performs a reset of the PWM generator 2 counter. Performs a reset of the PWM generator 1 counter. Performs a reset of the PWM generator 0 counter. 2 1 0 Sync2 Sync1 Sync0 R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 429 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 3: PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008 This register provides a master control of which generated PWM signals are output to device pins. By disabling a PWM output, the generation process can continue (for example, when the time bases are synchronized) without driving PWM signals to the pins. When bits in this register are set, the corresponding PWM signal is passed through to the output stage, which is controlled by the PWMINVERT register. When bits are not set, the PWM signal is replaced by a zero value which is also passed to the output stage. PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PWM5En PWM4En PWM3En PWM2En PWM1En PWM0En R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, allows the generated PWM5 signal to be passed to the device pin. When set, allows the generated PWM4 signal to be passed to the device pin. When set, allows the generated PWM3 signal to be passed to the device pin. When set, allows the generated PWM2 signal to be passed to the device pin. When set, allows the generated PWM1 signal to be passed to the device pin. When set, allows the generated PWM0 signal to be passed to the device pin. 5 PWM5En R/W 0 4 PWM4En R/W 0 3 PWM3En R/W 0 2 PWM2En R/W 0 1 PWM1En R/W 0 0 PWM0En R/W 0 430 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 4: PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C This register provides a master control of the polarity of the PWM signals on the device pins. The PWM signals generated by the PWM generator are active High; they can optionally be made active Low via this register. Disabled PWM channels are also passed through the output inverter (if so configured) so that inactive channels maintain the correct polarity. PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 PWM5Inv PWM4Inv PWM3Inv PWM2Inv PWM1Inv PWM0Inv R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, the generated PWM5 signal is inverted. When set, the generated PWM4 signal is inverted. When set, the generated PWM3 signal is inverted. When set, the generated PWM2 signal is inverted. When set, the generated PWM1 signal is inverted. When set, the generated PWM0 signal is inverted. 5 4 3 2 1 0 PWM5Inv PWM4Inv PWM3Inv PWM2Inv PWM1Inv PWM0Inv R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 431 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 5: PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010 This register controls the behavior of the PWM outputs in the presence of fault conditions. Both the fault input and debug events are considered fault conditions. On a fault condition, each PWM signal can either be passed through unmodified or driven Low. For outputs that are configured for pass-through, the debug event handling on the corresponding PWM generator also determines if the PWM signal continues to be generated. Fault condition control happens before the output inverter, so PWM signals driven Low on fault are inverted if the channel is configured for inversion (therefore, the pin is driven High on a fault condition). PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 Fault5 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 RO 0 4 Fault4 R/W 0 RO 0 3 Fault3 R/W 0 RO 0 2 Fault2 R/W 0 RO 0 1 Fault1 R/W 0 RO 0 0 Fault0 R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, the PWM5 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. When set, the PWM4 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. When set, the PWM3 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. When set, the PWM2 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. When set, the PWM1 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. When set, the PWM0 output signal is driven Low on a fault condition. 5 4 3 2 1 0 Fault5 Fault4 Fault3 Fault2 Fault1 Fault0 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 6: PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014 This register controls the global interrupt generation capabilities of the PWM module. The events that can cause an interrupt are the fault input and the individual interrupts from the PWM generators. PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x014 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 IntFault R/W 0 0 IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:17 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the fault input is asserted. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 2 block asserts an interrupt. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 1 block asserts an interrupt. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the PWM generator 0 block asserts an interrupt. 16 15:3 IntFault reserved R/W RO 0 0 2 IntPWM2 R/W 0 1 IntPWM1 R/W 0 0 IntPWM0 R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 433 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 7: PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018 This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller. The fault interrupt is latched on detection; it must be cleared through the PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC) register (see page 435). The PWM generator interrupts simply reflect the status of the PWM generators; they are cleared via the interrupt status register in the PWM generator blocks. Bits set to 1 indicate the events that are active; a zero bit indicates that the event in question is not active. PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 IntFault RO 0 0 IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:17 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that the fault input has been asserted. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that the PWM generator 2 block is asserting its interrupt. Indicates that the PWM generator 1 block is asserting its interrupt. Indicates that the PWM generator 0 block is asserting its interrupt. 16 15:3 IntFault reserved RO RO 0 0 2 1 0 IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 RO RO RO 0 0 0 434 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 8: PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C This register provides a summary of the interrupt status of the individual PWM generator blocks. A bit set to 1 indicates that the corresponding generator block is asserting an interrupt. The individual interrupt status registers in each block must be consulted to determine the reason for the interrupt, and used to clear the interrupt. For the fault interrupt, a write of 1 to that bit position clears the latched interrupt status. PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x01C Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 IntFault R/W1C 0 0 IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:17 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates if the fault input is asserting an interrupt. Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates if the PWM generator 2 block is asserting an interrupt. Indicates if the PWM generator 1 block is asserting an interrupt. Indicates if the PWM generator 0 block is asserting an interrupt. 16 15:3 IntFault reserved R/W1C RO 0 0 2 1 0 IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 RO RO RO 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 435 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 9: PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020 This register provides the status of the Fault input signal. PWM Status (PWMSTATUS) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x020 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Fault RO 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set to 1, indicates the fault input is asserted. 0 Fault RO 0 436 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 10: PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040 Register 11: PWM1 Control (PWM1CTL), offset 0x080 Register 12: PWM2 Control (PWM2CTL), offset 0x0C0 The PWM0 block produces the PWM0 and PWM1 outputs, the PWM1 block produces the PWM2 and PWM3 outputs, and the PWM2 block produces the PWM4 and PWM5 outputs. PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x040 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 Debug R/W 0 RO 0 1 Mode R/W 0 RO 0 0 Enable R/W 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Same as CmpAUpd but for the comparator B register. The Update mode for the comparator A register. If 0, updates to the register are reflected to the comparator the next time the counter is 0. If 1, updates to the register are delayed until the next time the counter is 0 after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 428). The Update mode for the load register. If 0, updates to the register are reflected to the counter the next time the counter is 0. If 1, updates to the register are delayed until the next time the counter is 0 after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register. The behavior of the counter in Debug mode. If 0, the counter stops running when it next reaches 0, and continues running again when no longer in Debug mode. If 1, the counter always runs. The mode for the counter. If 0, the counter counts down from the load value to 0 and then wraps back to the load value (Count-Down mode). If 1, the counter counts up from 0 to the load value, back down to 0, and then repeats (Count-Up/Down mode). Master enable for the PWM generation block. If 0, the entire block is disabled and not clocked. If 1, the block is enabled and produces PWM signals. 5 4 CmpBUpd CmpAUpd R/W R/W 0 0 3 LoadUpd R/W 0 2 Debug R/W 0 1 Mode R/W 0 0 Enable R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 437 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 13: PWM0 Interrupt Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044 Register 14: PWM1 Interrupt Enable (PWM1INTEN), offset 0x084 Register 15: PWM2 InterruptEnable (PWM2INTEN), offset 0x0C4 These registers control the interrupt generation capabilities of the PWM generators (PWM0INTEN controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). The events that can cause an interrupt are: ■ The counter being equal to the load register ■ The counter being equal to zero ■ The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting up ■ The counter being equal to the comparator A register while counting down ■ The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting up ■ The counter being equal to the comparator B register while counting down Any combination of these events can generate either an interrupt. PWM0 Interrupt Enable (PWM0INTEN) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x044 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator B value and the counter is counting down. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator B value and the counter is counting up. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator A value and the counter is counting down. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the comparator A value and the counter is counting up. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter matches the PWMnLOAD register. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the counter is 0. 5 IntCmpBD R/W 0 4 IntCmpBU R/W 0 3 IntCmpAD R/W 0 2 IntCmpAU R/W 0 1 IntCntLoad R/W 0 0 IntCntZero R/W 0 438 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 16: PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048 Register 17: PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM1RIS), offset 0x088 Register 18: PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM2RIS), offset 0x0C8 These registers provide the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller (PWM0RIS controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred. PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x048 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while counting down. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while counting up. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while counting down. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while counting up. Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD register. Indicates that the counter has matched 0. 5 IntCmpBD RO 0 4 IntCmpBU RO 0 3 IntCmpAD RO 0 2 IntCmpAU RO 0 1 0 IntCntLoad IntCntZero RO RO 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 439 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 19: PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC These registers provide the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted to the controller (PWM0ISC controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a 0 bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred. These are R/W1C registers; writing a 1 to a bit position clears the corresponding interrupt reason. PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x04C PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 R/W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:6 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while counting down. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator B value while counting up. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while counting down. Indicates that the counter has matched the comparator A value while counting up. Indicates that the counter has matched the PWMnLOAD register. Indicates that the counter has matched 0. 5 IntCmpBD R/W1C 0 4 IntCmpBU R/W1C 0 3 IntCmpAD R/W1C 0 2 IntCmpAU R/W1C 0 1 0 IntCntLoad IntCntZero R/W1C R/W1C 0 0 440 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 20: PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050 Register 21: PWM1 Load (PWM1LOAD), offset 0x090 Register 22: PWM2 Load (PWM2LOAD), offset 0x0D0 These registers contain the load value for the PWM counter (PWM0LOAD controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). Based on the counter mode, either this value is loaded into the counter after it reaches zero, or it is the limit of up-counting after which the counter decrements back to zero. If the Load Value Update mode is immediate, this value is used the next time the counter reaches zero; if the mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 428). If this register is re-written before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost. PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x050 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 Load Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The counter load value. 15:0 Load R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 441 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 23: PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054 Register 24: PWM1 Counter (PWM1COUNT), offset 0x094 Register 25: PWM2 Counter (PWM2COUNT), offset 0x0D4 These registers contain the current value of the PWM counter (PWM0COUNT is the value of the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the load register, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers, see page 445 and page 447) or drive an interrupt (via the PWMnINTEN register, see page 438). A pulse with the same capabilities is generated when this value is zero. PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x054 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 Count Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The current value of the counter. 15:0 Count RO 0 442 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 26: PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058 Register 27: PWM1 Compare A (PWM1CMPA), offset 0x098 Register 28: PWM2 Compare A (PWM2CMPA), offset 0x0D8 These registers contain a value to be compared against the counter (PWM0CMPA controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the counter, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers) or drive an interrupt (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the value of this register is greater than the PWMnLOAD register (see page 441), then no pulse is ever output. If the comparator A update mode is immediate (based on the CmpAUpd bit in the PWMnCTL register), then this 16-bit CompA value is used the next time the counter reaches zero. If the update mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 428). If this register is rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost. PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x058 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 CompA Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The value to be compared against the counter. 15:0 CompA R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 443 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 29: PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C Register 30: PWM1 Compare B (PWM1CMPB), offset 0x09C Register 31: PWM2 Compare B (PWM2CMPB), offset 0x0DC These registers contain a value to be compared against the counter (PWM0CMPB controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When this value matches the counter, a pulse is output; this can drive the generation of a PWM signal (via the PWMnGENA/PWMnGENB registers) or drive an interrupt (via the PWMnINTEN register). If the value of this register is greater than the PWMnLOAD register, then no pulse is ever output. IF the comparator B update mode is immediate (based on the CmpBUpd bit in the PWMnCTL register), then this 16-bit CompB value is used the next time the counter reaches zero. If the update mode is synchronous, it is used the next time the counter reaches zero after a synchronous update has been requested through the PWM Master Control (PWMCTL) register (see page 428). If this register is rewritten before the actual update occurs, the previous value is never used and is lost. PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x05C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 CompB Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Bit/Field 31:16 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The value to be compared against the counter. 15:0 CompB R/W 0 444 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 32: PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060 Register 33: PWM1 Generator A Control (PWM1GENA), offset 0x0A0 Register 34: PWM2 Generator A Control (PWM2GENA), offset 0x0E0 These registers control the generation of the PWMnA signal based on the load and zero output pulses from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators (PWM0GENA controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When the counter is running in Count-Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in Count-Up/Down mode, all six occur. These events provide great flexibility in the positioning and duty cycle of the PWM signal that is produced. The PWM0GENA register controls generation of the PWM0A signal; PWM1GENA, the PWM1A signal; and PWM2GENA, the PWM2A signal. Each field in these registers can take on one of the values defined in Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a compare B event, the compare A action is taken and the compare B action is ignored. PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x060 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 ActLoad R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 ActZero R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 ActCmpBD R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpBU R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpAD R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpAU R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:12 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while counting down. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. 11:10 ActCmpBD R/W 0 9:8 ActCmpBU R/W 0 The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register (see page 437) is set to 1. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. 7:6 ActCmpAD R/W 0 The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting down. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 445 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Bit/Field 5:4 Name ActCmpAU Type R/W Reset 0 Description The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register is set to 1. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. 3:2 ActLoad R/W 0 The action to be taken when the counter matches the load value. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. 1:0 ActZero R/W 0 The action to be taken when the counter is zero. See Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. Table 17-2. PWM Generator Action Encodings Value Description 00 01 10 11 Do nothing. Invert the output signal. Set the output signal to 0. Set the output signal to 1. 446 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 35: PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064 Register 36: PWM1 Generator B Control (PWM1GENB), offset 0x0A4 Register 37: PWM2 Generator B Control (PWM2GENB), offset 0x0E4 These registers control the generation of the PWMnB signal based on the load and zero output pulses from the counter, as well as the compare A and compare B pulses from the comparators (PWM0GENB controls the PWM generator 0 block, and so on). When the counter is running in Down mode, only four of these events occur; when running in Up/Down mode, all six occur. These events provide great flexibility in the positioning and duty cycle of the PWM signal that is produced. The PWM0GENB register controls generation of the PWM0B signal; PWM1GENB, the PWM1B signal; and PWM2GENB, the PWM2B signal. Each field in these registers can take on one of the values defined in Table 17-2 on page 446, which defines the effect of the event on the output signal. If a zero or load event coincides with a compare A or compare B event, the zero or load action is taken and the compare A or compare B action is ignored. If a compare A event coincides with a compare B event, the compare B action is taken and the compare A action is ignored. PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x064 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 ActLoad R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 ActZero R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 ActCmpBD R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpBU R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpAD R/W 0 R/W 0 ActCmpAU R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:12 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while counting down. The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator B while counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register is set to 1. The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting down. The action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting up. Occurs only when the Mode bit in the PWMnCTL register is set to 1. The action to be taken when the counter matches the load value. The action to be taken when the counter is 0. 11:10 ActCmpBD R/W 0 9:8 ActCmpBU R/W 0 7:6 ActCmpAD R/W 0 5:4 ActCmpAU R/W 0 3:2 1:0 ActLoad ActZero R/W R/W 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 447 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 38: PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068 Register 39: PWM1 Dead-Band Control (PWM1DBCTL), offset 0x0A8 Register 40: PWM2 Dead-Band Control (PWM2DBCTL), offset 0x0E8 The PWM0DBCTL register controls the dead-band generator, which produces the PWM0 and PWM1 signals based on the PWM0A and PWM0B signals. When disabled, the PWM0A signal passes through to the PWM0 signal and the PWM0B signal passes through to the PWM1 signal. When enabled and inverting the resulting waveform, the PWM0B signal is ignored; the PWM0 signal is generated by delaying the rising edge(s) of the PWM0A signal by the value in the PWM0DBRISE register (see page 449), and the PWM1 signal is generated by delaying the falling edge(s) of the PWM0A signal by the value in the PWM0DBFALL register (see page 450). In a similar manner, PWM2 and PWM3 are produced from the PWM1A and PWM1B signals, and PWM4 and PWM5 are produced from the PWM2A and PWM2B signals. PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x068 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 Enable R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:1 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, the dead-band generator inserts dead bands into the output signals; when clear, it simply passes the PWM signals through. 0 Enable R/W 0 448 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 41: PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C Register 42: PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM1DBRISE), offset 0x0AC Register 43: PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM2DBRISE), offset 0x0EC The PWM0DBRISE register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge of the PWM0A signal when generating the PWM0 signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled through the PWMnDBCTL register, the PWM0DBRISE register is ignored. If the value of this register is larger than the width of a High pulse on the input PWM signal, the rising-edge delay consumes the entire High time of the signal, resulting in no High time on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that the input High time always exceeds the rising-edge delay. In a similar manner, PWM2 is generated from PWM1A with its rising edge delayed and PWM4 is produced from PWM2A with its rising edge delayed. PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x06C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RiseDelay R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:12 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The number of clock ticks to delay the rising edge. 11:0 RiseDelay R/W 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 449 Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Register 44: PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070 Register 45: PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM1DBFALL), offset 0x0B0 Register 46: PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM2DBFALL), offset 0x0F0 The PWM0DBFALL register contains the number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge of the PWM0A signal when generating the PWM1 signal. If the dead-band generator is disabled, this register is ignored. If the value of this register is larger than the width of a Low pulse on the input PWM signal, the falling-edge delay consumes the entire Low time of the signal, resulting in no Low time on the output. Care must be taken to ensure that the input Low time always exceeds the falling-edge delay. In a similar manner, PWM3 is generated from PWM1A with its falling edge delayed and PWM5 is produced from PWM2A with its falling edge delayed. PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL) Base 0x4002.8000 Offset 0x070 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 FallDelay RO 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 Bit/Field 31:12 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. The number of clock ticks to delay the falling edge. 11:0 FallDelay R/W 0 450 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 18 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) QEI A quadrature encoder, also known as a 2-channel incremental encoder, converts linear displacement into a pulse signal. By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals, you can track the position, direction of rotation, and speed. In addition, a third channel, or index signal, can be used to reset the position counter. The Stellaris quadrature encoder interface (QEI) module interprets the code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over time and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity of the encoder wheel. The Stellaris quadrature encoder has the following features: ■ Position integrator that tracks the encoder position ■ Velocity capture using built-in timer ■ Interrupt generation on: – Index pulse – Velocity-timer expiration – Direction change – Quadrature error detection ® ® 18.1 Block Diagram Figure 18-1 on page 452 provides a block diagram of a Stellaris QEI module. ® June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 451 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Figure 18-1. QEI Block Diagram QEILOAD Control & Status QEICTL QEISTAT Velocity Timer QEITIME Velocity Accumulator Velocity Predivider PhA PhB IDX QEIINTEN QEICOUNT QEISPEED clk QEIMAXPOS Quadrature Encoder dir Position Integrator QEIPOS Interrupt Control QEIRIS QEIISC Interrupt 18.2 Functional Description The QEI module interprets the two-bit gray code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over time and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity of the encoder wheel. The position integrator and velocity capture can be independently enabled, though the position integrator must be enabled before the velocity capture can be enabled. The two phase signals, PhA and PhB , can be swapped before being interpreted by the QEI module to change the meaning of forward and backward, and to correct for miswiring of the system. Alternatively, the phase signals can be interpreted as a clock and direction signal as output by some encoders. The QEI module supports two modes of signal operation: quadrature phase mode and clock/direction mode. In quadrature phase mode, the encoder produces two clocks that are 90 degrees out of phase; the edge relationship is used to determine the direction of rotation. In clock/direction mode, the encoder produces a clock signal to indicate steps and a direction signal to indicate the direction of rotation. This mode is determined by the SigMode bit of the QEI Control (QEICTL) register (see page 456). When the QEI module is set to use the quadrature phase mode (SigMode bit equals zero), the capture mode for the position integrator can be set to update the position counter on every edge of the PhA signal or to update on every edge of both PhA and PhB. Updating the position counter on every PhA and PhB provides more positional resolution at the cost of less range in the positional counter. When edges on PhA lead edges on PhB , the position counter is incremented. When edges on PhB lead edges on PhA , the position counter is decremented. When a rising and falling edge pair is seen on one of the phases without any edges on the other, the direction of rotation has changed. 452 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller The positional counter is automatically reset on one of two conditions: sensing the index pulse or reaching the maximum position value. Which mode is determined by the ResMode bit of the QEI Control (QEICTL) register. When ResMode is 0, the positional counter is reset when the index pulse is sensed. This limits the positional counter to the values [0:N-1], where N is the number of phase edges in a full revolution of the encoder wheel. The QEIMAXPOS register must be programmed with N-1 so that the reverse direction from position 0 can move the position counter to N-1. In this mode, the position register contains the absolute position of the encoder relative to the index (or home) position once an index pulse has been seen. When ResMode is 1, the positional counter is constrained to the range [0:M], where M is the programmable maximum value. The index pulse is ignored by the positional counter in this mode. The velocity capture has a configurable timer and a count register. It counts the number of phase edges (using the same configuration as for the position integrator) in a given time period. The edge count from the previous time period is available to the controller via the QEISPEED register, while the edge count for the current time period is being accumulated in the QEICOUNT register. As soon as the current time period is complete, the total number of edges counted in that time period is made available in the QEISPEED register (losing the previous value), the QEICOUNT is reset to 0, and counting commences on a new time period. The number of edges counted in a given time period is directly proportional to the velocity of the encoder. Figure 18-2 on page 453 shows how the Stellaris quadrature encoder converts the phase input signals into clock pulses, the direction signal, and how the velocity predivider operates (in Divide by 4 mode). Figure 18-2. Quadrature Encoder and Velocity Predivider Operation PhA PhB clk clkdiv dir pos -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 rel +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 +1 +1 +1 ® The period of the timer is configurable by specifying the load value for the timer in the QEILOAD register. When the timer reaches zero, an interrupt can be triggered, and the hardware reloads the timer with the QEILOAD value and continues to count down. At lower encoder speeds, a longer timer period is needed to be able to capture enough edges to have a meaningful result. At higher encoder speeds, both a shorter timer period and/or the velocity predivider can be used. The following equation converts the velocity counter value into an rpm value: rpm = (clock * (2 ^ VelDiv) * Speed * 60) ÷ (Load * ppr * edges) where: clock is the controller clock rate ppr is the number of pulses per revolution of the physical encoder edges is 2 or 4, based on the capture mode set in the QEICTL register (2 for CapMode set to 0 and 4 for CapMode set to 1) For example, consider a motor running at 600 rpm. A 2048 pulse per revolution quadrature encoder is attached to the motor, producing 8192 phase edges per revolution. With a velocity predivider of June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 453 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ÷1 (VelDiv set to 0) and clocking on both PhA and PhB edges, this results in 81,920 pulses per second (the motor turns 10 times per second). If the timer were clocked at 10,000 Hz, and the load value was 2,500 (¼ of a second), it would count 20,480 pulses per update. Using the above equation: rpm = (10000 * 1 * 20480 * 60) ÷ (2500 * 2048 * 4) = 600 rpm Now, consider that the motor is sped up to 3000 rpm. This results in 409,600 pulses per second, or 102,400 every ¼ of a second. Again, the above equation gives: rpm = (10000 * 1 * 102400 * 60) ÷ (2500 * 2048 * 4) = 3000 rpm Care must be taken when evaluating this equation since intermediate values may exceed the capacity of a 32-bit integer. In the above examples, the clock is 10,000 and the divider is 2,500; both could be predivided by 100 (at compile time if they are constants) and therefore be 100 and 25. In fact, if they were compile-time constants, they could also be reduced to a simple multiply by 4, cancelled by the ÷4 for the edge-count factor. Important: Reducing constant factors at compile time is the best way to control the intermediate values of this equation, as well as reducing the processing requirement of computing this equation. The division can be avoided by selecting a timer load value such that the divisor is a power of 2; a simple shift can therefore be done in place of the division. For encoders with a power of 2 pulses per revolution, this is a simple matter of selecting a power of 2 load value. For other encoders, a load value must be selected such that the product is very close to a power of two. For example, a 100 pulse per revolution encoder could use a load value of 82, resulting in 32,800 as the divisor, 14 which is 0.09% above 2 ; in this case a shift by 15 would be an adequate approximation of the divide in most cases. If absolute accuracy were required, the controller ’s divide instruction could be used. The QEI module can produce a controller interrupt on several events: phase error, direction change, reception of the index pulse, and expiration of the velocity timer. Standard masking, raw interrupt status, interrupt status, and interrupt clear capabilities are provided. 18.3 Initialization and Configuration The following example shows how to configure the Quadrature Encoder module to read back an absolute position: 1. Enable the QEI clock by writing a value of 0x0000.0100 to the RCGC1 register in the System Control module. 2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register in the System Control module. 3. In the GPIO module, enable the appropriate pins for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register. 4. Configure the quadrature encoder to capture edges on both signals and maintain an absolute position by resetting on index pulses. Using a 1000-line encoder at four edges per line, there are 4000 pulses per revolution; therefore, set the maximum position to 3999 (0xF9F) since the count is zero-based. ■ Write the QEICTL register with the value of 0x0000.0018. 454 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller ■ Write the QEIMAXPOS register with the value of 0x0000.0F9F. 5. Enable the quadrature encoder by setting bit 0 of the QEICTL register. 6. Delay for some time. 7. Read the encoder position by reading the QEIPOS register value. 18.4 Register Map Table 18-1 on page 455 lists the QEI registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register ’s address, relative to the module’s base address: ■ QEI0: 0x4002.C000 Table 18-1. QEI Register Map Offset 0x000 0x004 0x008 0x00C 0x010 0x014 0x018 0x01C 0x020 0x024 0x028 Name QEICTL QEISTAT QEIPOS QEIMAXPOS QEILOAD QEITIME QEICOUNT QEISPEED QEIINTEN QEIRIS QEIISC Type R/W RO R/W R/W R/W RO RO RO R/W RO R/W1C Reset 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 0x0000.0000 Description QEI Control QEI Status QEI Position QEI Maximum Position QEI Timer Load QEI Timer QEI Velocity Counter QEI Velocity QEI Interrupt Enable QEI Raw Interrupt Status QEI Interrupt Status and Clear See page 456 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 18.5 Register Descriptions The remainder of this section lists and describes the QEI registers, in numerical order by address offset. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 455 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 1: QEI Control (QEICTL), offset 0x000 This register contains the configuration of the QEI module. Separate enables are provided for the quadrature encoder and the velocity capture blocks; the quadrature encoder must be enabled in order to capture the velocity, but the velocity does not need to be captured in applications that do not need it. The phase signal interpretation, phase swap, Position Update mode, Position Reset mode, and velocity predivider are all set via this register. QEI Control (QEICTL) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x000 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 STALLEN R/W 0 RO 0 11 INVI R/W 0 RO 0 10 INVB R/W 0 RO 0 9 INVA R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 VelDiv R/W 0 R/W 0 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 VelEn R/W 0 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 Swap R/W 0 RO 0 0 Enable R/W 0 ResMode CapMode SigMode R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:13 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When set, the QEI stalls when the microcontroller asserts Halt. When set , the input Index Pulse is inverted. When set, the PhB input is inverted. When set, the PhA input is inverted. A predivider of the input quadrature pulses before being applied to the QEICOUNT accumulator. This field can be set to the following values: Binary Value Predivider 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 ÷1 ÷2 ÷4 ÷8 ÷16 ÷32 ÷64 ÷128 12 11 10 9 8:6 STALLEN INVI INVB INVA VelDiv R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 0 0 5 4 VelEn ResMode R/W R/W 0 0 When set, enables capture of the velocity of the quadrature encoder. The Reset mode for the position counter. When 0, the position counter is reset when it reaches the maximum; when 1, the position counter is reset when the index pulse is captured. 456 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Bit/Field 3 Name CapMode Type R/W Reset 0 Description The Capture mode defines the phase edges that are counted in the position. When 0, only the PhA edges are counted; when 1, the PhA and PhB edges are counted, providing twice the positional resolution but half the range. When 1, the PhA and PhB signals are clock and direction; when 0, they are quadrature phase signals. Swaps the PhA and PhB signals. Enables the quadrature encoder module. 2 SigMode R/W 0 1 0 Swap Enable R/W R/W 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 457 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 2: QEI Status (QEISTAT), offset 0x004 This register provides status about the operation of the QEI module. QEI Status (QEISTAT) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x004 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 Direction RO 0 RO 0 0 Error RO 0 Bit/Field 31:2 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates the direction the encoder is rotating. 0: Forward rotation 1: Reverse rotation 1 Direction RO 0 0 Error RO 0 Indicates that an error was detected in the gray code sequence (that is, both signals changing at the same time). 458 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 3: QEI Position (QEIPOS), offset 0x008 This register contains the current value of the position integrator. Its value is updated by inputs on the QEI phase inputs, and can be set to a specific value by writing to it. QEI Position (QEIPOS) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x008 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Position Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 Position Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name Position Type R/W Reset 0 Description The current position integrator value. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 459 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 4: QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS), offset 0x00C This register contains the maximum value of the position integrator. When moving forward, the position register resets to zero when it increments past this value. When moving backward, the position register resets to this value when it decrements from zero. QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x00C Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 MaxPos Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 MaxPos Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name MaxPos Type R/W Reset 0 Description The maximum position integrator value. 460 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 5: QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD), offset 0x010 This register contains the load value for the velocity timer. Since this value is loaded into the timer the clock cycle after the timer is zero, this value should be one less than the number of clocks in the desired period. So, for example, to have 2000 clocks per timer period, this register should contain 1999. QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x010 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Load Type Reset R/W 0 15 R/W 0 14 R/W 0 13 R/W 0 12 R/W 0 11 R/W 0 10 R/W 0 9 R/W 0 8 Load Type Reset R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 R/W 0 7 R/W 0 6 R/W 0 5 R/W 0 4 R/W 0 3 R/W 0 2 R/W 0 1 R/W 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name Load Type R/W Reset 0 Description The velocity timer load value. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 461 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 6: QEI Timer (QEITIME), offset 0x014 This register contains the current value of the velocity timer. This counter does not increment when VelEn in QEICTL is 0. QEI Timer (QEITIME) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x014 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Time Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 Time Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name Time Type RO Reset 0 Description The current value of the velocity timer. 462 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 7: QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT), offset 0x018 This register contains the running count of velocity pulses for the current time period. Since this is a running total, the time period to which it applies cannot be known with precision (that is, a read of this register does not necessarily correspond to the time returned by the QEITIME register since there is a small window of time between the two reads, during which time either value may have changed). The QEISPEED register should be used to determine the actual encoder velocity; this register is provided for information purposes only. This counter does not increment when VelEn in QEICTL is 0. QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x018 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Count Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 Count Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name Count Type RO Reset 0 Description The running total of encoder pulses during this velocity timer period. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 463 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 8: QEI Velocity (QEISPEED), offset 0x01C This register contains the most recently measured velocity of the quadrature encoder. This corresponds to the number of velocity pulses counted in the previous velocity timer period. This register does not update when VelEn in QEICTL is 0. QEI Velocity (QEISPEED) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x01C Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 Speed Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 Speed Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 RO 0 2 RO 0 1 RO 0 0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit/Field 31:0 Name Speed Type RO Reset 0 Description The measured speed of the quadrature encoder in pulses per period. 464 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 9: QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN), offset 0x020 This register contains enables for each of the QEI module’s interrupts. An interrupt is asserted to the controller if its corresponding bit in this register is set to 1. QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x020 Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 IntError R/W 0 RO 0 2 IntDir R/W 0 RO 0 1 IntTimer R/W 0 RO 0 0 IntIndex R/W 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. When 1, an interrupt occurs when a phase error is detected. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the direction changes. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the velocity timer expires. When 1, an interrupt occurs when the index pulse is detected. 3 2 1 0 IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 465 Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Register 10: QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS), offset 0x024 This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted, regardless of whether they cause an interrupt to be asserted to the controller (this is set through the QEIINTEN register). Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a zero bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred. QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x024 Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 IntError RO 0 RO 0 2 IntDir RO 0 RO 0 1 IntTimer RO 0 RO 0 0 IntIndex RO 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that a phase error was detected. Indicates that the direction has changed. Indicates that the velocity timer has expired. Indicates that the index pulse has occurred. 3 2 1 0 IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex RO RO RO RO 0 0 0 0 466 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Register 11: QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC), offset 0x028 This register provides the current set of interrupt sources that are asserted to the controller. Bits set to 1 indicate the latched events that have occurred; a zero bit indicates that the event in question has not occurred. This is a R/W1C register; writing a 1 to a bit position clears the corresponding interrupt reason. QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC) QEI0 base: 0x4002.C000 Offset 0x028 Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 reserved Type Reset RO 0 15 RO 0 14 RO 0 13 RO 0 12 RO 0 11 RO 0 10 reserved Type Reset RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 RO 0 9 RO 0 8 RO 0 7 RO 0 6 RO 0 5 RO 0 4 RO 0 3 IntError R/W1C 0 RO 0 2 IntDir R/W1C 0 RO 0 1 IntTimer R/W1C 0 RO 0 0 IntIndex R/W1C 0 Bit/Field 31:4 Name reserved Type RO Reset 0 Description Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write operation. Indicates that a phase error was detected. Indicates that the direction has changed. Indicates that the velocity timer has expired. Indicates that the index pulse has occurred. 3 2 1 0 IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex R/W1C R/W1C R/W1C R/W1C 0 0 0 0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 467 Pin Diagram 19 Pin Diagram Figure 19-1 on page 468 shows the pin diagram and pin-to-signal-name mapping. Figure 19-1. Pin Connection Diagram 468 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 20 Signal Tables The following tables list the signals available for each pin. Functionality is enabled by software with the GPIOAFSEL register. Important: All multiplexed pins are GPIOs by default, with the exception of the five JTAG pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]) which default to the JTAG functionality. Table 20-1 on page 469 shows the pin-to-signal-name mapping, including functional characteristics of the signals. Table 20-2 on page 473 lists the signals in alphabetical order by signal name. Table 20-3 on page 478 groups the signals by functionality, except for GPIOs. Table 20-4 on page 482 lists the GPIO pins and their alternate functionality. Table 20-1. Signals by Pin Number Pin Number 1 Pin Name PE7 PWM5 2 PE6 PWM4 3 VDDA Pin Type I/O O I/O O Buffer Type Description TTL TTL TTL TTL Power GPIO port E bit 7 PWM 5 GPIO port E bit 6 PWM 4 The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. GPIO port E bit 5 Capture/Compare/PWM 3 GPIO port E bit 4 Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. When the on-chip LDO is used to provide power to the logic, the LDO pin must also be connected to the VDD25 pins at the board level in addition to the decoupling capacitor(s). Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. GPIO port D bit 0 PWM 0 GPIO port D bit 1 QEI module 0 Phase A GPIO port D bit 2 UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. 4 GNDA - Power 5 6 PE5 CCP3 PE4 I/O I/O I/O - TTL TTL TTL Power 7 LDO 8 9 10 VDD GND PD0 PWM0 I/O O I/O I I/O I Power Power TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL 11 PD1 PhA0 12 PD2 U1Rx June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 469 Signal Tables Pin Number 13 Pin Name PD3 U1Tx Pin Type I/O O - Buffer Type Description TTL TTL Power GPIO port D bit 3 UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. XTALP of the Ethernet PHY XTALN of the Ethernet PHY GPIO port G bit 1 UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. GPIO port G bit 0 UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Analog comparator 2 negative input GPIO port C bit 7 Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 2 output GPIO port C bit 6 Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 1 output GPIO port C bit 5 Capture/Compare/PWM 5 GPIO port C bit 4 GPIO port A bit 0 UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. GPIO port A bit 1 UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. GPIO port A bit 2 SSI module 0 clock GPIO port A bit 3 SSI module 0 frame GPIO port A bit 4 SSI module 0 receive GPIO port A bit 5 SSI module 0 transmit Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Capture/Compare/PWM 1 GPIO port A bit 6 14 VDD25 15 16 17 18 GND XTALPPHY XTALNPHY PG1 U2Tx O I I/O O I/O I I I/O I O I/O I O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I/O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I/O O I/O I/O Power TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power Power Analog TTL Analog TTL TTL Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power Power TTL TTL 19 PG0 U2Rx 20 21 22 VDD GND C2PC7 23 C2+ C2o PC6 24 C1+ C1o PC5 25 CCP5 PC4 26 PA0 U0Rx 27 PA1 U0Tx 28 PA2 SSI0Clk 29 PA3 SSI0Fss 30 PA4 SSI0Rx 31 PA5 SSI0Tx 32 33 34 VDD GND CCP1 PA6 470 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Pin Number 35 Pin Name CCP4 PA7 Pin Type I/O I/O I I - Buffer Type Description TTL TTL TTL Analog Power Capture/Compare/PWM 1 GPIO port A bit 7 VCC of the Ethernet PHY RXIN of the Ethernet PHY Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. RXIP of the Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of Ethernet PHY TXOP of Ethernet PHY Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. TXON of Ethernet PHY GPIO port F bit 0 QEI module 1 Phase B Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Main oscillator crystal output. An external input that brings the processor out of hibernate mode when asserted. An output that indicates the processor is in hibernate mode. Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Note that this is either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz oscillator for the Hibernation Module RTC. See the CLKSEL bit in the HIBCTL register. Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Power source for the Hibernation Module. It is normally connected to the positive terminal of a battery and serves as the battery backup/Hibernation Module power-source supply. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. MDIO of Ethernet PHY MII LED 0 GPIO port F bit 3 MII LED 1 GPIO port F bit 2 GPIO port F bit 1 PWM 1 36 37 38 VCCPHY RXIN VDD25 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 GND RXIP GNDPHY GNDPHY TXOP VDD GND TXON PF0 PhB0 I I I O O I/O I I O I O I Power Analog TTL TTL Analog Power Power Analog TTL TTL Analog Analog OD TTL Analog 48 49 50 51 52 OSC0 OSC1 WAKE HIB XOSC0 53 54 55 XOSC1 GND VBAT O - Analog Power Power 56 57 58 59 VDD GND MDIO LED0 PF3 I/O O I/O O I/O I/O O Power Power TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL 60 LED1 PF2 61 PF1 PWM1 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 471 Signal Tables Pin Number 62 Pin Name VDD25 Pin Type - Buffer Type Description Power Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. System reset input. CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. GPIO port B bit 0 PWM 2 GPIO port B bit 1 PWM 3 Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. I2C module 0 clock GPIO port B bit 2 I2C module 0 data GPIO port B bit 3 GPIO port E bit 0 SSI module 1 clock GPIO port E bit 1 SSI module 1 frame GPIO port E bit 2 SSI module 1 receive GPIO port E bit 3 SSI module 1 transmit CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. GPIO port C bit 3 JTAG TDO and SWO JTAG TDO and SWO GPIO port C bit 2 JTAG TDI GPIO port C bit 1 JTAG TMS and SWDIO JTAG TMS and SWDIO GPIO port C bit 0 JTAG/SWD CLK JTAG/SWD CLK Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. VCC of the Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY 63 64 65 66 GND RST CMOD0 PB0 PWM2 I I/O I/O O I/O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I/O O I/O I/O O O I/O I I/O I/O I/O I/O I I I I I I Power TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power Power OD TTL OD TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power Power TTL TTL TTL TTL 67 PB1 PWM3 68 69 70 VDD GND I2C0SCL PB2 71 I2C0SDA PB3 72 PE0 SSI1Clk 73 PE1 SSI1Fss 74 PE2 SSI1Rx 75 PE3 SSI1Tx 76 77 CMOD1 PC3 SWO TDO 78 PC2 TDI 79 PC1 SWDIO TMS 80 PC0 SWCLK TCK 81 82 83 84 85 86 VDD GND VCCPHY VCCPHY GNDPHY GNDPHY 472 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Pin Number 87 88 Pin Name GND VDD25 Pin Type - Buffer Type Description Power Power Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. GPIO port B bit 7 JTAG TRSTn Analog comparator 0 positive input Analog comparator 0 output GPIO port B bit 6 Analog comparator 1 negative input GPIO port B bit 5 Analog comparator 0 negative input GPIO port B bit 4 Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Capture/Compare/PWM 0 GPIO port D bit 4 Capture/Compare/PWM 2 GPIO port D bit 5 The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. PWM Fault GPIO port D bit 6 QEI module 0 index GPIO port D bit 7 89 PB7 TRST I/O I I O I/O I I/O I I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O - TTL TTL Analog TTL TTL Analog TTL Analog TTL Power Power TTL TTL TTL TTL Power 90 C0+ C0o PB6 91 C1PB5 92 C0PB4 93 94 95 VDD GND CCP0 PD4 96 CCP2 PD5 97 GNDA 98 VDDA - Power 99 Fault PD6 I I/O I I/O TTL TTL TTL TTL 100 IDX0 PD7 Table 20-2. Signals by Signal Name Pin Name C0+ C0C0o C1+ C1C1o C2+ C2C2o Pin Number 90 92 90 24 91 24 23 22 23 Pin Type I I O I I O I I O Buffer Type Description Analog Analog TTL Analog Analog TTL Analog Analog TTL Analog comparator 0 positive input Analog comparator 0 negative input Analog comparator 0 output Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 1 negative input Analog comparator 1 output Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 2 negative input Analog comparator 2 output June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 473 Signal Tables Pin Name CCP0 CCP1 CCP2 CCP3 CCP4 CCP5 CMOD0 CMOD1 Fault GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GNDA Pin Number 95 34 96 6 35 25 65 76 99 9 15 21 33 39 45 54 57 63 69 82 87 94 4 Pin Type I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I - Buffer Type Description TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Capture/Compare/PWM 0 Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Capture/Compare/PWM 2 Capture/Compare/PWM 3 Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Capture/Compare/PWM 5 CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. PWM Fault Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY An output that indicates the processor is in hibernate mode. I2C module 0 clock I2C module 0 data QEI module 0 index GNDA 97 - Power GNDPHY GNDPHY GNDPHY GNDPHY HIB I2C0SCL I2C0SDA IDX0 41 42 85 86 51 70 71 100 I I I I O I/O I/O I TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL OD OD TTL 474 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Pin Name LDO Pin Number 7 Pin Type - Buffer Type Description Power Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. When the on-chip LDO is used to provide power to the logic, the LDO pin must also be connected to the VDD25 pins at the board level in addition to the decoupling capacitor(s). MII LED 0 MII LED 1 MDIO of Ethernet PHY Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Main oscillator crystal output. GPIO port A bit 0 GPIO port A bit 1 GPIO port A bit 2 GPIO port A bit 3 GPIO port A bit 4 GPIO port A bit 5 GPIO port A bit 6 GPIO port A bit 7 GPIO port B bit 0 GPIO port B bit 1 GPIO port B bit 2 GPIO port B bit 3 GPIO port B bit 4 GPIO port B bit 5 GPIO port B bit 6 GPIO port B bit 7 GPIO port C bit 0 GPIO port C bit 1 GPIO port C bit 2 GPIO port C bit 3 GPIO port C bit 4 GPIO port C bit 5 GPIO port C bit 6 GPIO port C bit 7 GPIO port D bit 0 GPIO port D bit 1 GPIO port D bit 2 GPIO port D bit 3 GPIO port D bit 4 GPIO port D bit 5 GPIO port D bit 6 GPIO port D bit 7 LED0 LED1 MDIO OSC0 OSC1 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD5 PD6 PD7 59 60 58 48 49 26 27 28 29 30 31 34 35 66 67 70 71 92 91 90 89 80 79 78 77 25 24 23 22 10 11 12 13 95 96 99 100 O O I/O I O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O TTL TTL TTL Analog Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 475 Signal Tables Pin Name PE0 PE1 PE2 PE3 PE4 PE5 PE6 PE7 PF0 PF1 PF2 PF3 PG0 PG1 PWM0 PWM1 PWM2 PWM3 PWM4 PWM5 PhA0 PhB0 RST RXIN RXIP SSI0Clk SSI0Fss SSI0Rx SSI0Tx SSI1Clk SSI1Fss SSI1Rx SSI1Tx SWCLK SWDIO SWO TCK TDI TDO TMS TRST TXON Pin Number 72 73 74 75 6 5 2 1 47 61 60 59 19 18 10 61 66 67 2 1 11 47 64 37 40 28 29 30 31 72 73 74 75 80 79 77 80 78 77 79 89 46 Pin Type I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O O I I I I I I/O I/O I O I/O I/O I O I I/O O I I O I/O I O Buffer Type Description TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Analog Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Analog GPIO port E bit 0 GPIO port E bit 1 GPIO port E bit 2 GPIO port E bit 3 GPIO port E bit 4 GPIO port E bit 5 GPIO port E bit 6 GPIO port E bit 7 GPIO port F bit 0 GPIO port F bit 1 GPIO port F bit 2 GPIO port F bit 3 GPIO port G bit 0 GPIO port G bit 1 PWM 0 PWM 1 PWM 2 PWM 3 PWM 4 PWM 5 QEI module 0 Phase A QEI module 1 Phase B System reset input. RXIN of the Ethernet PHY RXIP of the Ethernet PHY SSI module 0 clock SSI module 0 frame SSI module 0 receive SSI module 0 transmit SSI module 1 clock SSI module 1 frame SSI module 1 receive SSI module 1 transmit JTAG/SWD CLK JTAG TMS and SWDIO JTAG TDO and SWO JTAG/SWD CLK JTAG TDI JTAG TDO and SWO JTAG TMS and SWDIO JTAG TRSTn TXON of Ethernet PHY 476 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Pin Name TXOP U0Rx U0Tx U1Rx U1Tx U2Rx U2Tx VBAT Pin Number 43 26 27 12 13 19 18 55 Pin Type O I O I O I O - Buffer Type Description Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Power TXOP of Ethernet PHY UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. Power source for the Hibernation Module. It is normally connected to the positive terminal of a battery and serves as the battery backup/Hibernation Module power-source supply. VCC of the Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. VCCPHY VCCPHY VCCPHY VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD25 36 83 84 8 20 32 44 56 68 81 93 14 I I I - TTL TTL TTL Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power VDD25 38 - Power VDD25 62 - Power VDD25 88 - Power VDDA 3 - Power VDDA 98 - Power June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 477 Signal Tables Pin Name WAKE XOSC0 Pin Number 50 52 Pin Type I I Buffer Type Description OD Analog An external input that brings the processor out of hibernate mode when asserted. Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Note that this is either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz oscillator for the Hibernation Module RTC. See the CLKSEL bit in the HIBCTL register. Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output. XTALN of the Ethernet PHY XTALP of the Ethernet PHY XOSC1 XTALNPHY XTALPPHY 53 17 16 O I O Analog TTL TTL Table 20-3. Signals by Function, Except for GPIO Function Analog Comparators Pin Name C0+ C0C0o C1+ C1C1o C2+ C2C2o Ethernet PHY GNDPHY GNDPHY GNDPHY GNDPHY LED0 LED1 MDIO RXIN RXIP TXON TXOP VCCPHY VCCPHY VCCPHY XTALNPHY XTALPPHY Pin Number 90 92 90 24 91 24 23 22 23 41 42 85 86 59 60 58 37 40 46 43 36 83 84 17 16 Pin Type I I O I I O I I O I I I I O O I/O I I O O I I I I O Buffer Type Analog Analog TTL Analog Analog TTL Analog Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Analog Analog Analog Analog TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Description Analog comparator 0 positive input Analog comparator 0 negative input Analog comparator 0 output Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 1 negative input Analog comparator 1 output Analog comparator positive input Analog comparator 2 negative input Analog comparator 2 output GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY GND of the Ethernet PHY MII LED 0 MII LED 1 MDIO of Ethernet PHY RXIN of the Ethernet PHY RXIP of the Ethernet PHY TXON of Ethernet PHY TXOP of Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY VCC of the Ethernet PHY XTALN of the Ethernet PHY XTALP of the Ethernet PHY 478 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Function Pin Name Pin Number 95 34 96 6 35 25 70 71 80 79 77 80 78 77 79 99 10 61 66 67 2 1 Pin Type I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I/O O I I O I/O I O O O O O O Buffer Type TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL OD OD TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Description Capture/Compare/PWM 0 Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Capture/Compare/PWM 2 Capture/Compare/PWM 3 Capture/Compare/PWM 1 Capture/Compare/PWM 5 I2C module 0 clock I2C module 0 data JTAG/SWD CLK JTAG TMS and SWDIO JTAG TDO and SWO JTAG/SWD CLK JTAG TDI JTAG TDO and SWO JTAG TMS and SWDIO PWM Fault PWM 0 PWM 1 PWM 2 PWM 3 PWM 4 PWM 5 General-Purpose CCP0 Timers CCP1 CCP2 CCP3 CCP4 CCP5 I2C I2C0SCL I2C0SDA JTAG/SWD/SWO SWCLK SWDIO SWO TCK TDI TDO TMS PWM Fault PWM0 PWM1 PWM2 PWM3 PWM4 PWM5 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 479 Signal Tables Function Power Pin Name GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GNDA Pin Number 9 15 21 33 39 45 54 57 63 69 82 87 94 4 Pin Type - Buffer Type Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Description Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The ground reference for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from GND to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. An output that indicates the processor is in hibernate mode. Low drop-out regulator output voltage. This pin requires an external capacitor between the pin and GND of 1 µF or greater. When the on-chip LDO is used to provide power to the logic, the LDO pin must also be connected to the VDD25 pins at the board level in addition to the decoupling capacitor(s). Power source for the Hibernation Module. It is normally connected to the positive terminal of a battery and serves as the battery backup/Hibernation Module power-source supply. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for I/O and some logic. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. GNDA 97 - Power HIB LDO 51 7 O - TTL Power VBAT 55 - Power VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD25 VDD25 VDD25 8 20 32 44 56 68 81 93 14 38 62 - Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power 480 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Function Pin Name VDD25 VDDA Pin Number 88 3 Pin Type - Buffer Type Power Power Description Positive supply for most of the logic function, including the processor core and most peripherals. The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. The positive supply (3.3 V) for the analog circuits (ADC, Analog Comparators, etc.). These are separated from VDD to minimize the electrical noise contained on VDD from affecting the analog functions. An external input that brings the processor out of hibernate mode when asserted. QEI module 0 index QEI module 0 Phase A QEI module 1 Phase B SSI module 0 clock SSI module 0 frame SSI module 0 receive SSI module 0 transmit SSI module 1 clock SSI module 1 frame SSI module 1 receive SSI module 1 transmit CPU Mode bit 0. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. CPU Mode bit 1. Input must be set to logic 0 (grounded); other encodings reserved. Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Main oscillator crystal output. System reset input. JTAG TRSTn Hibernation Module oscillator crystal input or an external clock reference input. Note that this is either a 4.19-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz oscillator for the Hibernation Module RTC. See the CLKSEL bit in the HIBCTL register. Hibernation Module oscillator crystal output. VDDA 98 - Power WAKE QEI IDX0 PhA0 PhB0 SSI SSI0Clk SSI0Fss SSI0Rx SSI0Tx SSI1Clk SSI1Fss SSI1Rx SSI1Tx System Control & CMOD0 Clocks CMOD1 OSC0 OSC1 RST TRST XOSC0 50 100 11 47 28 29 30 31 72 73 74 75 65 76 48 49 64 89 52 I I I I I/O I/O I O I/O I/O I O I/O I/O I O I I I OD TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Analog Analog TTL TTL Analog XOSC1 53 O Analog June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 481 Signal Tables Function UART Pin Name U0Rx U0Tx U1Rx U1Tx U2Rx U2Tx Pin Number 26 27 12 13 19 18 Pin Type I O I O I O Buffer Type TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL TTL Description UART module 0 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 0 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 1 receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART module 1 transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART 2 Receive. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. UART 2 Transmit. When in IrDA mode, this signal has IrDA modulation. Table 20-4. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions GPIO Pin PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 PC0 PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4 PC5 PC6 PC7 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 Pin Number 26 27 28 29 30 31 34 35 66 67 70 71 92 91 90 89 80 79 78 77 25 24 23 22 10 11 12 13 95 Multiplexed Function U0Rx U0Tx SSI0Clk SSI0Fss SSI0Rx SSI0Tx CCP1 CCP4 PWM2 PWM3 I2C0SCL I2C0SDA C0C1C0+ TRST TCK TMS TDI TDO CCP5 C1+ C2+ C2PWM0 PhA0 U1Rx U1Tx CCP0 C1o C2o SWO SWCLK SWDIO C0o Multiplexed Function 482 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller GPIO Pin PD5 PD6 PD7 PE0 PE1 PE2 PE3 PE4 PE5 PE6 PE7 PF0 PF1 PF2 PF3 PG0 PG1 Pin Number 96 99 100 72 73 74 75 6 5 2 1 47 61 60 59 19 18 Multiplexed Function CCP2 Fault IDX0 SSI1Clk SSI1Fss SSI1Rx SSI1Tx CCP3 Multiplexed Function PWM4 PWM5 PhB0 PWM1 LED1 LED0 U2Rx U2Tx June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 483 Operating Characteristics 21 Operating Characteristics Table 21-1. Temperature Characteristics Characteristic a Symbol Value -40 to +85 Unit °C Operating temperature range TA a. Maximum storage temperature is 150°C. Table 21-2. Thermal Characteristics Characteristic a b Symbol Value 55.3 TA + (PAVG • ΘJA) Unit °C/W °C Thermal resistance (junction to ambient) ΘJA Average junction temperature TJ a. Junction to ambient thermal resistance θJA numbers are determined by a package simulator. b. Power dissipation is a function of temperature. 484 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 22 22.1 22.1.1 Electrical Characteristics DC Characteristics Maximum Ratings The maximum ratings are the limits to which the device can be subjected without permanently damaging the device. Note: The device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings. Table 22-1. Maximum Ratings Characteristic a Symbol Value Min Max Unit I/O supply voltage (VDD) Core supply voltage (VDD25) Analog supply voltage (VDDA) Battery supply voltage (VBAT) VDD VDD25 VDDA VBAT 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 4 V V V V V V mA Ethernet PHY supply voltage (VCCPHY) VCCPHY Input voltage Maximum current per output pins VIN I -0.3 5.5 25 a. Voltages are measured with respect to GND. Important: This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high-static voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to this high-impedance circuit. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either GND or VDD). 22.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions Table 22-2. Recommended DC Operating Conditions Parameter Parameter Name VDD VDD25 VDDA VBAT VCCPHY VIH VIL VSIH VSIL VOH VOL I/O supply voltage Core supply voltage Analog supply voltage Battery supply voltage Ethernet PHY supply voltage High-level input voltage Low-level input voltage Min 3.0 2.25 3.0 2.3 3.0 2.0 -0.3 Nom 3.3 2.5 3.3 3.0 3.3 Max 3.6 2.75 3.6 3.6 3.6 5.0 1.3 VDD 0.2 * VDD 0.4 Unit V V V V V V V V V V V High-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs 0.8 * VDD Low-level input voltage for Schmitt trigger inputs High-level output voltage Low-level output voltage 0 2.4 - June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 485 Electrical Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name IOH High-level source current, VOH=2.4 V 2-mA Drive 4-mA Drive 8-mA Drive IOL Low-level sink current, VOL=0.4 V 2-mA Drive 4-mA Drive 8-mA Drive Min Nom Max Unit 2.0 4.0 8.0 - - mA mA mA 2.0 4.0 8.0 - - mA mA mA 22.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics Table 22-3. LDO Regulator Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name VLDOOUT tPON tON tOFF VSTEP CLDO Min Nom Max Unit V % µs µs µs mV µF Programmable internal (logic) power supply output value 2.25 2.5 2.75 Output voltage accuracy Power-on time Time on Time off Step programming incremental voltage External filter capacitor size for internal power supply 2% 50 1 100 200 100 - 22.1.4 Power Specifications The power measurements specified in the tables that follow are run on the core processor using SRAM with the following specifications (except as noted): ■ VDD = 3.3 V ■ VDD25 = 2.50 V ■ VBAT = 3.0 V ■ VDDA = 3.3 V ■ VDDPHY = 3.3 V ■ Temperature = 25°C ■ Clock Source (MOSC) =3.579545 MHz Crystal Oscillator ■ Main oscillator (MOSC) = enabled ■ Internal oscillator (IOSC) = disabled 486 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 22.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics Table 22-4. Flash Memory Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name PECYC TRET TPROG TERASE TME a Min Nom Max Unit cycles years µs ms ms Number of guaranteed program/erase cycles before failure 10,000 100,000 Data retention at average operating temperature of 85˚C Word program time Page erase time Mass erase time 10 20 20 200 - a. A program/erase cycle is defined as switching the bits from 1-> 0 -> 1. 22.2 22.2.1 AC Characteristics Load Conditions Unless otherwise specified, the following conditions are true for all timing measurements. Timing measurements are for 4-mA drive strength. Figure 22-1. Load Conditions pin CL = 50 pF GND 22.2.2 Clocks Table 22-5. Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name fref_crystal fref_ext fpll TREADY Crystal reference b a a Min 3.579545 Nom Max Unit 400 8.192 MHz 8.192 MHz 0.5 MHz ms External clock reference 3.579545 PLL frequency PLL lock time - a. The exact value is determined by the crystal value programmed into the XTAL field of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register. b. PLL frequency is automatically calculated by the hardware based on the XTAL field of the RCC register. Table 22-6. Clock Characteristics Parameter fIOSC fIOSC30KHZ fXOSC fXOSC_XTAL fXOSC_EXT Parameter Name Internal 12 MHz oscillator frequency Internal 30 KHz oscillator frequency Hibernation module oscillator frequency Crystal reference for hibernation oscillator External clock reference for hibernation module Min 8.4 21 Nom 12 30 4.194304 4.194304 32.768 Max Unit 15.6 MHz 39 KHz MHz MHz KHz June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 487 Electrical Characteristics Parameter fMOSC tMOSC_per Parameter Name Main oscillator frequency Main oscillator period Min 1 125 1 0 0 Nom - Max Unit 8 1000 8 50 50 MHz ns MHz MHz MHz fref_crystal_bypass Crystal reference using the main oscillator (PLL in BYPASS mode) fref_ext_bypass fsystem_clock External clock reference (PLL in BYPASS mode) System clock Table 22-7. Crystal Characteristics Parameter Name Frequency Frequency tolerance Aging Oscillation mode Temperature stability (0 - 85 °C) Motional capacitance (typ) Motional inductance (typ) Equivalent series resistance (max) Shunt capacitance (max) Load capacitance (typ) Drive level (typ) 8 ±50 ±5 6 ±50 ±5 Value 4 ±50 ±5 3.5 ±50 ±5 Units MHz ppm ppm/yr Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel ±25 27.8 14.3 120 10 16 100 ±25 37.0 19.1 160 10 16 100 ±25 55.6 28.6 200 10 16 100 ±25 63.5 32.7 220 10 16 100 ppm pF mH Ω pF pF µW 22.2.3 Analog Comparator Table 22-8. Analog Comparator Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name VOS VCM CMRR TRT TMC Input offset voltage Input common mode voltage range Common mode rejection ratio Response time Comparator mode change to Output Valid Min Nom 0 50 ±10 Max ±25 VDD-1.5 1 10 Unit mV V dB µs µs Table 22-9. Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name RHR RLR AHR ALR Resolution high range Resolution low range Absolute accuracy high range Absolute accuracy low range Min Nom Max Unit VDD/32 VDD/24 LSB LSB ±1/2 LSB ±1/4 LSB 22.2.4 IC Table 22-10. I C Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name I1 I2 a a 2 2 Min Nom 36 36 - Max - Unit system clocks system clocks tSCH tLP Start condition hold time Clock Low period 488 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name I3 I4 b a c Min Nom 2 24 18 9 - Max (see note b) 10 - Unit ns system clocks ns system clocks system clocks system clocks system clocks tSRT tDH tSFT tHT tDS tSCSR tSCS I2CSCL/I2CSDA rise time (VIL =0.5 V to V IH =2.4 V) Data hold time I2CSCL/I2CSDA fall time (VIH =2.4 V to V IL =0.5 V) Clock High time Data setup time I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 a a a Start condition setup time (for repeated start condition 36 only) Stop condition setup time 2 a 24 a. Values depend on the value programmed into the TPR bit in the I C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register; a TPR programmed for the maximum I2CSCL frequency (TPR=0x2) results in a minimum output timing as shown in the table 2 above. The I C interface is designed to scale the actual data transition time to move it to the middle of the I2CSCL Low period. The actual position is affected by the value programmed into the TPR; however, the numbers given in the above values are minimum values. b. Because I2CSCL and I2CSDA are open-drain-type outputs, which the controller can only actively drive Low, the time I2CSCL or I2CSDA takes to reach a high level depends on external signal capacitance and pull-up resistor values. c. Specified at a nominal 50 pF load. Figure 22-2. I C Timing I2 I6 I5 2 I2CSCL I1 I4 I7 I8 I3 I9 I2CSDA 22.2.5 Ethernet Controller Table 22-11. 100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics Parameter Name Peak output amplitude Min Nom Max Unit 950 1050 mVpk 1.02 mVpk 5 5 500 1.4 % ns ps ps ns a Output amplitude symmetry 0.98 Output overshoot Rise/Fall time Rise/Fall time imbalance Duty cycle distortion Jitter 3 - a. Measured at the line side of the transformer. Table 22-12. 100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics (informative) Parameter Name Return loss Min Nom Max Unit 16 dB µs a Open-circuit inductance 350 a. The specifications in this table are included for information only. They are mainly a function of the external transformer and termination resistors used for measurements. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 489 Electrical Characteristics Table 22-13. 100BASE-TX Receiver Characteristics Parameter Name Signal detect assertion threshold Min Nom Max 600 700 +75 1000 4 Unit mVppd mVppd kΩ ns % µs µs a Signal detect de-assertion threshold 350 425 Differential input resistance Jitter tolerance (pk-pk) Baseline wander tracking Signal detect assertion time Signal detect de-assertion time 20 4 -75 - Table 22-14. 10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics Parameter Name Min Nom Max Unit 100 300 350 2.8 V dB ns ns Peak differential output signal 2.2 Harmonic content Link pulse width Start-of-idle pulse width 27 - a. The Manchester-encoded data pulses, the link pulse and the start-of-idle pulse are tested against the templates and using the procedures found in Clause 14 of IEEE 802.3. Table 22-15. 10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics (informative) Parameter Name Output return loss Output impedance balance Peak common-mode output voltage Common-mode rejection Common-mode rejection jitter Min 15 29-17log(f/10) Nom Max Unit 50 dB dB mV a 100 mV 1 ns a. The specifications in this table are included for information only. They are mainly a function of the external transformer and termination resistors used for measurements. Table 22-16. 10BASE-T Receiver Characteristics Parameter Name DLL phase acquisition time Jitter tolerance (pk-pk) Input squelched threshold Min Nom Max 30 10 Unit BT ns 500 600 700 mVppd Input unsquelched threshold 275 350 425 mVppd Differential input resistance Bit error ratio Common-mode rejection 25 20 10 -10 a kΩ V - Table 22-17. Isolation Transformers Name Turns ratio Open-circuit inductance Value 1 CT : 1 CT 350 uH (min) Condition +/- 5% @ 10 mV, 10 kHz 490 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Name Leakage inductance Inter-winding capacitance DC resistance Insertion loss HIPOT Value 0.40 uH (max) 25 pF (max) 0.9 Ohm (max) 0.4 dB (typ) 1500 Condition @ 1 MHz (min) 0-65 MHz Vrms a. Two simple 1:1 isolation transformers are required at the line interface. Transformers with integrated common-mode chokes are recommended for exceeding FCC requirements. This table gives the recommended line transformer characteristics. Note: The 100Base-TX amplitude specifications assume a transformer loss of 0.4 dB. For the transmit line transformer with higher insertion losses, up to 1.2 dB of insertion loss can be compensated by selecting the appropriate setting in the Transmit Amplitude Selection (TXO) bits in the MR19 register. a Table 22-18. Ethernet Reference Crystal Name Frequency Load capacitance b Value 25.00000 4 c Condition MHz pF PPM PPM/yr PPM Frequency tolerance Aging Temperature stability (0° to 70°) Oscillation mode Parameters at 25° C ±2° C; Drive level = 0.5 mW Drive level (typ) Shunt capacitance (max) Motional capacitance (min) Serious resistance (max) Spurious response (max) ±50 ±2 ±5 Parallel resonance, fundamental mode 50-100 10 10 60 > 5 dB below main within 500 kHz µW pF fF Ω a. If the internal crystal oscillator is used, select a crystal with the following characteristics. b. Equivalent differential capacitance across XTLP/XTLN. c. If crystal with a larger load is used, external shunt capacitors to ground should be added to make up the equivalent capacitance difference. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 491 Electrical Characteristics Figure 22-3. External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics Tr Tf Tclkhi Tclkper Tclklo Table 22-19. External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics Parameter Name a Symbol Min Nom Max Unit 40 40 25.0 40 0.8 60 60 4.0 0.1 ns ns % XTLN Input Low Voltage XTLNILV XTLP Frequency XTLP Period b XTLPf Tclkper XTLPDC XTLP Duty Cycle Rise/Fall Time Absolute Jitter Tr , Tf - a. IEEE 802.3 frequency tolerance ±50 ppm. b. IEEE 802.3 frequency tolerance ±50 ppm. 22.2.6 Hibernation Module The Hibernation Module requires special system implementation considerations since it is intended to power-down all other sections of its host device. The system power-supply distribution and interfaces of the system must be driven to 0 VDC or powered down with the same regulator controlled by HIB. The regulators controlled by HIB are expected to have a settling time of 250 μs or less. Table 22-20. Hibernation Module Characteristics Parameter No H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 Parameter tHIB_LOW tHIB_HIGH Parameter Name Internal 32.768 KHz clock reference rising edge to /HIB asserted Internal 32.768 KHz clock reference rising edge to /HIB deasserted Min Nom Max Unit 62 62 20 200 30 124 μs μs μs μs ms μs tWAKE_ASSERT /WAKE assertion time tWAKETOHIB /WAKE assert to /HIB desassert a tXOSC_SETTLE XOSC settling time tHIB_REG_WRITE Time for a write to non-volatile registers in HIB module to complete 92 a. This parameter is highly sensitive to PCB layout and trace lengths, which may make this parameter time longer. Care must be taken in PCB design to minimize trace lengths and RLC (resistance, inductance, capacitance). 492 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Figure 22-4. Hibernation Module Timing 32.768 KHz (internal) H1 H2 /HIB H4 /WAKE H3 22.2.7 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Table 22-21. SSI Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 tclk_per tclk_high tclk_low tclkrf tDMd tDMs tDMh tDSs tDSh SSIClk cycle time SSIClk high time SSIClk low time SSIClk rise/fall time Data from master valid delay time Data from master setup time Data from master hold time Data from slave setup time Data from slave hold time Min Nom Max 2 0 20 40 20 40 1/2 1/2 7.4 Unit 65024 system clocks 26 20 t clk_per t clk_per ns ns ns ns ns ns Figure 22-5. SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing Measurement S1 S2 S4 SSIClk S3 SSIFss SSITx SSIRx MSB 4 to 16 bits LSB June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 493 Electrical Characteristics Figure 22-6. SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer S2 S1 SSIClk S3 SSIFss SSITx MSB 8-bit control LSB SSIRx 0 MSB 4 to 16 bits output data LSB Figure 22-7. SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 S1 S4 S2 SSIClk (SPO=0) S3 SSIClk (SPO=1) S6 S7 SSITx (master) S5 MSB S8 S9 LSB SSIRx (slave) MSB LSB SSIFss 22.2.8 JTAG and Boundary Scan Table 22-22. JTAG Characteristics Parameter No. J1 J2 J3 Parameter fTCK tTCK tTCK_LOW Parameter Name TCK operational clock frequency TCK operational clock period TCK clock Low time Min Nom Max Unit 0 100 tTCK 10 MHz ns ns 494 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Parameter No. J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 t TDO_ZDV Parameter tTCK_HIGH tTCK_R tTCK_F tTMS_SU tTMS_HLD tTDI_SU tTDI_HLD TCK fall to Data Valid from High-Z Parameter Name TCK clock High time TCK rise time TCK fall time TMS setup time to TCK rise TMS hold time from TCK rise TDI setup time to TCK rise TDI hold time from TCK rise 2-mA drive 4-mA drive 8-mA drive 8-mA drive with slew rate control Min Nom Max Unit 0 0 20 20 25 25 tTCK 23 15 14 18 21 14 13 18 9 7 6 7 100 10 10 10 35 26 25 29 35 25 24 28 11 9 8 9 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns J12 t TDO_DV TCK fall to Data Valid from Data Valid 2-mA drive 4-mA drive 8-mA drive 8-mA drive with slew rate control J13 t TDO_DVZ TCK fall to High-Z from Data Valid 2-mA drive 4-mA drive 8-mA drive 8-mA drive with slew rate control J14 J15 tTRST tTRST_SU TRST assertion time TRST setup time to TCK rise Figure 22-8. JTAG Test Clock Input Timing J2 J3 J4 TCK J6 J5 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 495 Electrical Characteristics Figure 22-9. JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing TCK J7 J8 J7 J8 TMS TMS Input Valid J9 J10 TMS Input Valid J9 J10 TDI J11 TDI Input Valid J12 TDO Output Valid TDI Input Valid J13 TDO Output Valid TDO Figure 22-10. JTAG TRST Timing TCK J14 J15 TRST 22.2.9 General-Purpose I/O Note: All GPIOs are 5 V-tolerant. Table 22-23. GPIO Characteristics Parameter Parameter Name tGPIOR GPIO Rise Time (from 20% to 80% of VDD) Condition 2-mA drive 4-mA drive 8-mA drive 8-mA drive with slew rate control tGPIOF GPIO Fall Time (from 80% to 20% of VDD) 2-mA drive 4-mA drive 8-mA drive 8-mA drive with slew rate control Min Nom Max Unit 17 9 6 10 17 8 6 11 26 13 9 12 25 12 10 13 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 22.2.10 Reset Table 22-24. Reset Characteristics Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name R1 VTH Reset threshold Min Nom Max Unit 2.0 V 496 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller Parameter No. Parameter Parameter Name R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 a. 20 * t MOSC_per VBTH TPOR TBOR TIRPOR TIRBOR TIRHWR TIRSWR TIRWDR TVDDRISE TMIN Brown-Out threshold Power-On Reset timeout Brown-Out timeout Internal reset timeout after POR Internal reset timeout after BOR a Min Nom Max Unit 2.85 2.9 2.95 6 0 0 a V ms µs ms µs ms µs µs 10 500 - 11 1 1 20 20 Internal reset timeout after hardware reset (RST pin) Internal reset timeout after software-initiated system reset Internal reset timeout after watchdog reset Supply voltage (VDD) rise time (0V-3.3V) Minimum RST pulse width a 2.5 2.5 2 100 ms µs Figure 22-11. External Reset Timing (RST) RST R11 R7 /Reset (Internal) Figure 22-12. Power-On Reset Timing R1 VDD R3 /POR (Internal) R5 /Reset (Internal) Figure 22-13. Brown-Out Reset Timing R2 VDD R4 /BOR (Internal) R6 /Reset (Internal) June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 497 Electrical Characteristics Figure 22-14. Software Reset Timing SW Reset R8 /Reset (Internal) Figure 22-15. Watchdog Reset Timing WDOG Reset (Internal) R9 /Reset (Internal) 498 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 23 Package Information Figure 23-1. 100-Pin LQFP Package Notes 1. All dimensions shown in mm. 2. Dimensions shown are nominal with tolerances indicated. 3. Foot length 'L' is measured at gage plane 0.25 mm above seating plane. 4. L/F: Eftec 64T Cu or equivalent, 0.127 mm (0.005") or 0.152 mm (0.006") thick. 5. Use variation BED for body dimensions. Body +2.00 mm Footprint, 1.4 mm package thickness Symbols A A1 Leads Max. 100L 1.60 0.05 Min./0.15 Max. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 499 Package Information A2 D D1 E E1 L e b θ ddd ccc ±0.05 ±0.20 ±0.05 ±0.20 ±0.05 ±0.15/-0.10 BASIC ±0.05 1.40 16.00 14.00 16.00 14.00 0.60 0.50 0.22 0˚~7˚ Max. Max. 0.08 0.08 MS-026 BED JEDEC Reference Drawing Variation Designator 500 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 24 24.1 Ordering and Contact Information Ordering Information LM3Snnnn–gppss–rrm Part Number Temperature I = -40 C to 85 C Package RN = 28-pin SOIC QN = 48-pin LQFP QC = 100-pin LQFP Speed 20 = 20 MHz 25 = 25 MHz 50 = 50 MHz Shipping Medium T = Tape-and-reel Omitted = Default shipping (tray or tube) Revision Omitted = Default to current shipping revision A0 = First all-layer mask A1 = Metal layers update to A0 A2 = Metal layers update to A1 B0 = Second all-layer mask revision Table 24-1. Part Ordering Information Orderable Part Number Description LM3S6950-IQC50 Stellaris LM3S6950 Microcontroller ® 24.2 Company Information Luminary Micro, Inc. designs, markets, and sells ARM Cortex-M3-based microcontrollers (MCUs). Austin, Texas-based Luminary Micro is the lead partner for the Cortex-M3 processor, delivering the world's first silicon implementation of the Cortex-M3 processor. Luminary Micro's introduction of the Stellaris® family of products provides 32-bit performance for the same price as current 8- and 16-bit microcontroller designs. With entry-level pricing at $1.00 for an ARM technology-based MCU, Luminary Micro's Stellaris product line allows for standardization that eliminates future architectural upgrades or software tool changes. Luminary Micro, Inc. 108 Wild Basin, Suite 350 Austin, TX 78746 Main: +1-512-279-8800 Fax: +1-512-279-8879 http://www.luminarymicro.com sales@luminarymicro.com 24.3 Support Information For support on Luminary Micro products, contact: support@luminarymicro.com +1-512-279-8800, ext. 3 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 501 Serial Flash Loader A A.1 Serial Flash Loader Serial Flash Loader The Stellaris serial flash loader is a preprogrammed flash-resident utility used to download code to the flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface. The serial flash loader uses a simple packet interface to provide synchronous communication with the device. The flash loader runs off the crystal and does not enable the PLL, so its speed is determined by the crystal used. The two serial interfaces that can be used are the UART0 and SSI interfaces. For simplicity, both the data format and communication protocol are identical for both serial interfaces. ® A.2 Interfaces Once communication with the flash loader is established via one of the serial interfaces, that interface is used until the flash loader is reset or new code takes over. For example, once you start communicating using the SSI port, communications with the flash loader via the UART are disabled until the device is reset. A.2.1 UART The Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UART) communication uses a fixed serial format of 8 bits of data, no parity, and 1 stop bit. The baud rate used for communication is automatically detected by the flash loader and can be any valid baud rate supported by the host and the device. The auto detection sequence requires that the baud rate should be no more than 1/32 the crystal frequency of the board that is running the serial flash loader. This is actually the ® same as the hardware limitation for the maximum baud rate for any UART on a Stellaris device. In order to determine the baud rate, the serial flash loader needs to determine the relationship between its own crystal frequency and the baud rate. This is enough information for the flash loader to configure its UART to the same baud rate as the host. This automatic baud-rate detection allows the host to use any valid baud rate that it wants to communicate with the device. The method used to perform this automatic synchronization relies on the host sending the flash loader two bytes that are both 0x55. This generates a series of pulses to the flash loader that it can use to calculate the ratios needed to program the UART to match the host’s baud rate. After the host sends the pattern, it attempts to read back one byte of data from the UART. The flash loader returns the value of 0xCC to indicate successful detection of the baud rate. If this byte is not received after at least twice the time required to transfer the two bytes, the host can resend another pattern of 0x55, 0x55, and wait for the 0xCC byte again until the flash loader acknowledges that it has received a synchronization pattern correctly. For example, the time to wait for data back from the flash loader should be calculated as at least 2*(20(bits/sync)/baud rate (bits/sec)). For a baud rate of 115200, this time is 2*(20/115200) or 0.35 ms. A.2.2 SSI The Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) port also uses a fixed serial format for communications, with the framing defined as Motorola format with SPH set to 1 and SPO set to 1. See the section on SSI formats for more details on this transfer protocol. Like the UART, this interface has hardware requirements that limit the maximum speed that the SSI clock can run. This allows the SSI clock to be at most 1/12 the crystal frequency of the board running the flash loader. Since the host device is the master, the SSI on the flash loader device does not need to determine the clock as it is provided directly by the host. 502 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller A.3 Packet Handling All communications, with the exception of the UART auto-baud, are done via defined packets that are acknowledged (ACK) or not acknowledged (NAK) by the devices. The packets use the same format for receiving and sending packets, including the method used to acknowledge successful or unsuccessful reception of a packet. A.3.1 Packet Format All packets sent and received from the device use the following byte-packed format. struct { unsigned char ucSize; unsigned char ucCheckSum; unsigned char Data[]; }; ucSize ucChecksum Data The first byte received holds the total size of the transfer including the size and checksum bytes. This holds a simple checksum of the bytes in the data buffer only. The algorithm is Data[0]+Data[1]+…+ Data[ucSize-3]. This is the raw data intended for the device, which is formatted in some form of command interface. There should be ucSize–2 bytes of data provided in this buffer to or from the device. A.3.2 Sending Packets The actual bytes of the packet can be sent individually or all at once; the only limitation is that commands that cause flash memory access should limit the download sizes to prevent losing bytes during flash programming. This limitation is discussed further in the commands that interact with the flash. Once the packet has been formatted correctly by the host, it should be sent out over the UART or SSI interface. Then the host should poll the UART or SSI interface for the first non-zero data returned from the device. The first non-zero byte will either be an ACK (0xCC) or a NAK (0x33) byte from the device indicating the packet was received successfully (ACK) or unsuccessfully (NAK). This does not indicate that the actual contents of the command issued in the data portion of the packet were valid, just that the packet was received correctly. A.3.3 Receiving Packets The flash loader sends a packet of data in the same format that it receives a packet. The flash loader may transfer leading zero data before the first actual byte of data is sent out. The first non-zero byte is the size of the packet followed by a checksum byte, and finally followed by the data itself. There is no break in the data after the first non-zero byte is sent from the flash loader. Once the device communicating with the flash loader receives all the bytes, it must either ACK or NAK the packet to indicate that the transmission was successful. The appropriate response after sending a NAK to the flash loader is to resend the command that failed and request the data again. If needed, the host may send leading zeros before sending down the ACK/NAK signal to the flash loader, as the flash loader only accepts the first non-zero data as a valid response. This zero padding is needed by the SSI interface in order to receive data to or from the flash loader. June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 503 Serial Flash Loader A.4 Commands The next section defines the list of commands that can be sent to the flash loader. The first byte of the data should always be one of the defined commands, followed by data or parameters as determined by the command that is sent. A.4.1 COMMAND_PING (0X20) This command simply accepts the command and sets the global status to success. The format of the packet is as follows: Byte[0] = 0x03; Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]); Byte[2] = COMMAND_PING; The ping command has 3 bytes and the value for COMMAND_PING is 0x20 and the checksum of one byte is that same byte, making Byte[1] also 0x20. Since the ping command has no real return status, the receipt of an ACK can be interpreted as a successful ping to the flash loader. A.4.2 COMMAND_GET_STATUS (0x23) This command returns the status of the last command that was issued. Typically, this command should be sent after every command to ensure that the previous command was successful or to properly respond to a failure. The command requires one byte in the data of the packet and should be followed by reading a packet with one byte of data that contains a status code. The last step is to ACK or NAK the received data so the flash loader knows that the data has been read. Byte[0] = 0x03 Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_GET_STATUS A.4.3 COMMAND_DOWNLOAD (0x21) This command is sent to the flash loader to indicate where to store data and how many bytes will be sent by the COMMAND_SEND_DATA commands that follow. The command consists of two 32-bit values that are both transferred MSB first. The first 32-bit value is the address to start programming data into, while the second is the 32-bit size of the data that will be sent. This command also triggers an erase of the full area to be programmed so this command takes longer than other commands. This results in a longer time to receive the ACK/NAK back from the board. This command should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the Program Address and Program size are valid for the device running the flash loader. The format of the packet to send this command is a follows: Byte[0] = 11 Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_DOWNLOAD Byte[3] = Program Address [31:24] Byte[4] = Program Address [23:16] Byte[5] = Program Address [15:8] Byte[6] = Program Address [7:0] Byte[7] = Program Size [31:24] Byte[8] = Program Size [23:16] Byte[9] = Program Size [15:8] Byte[10] = Program Size [7:0] 504 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller A.4.4 COMMAND_SEND_DATA (0x24) This command should only follow a COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command or another COMMAND_SEND_DATA command if more data is needed. Consecutive send data commands automatically increment address and continue programming from the previous location. The caller should limit transfers of data to a maximum 8 bytes of packet data to allow the flash to program successfully and not overflow input buffers of the serial interfaces. The command terminates programming once the number of bytes indicated by the COMMAND_DOWNLOAD command has been received. Each time this function is called it should be followed by a COMMAND_GET_STATUS to ensure that the data was successfully programmed into the flash. If the flash loader sends a NAK to this command, the flash loader does not increment the current address to allow retransmission of the previous data. Byte[0] = 11 Byte[1] = checksum(Bytes[2:10]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_SEND_DATA Byte[3] = Data[0] Byte[4] = Data[1] Byte[5] = Data[2] Byte[6] = Data[3] Byte[7] = Data[4] Byte[8] = Data[5] Byte[9] = Data[6] Byte[10] = Data[7] A.4.5 COMMAND_RUN (0x22) This command is used to tell the flash loader to execute from the address passed as the parameter in this command. This command consists of a single 32-bit value that is interpreted as the address to execute. The 32-bit value is transmitted MSB first and the flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the code at the given address. This allows the host to know that the command was received successfully and the code is now running. Byte[0] Byte[1] Byte[2] Byte[3] Byte[4] Byte[5] Byte[6] = = = = = = = 7 checksum(Bytes[2:6]) COMMAND_RUN Execute Address[31:24] Execute Address[23:16] Execute Address[15:8] Execute Address[7:0] A.4.6 COMMAND_RESET (0x25) This command is used to tell the flash loader device to reset. This is useful when downloading a new image that overwrote the flash loader and wants to start from a full reset. Unlike the COMMAND_RUN command, this allows the initial stack pointer to be read by the hardware and set up for the new code. It can also be used to reset the flash loader if a critical error occurs and the host device wants to restart communication with the flash loader. Byte[0] = 3 Byte[1] = checksum(Byte[2]) Byte[2] = COMMAND_RESET June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 505 Serial Flash Loader The flash loader responds with an ACK signal back to the host device before actually executing the software reset to the device running the flash loader. This allows the host to know that the command was received successfully and the part will be reset. 506 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller B Name Offset Register Quick Reference 31 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 System Control Base: 0x400F.E000 DID0 0x000 RO PBORCTL 0x030 R/W LDOPCTL 0x034 R/W RIS 0x050 RO IMC 0x054 R/W MISC 0x058 R/W1C RESC 0x05C R/W RCC 0x060 R/W PLLCFG 0x064 RO RCC2 0x070 R/W D L CK F SP L CG 0x144 R/W DID1 0x004 RO DC0 0x008 RO DC1 0x010 RO DC2 0x014 RO DC3 0x018 RO DC4 0x01C P MA L W F UT C2O EPHY0 C2PLUS C2MINUS EMAC0 C1O C1PLUS C1MINUS C0O E1588 C0PLUS C0MINUS PWM5 PWM4 PWM3 PWM2 PWM1 PWM0 CCP5 I2C0 CCP4 CCP3 CCP2 CCP1 QEI0 CCP0 SSI1 SSI0 UART2 UART1 UART0 SYSDIV COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 MPU HIB PLL WDT SWO SWD JTAG FLASHSZ PWM PINCOUNT SRAMSZ TEMP PKG ROHS QUAL VER FAM DSOSCSRC PARTNO PWRDN2 BYPASS2 DSDIVORIDE OSCSRC2 OD USERCC2 F SYSDIV2 R PWRDN BYPASS XTAL OSCSRC IOSCDIS MOSCDIS ACG SYSDIV UEYD SSS I V LDO SW UEW D SP M V I WDT BOR PWMDIV POR EXT PLLLMIS BORMIS PLLLIM BORIM PLLLRIS BORRIS VADJ BORIOR MAJOR MINOR VER CLASS TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 507 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 RO RCGC0 0x100 R/W SCGC0 0x110 R/W DCGC0 0x120 R/W RCGC1 0x104 R/W SCGC1 0x114 R/W DCGC1 0x124 R/W RCGC2 0x108 R/W SCGC2 0x118 R/W DCGC2 0x128 R/W SRCR0 0x040 R/W SRCR1 0x044 R/W SRCR2 0x048 R/W Hibernation Module HIBRTCC 0x000 RO HIBRTCM0 0x004 R/W HIBRTCM1 0x008 R/W HIBRTCLD 0x00C R/W HIBCTL 0x010 R/W HIBIM 0x014 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 GPIOG 21 5 GPIOF 20 4 GPIOE PWM 19 3 GPIOD 18 2 GPIOC 17 1 GPIOB 16 0 GPIOA HIB PWM HIB PWM HIB COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 QEI0 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 QEI0 COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 EPHY0 EMAC0 GPIOG EPHY0 EMAC0 GPIOG EPHY0 EMAC0 GPIOG GPIOF GPIOE PWM HIB COMP2 COMP1 COMP0 I2C0 EPHY0 EMAC0 GPIOG GPIOF GPIOE QEI0 SSI1 SSI0 GPIOF GPIOE GPIOF GPIOE QEI0 SSI1 SSI0 SSI1 SSI0 SSI1 SSI0 WDT WDT WDT TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART2 UART1 UART0 TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART2 UART1 UART0 TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART2 UART1 UART0 GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA WDT TIMER3 TIMER2 TIMER1 TIMER0 UART2 UART1 UART0 GPIOD GPIOC GPIOB GPIOA RTCC RTCC RTCM0 RTCM0 RTCM1 RTCM1 RTCLD RTCLD VABORT CLK32EN L W AE PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL HIBREQ RTCEN O BT N 508 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 R/W HIBRIS 0x018 RO HIBMIS 0x01C RO HIBIC 0x020 W1C HIBRTCT 0x024 R/W HIBDATA 0x030R/W 0x12C 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 EXTW 18 2 17 1 16 0 LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 EXTW LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 EXTW LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 EXTW LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0 TRIM RTD RTD Internal Memory Base: 0x400F.D000 Base: 0x400F.E000 FMA 0x000 R/W FMD 0x004 R/W FMC 0x008 R/W FCRIS 0x00C RO FCIM 0x010 R/W FCMISC 0x014 R/W1C USECRL 0x140 R/W 0x130 FMPRE0 and R/W 0x200 0x134 FMPPE0 and R/W 0x400 USER_DBG 0x1D0 R/W USER_REG0 0x1E0 R/W DATA N T RTN OW TE I DATA DATA INIT1 DBG1 DBG0 N T RTN OW TE I PROG_ENABLE DATA READ_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE READ_ENABLE USEC PMISC AMISC PMASK AMASK PRIS ARIS COMT MERASE ERASE WRITE DATA WRKEY OFFSET DATA OFFSET June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 509 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 USER_REG1 0x1E4 R/W FMPRE1 0x204 R/W FMPRE2 0x208 R/W FMPRE3 0x20C R/W FMPPE1 0x404 R/W FMPPE2 0x408 R/W FMPPE3 0x40C R/W N T RTN OW TE I 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 DATA DATA 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE READ_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE PROG_ENABLE General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) Base: 0x4000.4000 Base: 0x4000.5000 Base: 0x4000.6000 Base: 0x4000.7000 Base: 0x4002.4000 Base: 0x4002.5000 Base: 0x4002.6000 GPIODATA 0x000 R/W GPIODIR 0x400 R/W GPIOIS 0x404 R/W GPIOIBE 0x408 R/W GPIOIEV 0x40C R/W GPIOIM 0x410 R/W GPIORIS 0x414 RO GPIOMIS 0x418 RO GPIOICR 0x41C MIS RIS IME IEV IBE IS DIR DATA 510 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 W1C GPIOAFSEL 0x420 R/W GPIODR2R 0x500 R/W GPIODR4R 0x504 R/W GPIODR8R 0x508 R/W GPIOODR 0x50C R/W GPIOPUR 0x510 R/W GPIOPDR 0x514 R/W GPIOSLR 0x518 R/W GPIODEN 0x51C R/W GPIOLOCK 0x520 R/W GPIOCR 0x524 G I P rp I 4 PO ei hD 0xFD0 RO G I P rp I 5 PO ei hD 0xFD4 RO G I P rp I 6 PO ei hD 0xFD8 RO G I P rp I 7 PO ei hD 0xFDC RO G I P rp I 0 PO ei hD 0xFE0 RO G I P rp I 1 PO ei hD 0xFE4 RO G I P rp I 2 PO ei hD 0xFE8 RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 IC 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 AFSEL DRV2 DRV4 DRV8 ODE PUE PDE SRL DEN LOCK LOCK CR PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 PID0 PID1 PID2 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 511 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 G I P rp I 3 PO ei hD 0xFEC RO GPIOPCellID0 0xFF0 RO GPIOPCellID1 0xFF4 RO GPIOPCellID2 0xFF8 RO GPIOPCellID3 0xFFC RO General-Purpose Timers Base: 0x4003.0000 Base: 0x4003.1000 Base: 0x4003.2000 Base: 0x4003.3000 GPTMCFG 0x000 R/W GPTMT AMR 0x004 R/W GPTMTBMR 0x008 R/W GPTMCTL 0x00C R/W GPTMIMR 0x018 R/W GPTMRIS 0x01C RO GPTMMIS 0x020 RO GPTMICR 0x024 W1C GPTMT AILR 0x028 R/W GPTMTBILR 0x02C R/W GT TMT H PMA AC R 0x030 R/W GT TMTH 0x034 PMB ACR 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 PID3 CID0 CID1 CID2 CID3 GPTMCFG TAAMS TACMR TAMR TBAMS TBCMR TBMR TBPWML TBOTE TBEVENT TBSTALL TBEN TAPWML TAOTE RTCEN TAEVENT TASTALL TAEN CBEIM CBMIM TBTOIM RTCIM CAEIM CAMIM TATOIM CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS RTCRIS CAERIS CAMRIS TATORIS CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS RTCMIS CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT TAILRH TAILRL RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT T TOCINT A TBILRL TAMRH TAMRL 512 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 R/W GPTMT APR 0x038 R/W GPTMTBPR 0x03C R/W GT TP R P MA M 0x040 R/W GT TP R PMB M 0x044 R/W GPTMTAR 0x048 RO GPTMTBR 0x04C RO Watchdog Timer Base: 0x4000.0000 WDTLOAD 0x000 R/W WDTV ALUE 0x004 RO WDTCTL 0x008 R/W WDTICR 0x00C WO WDTRIS 0x010 RO WDTMIS 0x014 RO WDTTEST 0x418 R/W WDTLOCK 0xC00 R/W W T ei hD D P rp I 4 0xFD0 RO W T ei hD D P rp I 5 0xFD4 RO W T ei hD D P rp I 6 0xFD8 RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 TBMRL TAPSR TBPSR TAPSMR TBPSMR TARH TARL TBRL WDTLoad WDTLoad WDTValue WDTValue RESEN WDTIntClr WDTIntClr INTEN WDTRIS WDTMIS STALL WDTLock WDTLock PID4 PID5 PID6 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 513 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 W T ei hD D P rp I 7 0xFDC RO W T ei hD D P rp I 0 0xFE0 RO W T ei hD D P rp I 1 0xFE4 RO W T ei hD D P rp I 2 0xFE8 RO W T ei hD D P rp I 3 0xFEC RO WDTPCellID0 0xFF0 RO WDTPCellID1 0xFF4 RO WDTPCellID2 0xFF8 RO WDTPCellID3 0xFFC RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 PID7 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 CID0 CID1 CID2 CID3 Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) Base: 0x4000.C000 Base: 0x4000.D000 Base: 0x4000.E000 UARTDR 0x000 RO UARTRSR/ UARTECR 0x004 R/W UARTRSR/ UARTECR 0x004 R/W UARTFR 0x018 RO UARTILPR 0x020 R/W UARTIBRD 0x024 R/W UARTFBRD 0x028 R/W UARTLCRH 0x02C DIVFRAC DIVINT ILPDVSR TXFE RXFF TXFF RXFE BUSY DATA OE BE PE FE OE BE PE FE DATA 514 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 R/W UARTCTL 0x030 R/W UARTIFLS 0x034 R/W UARTIM 0x038 R/W UARTRIS 0x03C RO UARTMIS 0x040 RO UARTICR 0x044 W1C U R P rp I 4 A T ei hD 0xFD0 RO U R P rp I 5 A T ei hD 0xFD4 RO U R P rp I 6 A T ei hD 0xFD8 RO U R P rp I 7 A T ei hD 0xFDC RO U R P rp I 0 A T ei hD 0xFE0 RO U R P rp I 1 A T ei hD 0xFE4 RO U R P rp I 2 A T ei hD 0xFE8 RO U R P rp I 3 A T ei hD 0xFEC RO UARTPCellID0 0xFF0 RO UARTPCellID1 0xFF4 RO UARTPCellID2 0xFF8 RO UARTPCellID3 0xFFC RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 SPS 22 6 WLEN 21 5 20 4 FEN 19 3 STP2 18 2 EPS 17 1 PEN 16 0 BRK RXE TXE LBE SIRLP SIREN UARTEN RXIFLSEL TXIFLSEL OEIM BEIM PEIM FEIM RTIM TXIM RXIM OERIS BERIS PERIS FERIS RTRIS TXRIS RXRIS OEMIS BEMIS PEMIS FEMIS RTMIS TXMIS RXMIS OEIC BEIC PEIC FEIC RTIC TXIC RXIC PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 CID0 CID1 CID2 CID3 June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 515 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) Base: 0x4000.8000 Base: 0x4000.9000 SSICR0 0x000 R/W SSICR1 0x004 R/W SSIDR 0x008 R/W SSISR 0x00C RO SSICPSR 0x010 R/W SSIIM 0x014 R/W SSIRIS 0x018 RO SSIMIS 0x01C RO SSIICR 0x020 W1C SSIPeriphID4 0xFD0 RO SSIPeriphID5 0xFD4 RO SSIPeriphID6 0xFD8 RO SSIPeriphID7 0xFDC RO SSIPeriphID0 0xFE0 RO SSIPeriphID1 0xFE4 RO SSIPeriphID2 0xFE8 RO SSIPeriphID3 0xFEC RO PID3 PID2 PID1 PID0 PID7 PID6 PID5 PID4 RTIC RORIC TXMIS RXMIS RTMIS RORMIS TXRIS RXRIS RTRIS RORRIS TXIM RXIM RTIM RORIM CPSDVSR BSY RFF RNE TNF TFE DATA SOD MS SSE LBM SCR SPH SPO FRF DSS 516 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 SSIPCellID0 0xFF0 RO SSIPCellID1 0xFF4 RO SSIPCellID2 0xFF8 RO SSIPCellID3 0xFFC RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 CID0 CID1 CID2 CID3 2 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I C) Interface Base: 0x4002.0000 Base: 0x4002.0800 Base: 0x4002.1000 Base: 0x4001.1800 I2CMSA 0x000 R/W I2CMCS 0x004 R/W I2CMCS 0x004 R/W I2CMDR 0x008 R/W I2CMTPR 0x00C R/W I2CMIMR 0x010 R/W I2CMRIS 0x014 RO I2CMMIS 0x018 RO I2CMICR 0x01C WO I2CMCR 0x020 R/W I2CSOAR 0x000 R/W I2CSCSR 0x004 RO I2CSCSR 0x004 FBR TREQ RREQ OAR SFE MFE LPBK IC MIS RIS IM TPR DATA ACK STOP START RUN BUSBSY IDLE ARBLST DATACK ADRACK ERROR BUSY SA R/S June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 517 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 RO I2CSDR 0x008 R/W I2CSIMR 0x00C R/W I2CSRIS 0x010 RO I2CSMIS 0x014 RO I2CSICR 0x018 WO Ethernet Controller Base: 0x4004.8000 MACRIS 0x000 RO MACIACK 0x000 W1C MACIM 0x004 R/W MACRCTL 0x008 R/W MACTCTL 0x00C R/W MACDATA 0x010 R/W MACDATA 0x010 R/W MACIA0 0x014 R/W MACIA1 0x018 R/W MACTHR 0x01C R/W MACMCTL 0x020 R/W MACMDV 0x024 R/W 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 DA DATA IM RIS MIS IC PHYINT MDINT RXER FOV TXEMP TXER RXINT MDINT RXER FOV TXEMP TXER RXINT PHYINTM MDINTM RXERM FOVM TXEMPM TXERM RXINTM RSTFIFO BADCRC PRMS AMUL RXEN DUPLEX RXDATA RXDATA TXDATA TXDATA MACOCT4 MACOCT2 MACOCT3 MACOCT1 CRC PADEN TXEN MACOCT6 MACOCT5 THRESH REGADR WRITE START DIV 518 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 MACMADD 0x028 RO MACMTXD 0x02C R/W MACMRXD 0x030 R/W MACNP 0x034 RO MACTR 0x038 R/W MR0 0x00 R/W MR1 0x01 RO MR2 0x02 RO MR3 0x03 RO MR4 0x04 R/W MR5 0x05 RO MR6 0x06 RO MR16 0x10 R/W MR17 0x11 R/W MR18 0x12 RO MR19 0x13 R/W MR23 0x17 R/W MR24 0x18 R/W Analog Comparators RPTR NP NP 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 MDTX MDRX NPR NEWTX RESET LOOPBK SPEEDSL ANEGEN PWRDN ISO RANEG DUPLEX COLT 100X_F 100X_H 10T_F 10T_H MFPS ANEGC RFAULT ANEGA LINK JAB EXTD OUI[21:6] OUI[5:0] MN RN RF A3 A2 A1 A0 S[4:0] ACK RF A[7:0] S[4:0] PDF LPNPA PRX LP ANEGA INPOL TXHIM SQEI NL10 APOL RVSPOL PCSBP RXCC J B E _E RXER_IE PRX_IE PDF_IE LP A B RI ACK_IE LSCHG_IE RF T_IE AE C M_ J B E _ T RXER_INT PRX_INT PDF_INT LP AUL NGO PI A B R I E N ACK_INT L C G I T R A L _ T AECM_T S H _N F UT I N NGO P N I ANEGF DPLX RATE RXSD RX_LOCK TXO[1:0] LED1[3:0] LED0[3:0] PD_MODE AUT O_SW MDIX MDIX_CM MDIX_SD June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 519 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 Base: 0x4003.C000 ACMIS 0x00 R/W1C ACRIS 0x04 RO ACINTEN 0x08 R/W ACREFCTL 0x10 R/W ACSTAT0 0x20 RO ACSTAT1 0x40 RO ACSTAT2 0x60 RO ACCTL0 0x24 R/W ACCTL1 0x44 R/W ACCTL2 0x64 R/W Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Base: 0x4002.8000 PWMCTL 0x000 R/W PWMSYNC 0x004 R/W P M N BE W EAL 0x008 R/W PWMINVERT 0x00C R/W PWMFAUL T 0x010 R/W PWMINTEN 0x014 R/W PWMRIS 0x018 RO 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 IN2 IN1 IN0 IN2 IN1 IN0 IN2 IN1 IN0 EN RNG VREF OVAL OVAL OVAL ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV ASRCP ISLVAL ISEN CINV GlobalSync2 GlobalSync1 GlobalSync0 Sync2 Sync1 Sync0 PWM5En PWM4En PWM3En PWM2En PWM1En PWM0En PWM5Inv PWM4Inv PWM3Inv PWM2Inv PWM1Inv PWM0Inv Fault5 Fault4 Fault3 Fault2 Fault1 Fault0 IntFault IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 IntFault IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 520 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 PWMISC 0x01C R/W1C P M TT S W SAU 0x020 RO PWM0CTL 0x040 R/W PWM1CTL 0x080 R/W PWM2CTL 0x0C0 R/W PWM0INTEN 0x044 R/W PWM1INTEN 0x084 R/W PWM2INTEN 0x0C4 R/W PWM0RIS 0x048 RO PWM1RIS 0x088 RO PWM2RIS 0x0C8 RO 0x04C PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear ( W 1S ) P M I C, offset PWM0ISC 0x08C R/W1C PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear ( W 2S ) P M I C, offset 0x0CC PWM0LOAD 0x050 R/W 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 IntFault IntPWM2 IntPWM1 IntPWM0 Fault CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd Debug Mode Enable CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd Debug Mode Enable CmpBUpd CmpAUpd LoadUpd Debug Mode Enable IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero IntCmpBD IntCmpBU IntCmpAD IntCmpAU IntCntLoad IntCntZero Load June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 521 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 PWM1LOAD 0x090 R/W PWM2LOAD 0x0D0 R/W P MC U T W 0ON 0x054 RO P MC U T W 1ON 0x094 RO P MC U T W 2ON 0x0D4 RO PWM0CMP A 0x058 R/W PWM1CMP A 0x098 R/W PWM2CMP A 0x0D8 R/W PWM0CMPB 0x05C R/W PWM1CMPB 0x09C R/W PWM2CMPB 0x0DC R/W PWM0GENA 0x060 R/W PWM1GENA 0x0A0 R/W PWM2GENA 0x0E0 R/W PWM0GENB 0x064 R/W PWM1GENB 0x0A4 R/W PWM2GENB 0x0E4 R/W P MD C L W 0BT 0x068 R/W P M D C L 0x0A8 W 1BT 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 Load Load Count Count Count CompA CompA CompA CompB CompB CompB ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero ActCmpBD ActCmpBU ActCmpAD ActCmpAU ActLoad ActZero Enable 522 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007 LM3S6950 Microcontroller 31 Name Offset 15 R/W P MD C L W 2BT 0x0E8 R/W P M D RS W 0BIE 0x06C R/W P M D RS W 1BIE 0x0AC R/W P M D RS W 2BIE 0x0EC R/W P MD F L W 0 BA L 0x070 R/W P MD F L W 1 BA L 0x0B0 R/W P MD F L W 2 BA L 0x0F0 R/W 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 Enable Enable RiseDelay RiseDelay RiseDelay FallDelay FallDelay FallDelay Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) Base: 0x4002.C000 QEICTL 0x000 R/W QEISTAT 0x004 RO QEIPOS 0x008 R/W QEIMAXPOS 0x00C R/W QEILOAD 0x010 R/W QEITIME 0x014 RO QEICOUNT 0x018 RO QEISPEED 0x01C RO QEIINTEN 0x020 R/W QEIRIS 0x024 RO IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex Speed Count Speed Time Count Load Time MaxPos Load Position MaxPos Position Direction Error STALLEN INVI INVB INVA VelDiv VelEn ResMode CapMode SigMode Swap Enable June 14, 2007 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information 523 Register Quick Reference 31 Name Offset 15 QEIISC 0x028 R/W1C 30 14 29 13 28 12 27 11 26 10 25 9 24 8 23 7 22 6 21 5 20 4 19 3 18 2 17 1 16 0 IntError IntDir IntTimer IntIndex 524 Luminary Micro Confidential-Advance Product Information June 14, 2007